LaG range, Georgia
Bulletin 2000-2001

COMMUNICATIONS DIRECTORY

For prompt attention, please address inquiries as indicated below:

LaGrange College (general information) 706-880-8000

Office of the President 706-880-8230

Director of Admission (admission, summer school) 706-880-8005

Director of Alumni Activities (alumni interests and gifts) 706-880-8245

Vice President for Advancement (bequests and gifts) 706-880-8257

Executive Vice President for Administration (business matters) 706-880-8267

Controller (business matters and expenses) 706-880-8232

Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean

(education program) 706-880-8235

Vice President and Dean for Student Life and Retention

(student affairs, housing and counseling) 706-880-8004

Vice President for Continuing Education 706-880-8100

Director of Information Systems 706-880-8050

Director of Public Relations (public relations and news) 706-880-8246

Director of Student Financial Planning (financial assistance) 706-880-8241

Registrar (transcripts, academic reports) 706-880-8237

Director of Career Planning and Placement (placement) 706-880-8286

LaGrange College at Albany 229-420-8000

Visitors are welcome at LaGrange College throughout the year. The administrative
offices in the Quillian Building are open Monday through Friday from 8:15 a.m. to 5:00
p.m. Saturday visits may be arranged by appointment. Visitors desiring interviews with
members of the staff are urged to make appointments in advance.

The College information telephone number is (706) 880-8000, FAX: (706) 880-8040

Mailing Address: LaGrange College

601 Broad Street

LaGrange, GA 30240
Directory of e-mail addresses, telephone and fax numbers may be accessed through the
college's web site, www.lgc.edu

LaGrange College admits qualified students of any race, color, national and ethnic origin
to all the rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available
to students at the school. It does not discriminate on the basis of sex, race, color, national
or ethnic origin in administration of its educational policies, admissions policies,
scholarship and loan programs, and athletic and other school-administered programs.

(USPS 299-300)

Entered as second class matter of the Post Office of LaGrange, Georgia 30240,

under the act of August 24, 1912

VOLUME CLIX SEPTEMBER 2000 NUMBER 1

BULLETIN
LAGRANGE, GEORGIA

CATALOGUE ISSUE 2000-200 1

CONTENTS

Communications Directory Inside Front Cover

Calendar 4

About LaGrange College, Purpose and History 7

LaGrange College at Albany 10

The LaGrange College Campus 1 1

Admission 16

Financial Information 21

Financial Planning 26

Student Life 41

Information Technology and Academic Support Services 52

Academic Programs and Degree Requirements 58

Core Program in the Liberal Arts 62

Academic Regulations and Procedures 66

Pre-professional and Co-operative Programs 79

Departments and Courses 83

Faculty, Trustees and Administration 224

Index 238

CHANGE OF REGULATIONS

The College reserves the right to make modifications in the degree requirements, courses, schedules,
calendar, regulations, fees and other changes deemed necessary or conducive to the efficient operation of
the College. Such changes become effective as announced by the proper college authorities.

Note: For information, regulations and procedures for graduate study, please see the Graduate
Bulletin. For the Albany campus, see related catalogue material separately published.

CALENDAR, 2000-2001

>th

The 170 in Academic Year

Fall Semester 2000

August 30

August 30 - September 1
September 4,5

September 5

September 6

September 8

October

20-22

November

22-24

November

December

8-12

December

New faculty assemble

Faculty and staff workshops

New student orientation

Registration

Classes begin

Opening Convocation, 7:00 p.m.

End drop/add, 5:00 p.m. No refund for individual classes

dropped after this date.

Last day for late registration

Last day to drop a class with an automatic "W"

Midterm

Homecoming/Parents Day

Thanksgiving holidays

Last day to drop a class

Last day of class

Reading Day

Exams

Begin term break, 5:00 p.m.

Grades due

Interim Term, January 2001

January

Residence halls open

January

Registration for day and night classes

January

Classes begin (day and night)

January

End drop/add, 5:00 p.m. No refund for individual classes
dropped after this date.
Last day for late registration

January

Last day to drop a class with an automatic "W"

January

Martin Luther King, Jr. Day - no classes

January

Last day to drop a class

January

Last day of class

January

Grades due

January 29

- February 2

Winter break

Spring Semester 2001

February

March

April

9-13

April

May

12-16

May

Residence halls open

Registration

Classes begin

End drop/add at 5:00 p.m. No refund for individual

classes dropped after this date.

"I" grades must be changed to permanent grades.

Last day for late registration

Last day to drop a class with an automatic "W"

Midterm

Spring break

Easter Monday (classes scheduled)

Honors Day

Last day to drop a class

May Day

Last day of class

Reading Day

Exams

Grades due for graduating seniors by 12:00 noon

Baccalaureate sermon

Grades due

Graduation

Summer I Term 2001

June

July

Residence halls open

Registration

All classes meet

End drop/add at 5:00 p.m. No refund for individual classes

dropped after this date.

Syllabi and office hours due in Dean's office

Last day to drop a class with an automatic W

Last day to drop a course

Holiday-no classes

12:00 and 2:00 classes have exams during class times
7:30 and 9:30 classes have exams during class times
Grade reports due at noon.

Summer II Term 2001

July
July
July
July

July

8 Residence halls open

9 Registration, Registrar's office, Smith Hall
10 All classes meet

13 End drop/add, 5:00 p.m. No refund for individual classes

dropped after this date

Syllabi and office hours due in Dean's office
18 Last day to drop a class with an automatic W

August

Last day to drop a class

12:00 and 2:00 classes have exams during class times
7:30 and 9:30 classes have exams during class times
Grade reports due by noon

ABOUT LAGRANGE COLLEGE

LaGrange College is called through The United Methodist Church to challenge the minds

and inspire the souls of students by improving their creative, critical and communicative

abilities in a caring and ethical community.

Mission

LaGrange College, established in 1831, is owned by the North Georgia Conference of the
United Methodist Church. LaGrange College is proud of this relationship and believes
that its mission is an extension of the work of The United Methodist Church. LaGrange
College is committed to the free, uninhibited pursuit of truth. Academic freedom and free
expression of faculty and students are integral to the LaGrange College ethos. LaGrange
College is committed to challenging the minds and inspiring the souls of students by
improving their creative, critical and communicative abilities. Faculty recognize the part
they play in a student's development by serving as mentors and role models. The total
LaGrange College program - curricular and co-curricular -- is designed to challenge and
support students as they deal with fundamental issues of self, world, and God.

The principal curricular methods by which the College assists students in the improving
of their creative, critical, and communicative abilities is an interdisciplinary,
technologically sophisticated liberal arts program (A. A., B.A.,B.S., B.M.), professional
programs in business (B.B.A., M.B.A.) nursing (B.S.N.) and education (B.A., M.Ed.,
M.A.T.), and continuing education. The principal co-curricular means is through a
comprehensive program of student life and athletics.

LaGrange College strives to be a caring and ethical community. The hallmark of the
LaGrange College community is the quest for civility, diversity, service, and excellence.

Adopted by Faculty, Administration, and Board of Trustees, 1997.

History and Description

The history of LaGrange College is closely associated with the history of the City of
LaGrange and Troup County. When the vast tract of land lying between the Flint and
Chattahoochee Rivers was secured by the Indian Springs Treaty of 1825 and was opened
for settlement in 1827, one of the five counties formed on the western border of the state
was named Troup in honor of Governor George Michael Troup.

An act was passed by the Georgia Legislature on December 24, 1827, providing for the
selection of a county seat. It was named LaGrange after the country estate of the Marquis
de Lafayette, American Revolutionary War hero who had visited the region in 1825 as

the guest of Governor Troup. The site for the town of LaGrange was purchased in 1828
and the town was incorporated on December 18, 1828. On December 26, 1831, the
charter for the LaGrange Female Academy was granted at the state capitol, then in
Milledgeville.

In 1831 Andrew Jackson was president of the United States. Abraham Lincoln was 22
years old. The Creek Indians had been moved out of this area of the state only six years
earlier. The only other college in the state was Franklin College, now The University of
Georgia.

In 1847 the charter for the school was amended and the school became the LaGrange
Female Institute with power to confer degrees. The name was changed to LaGrange
Female College in 1851 and in 1934 it was changed to LaGrange College. The College
became officially coeducational in 1953.

The first location of the school was in a large white building at what is now 406 Broad
Street. The school moved to its present location "On the Hill," the highest geographical
point in LaGrange, after the construction of the building now known as Smith Hall in
1842.

The College was sold to the Georgia Conference of the Methodist Episcopal Church
South in 1856. Today it is an institution of the North Georgia Conference of the United
Methodist Church.

Strong in the liberal arts, LaGrange College has an outstanding reputation in pre-
professional programs, including pre-medical and allied fields, pre-law, pre-theology, and
engineering.

LaGrange College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree with nineteen majors, the Bachelor
of Business Administration with four concentration areas, the Bachelor of Science degree
in four areas, the Bachelor of Music and the Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree. The
Master of Business Administration degree, the Master of Arts in Teaching, and the
Master of Education degree in Early Childhood and Middle Grades are offered. The
Associate of Arts degree is offered in three areas.

LaGrange College operates on the modified (4-1-4) semester system for day classes. In
addition there is an evening session during the regular year and in the summer. During
the regular school year, the night classes follow a modified quarter system. The summer
is divided into two sessions of day classes and one seven-week session in the evening.
For all day classes, credits earned are semester hour credits.

The College draws more than half of its student body from Georgia. However, students
from at least one-third of the other states in the U.S. and from abroad nourish a rich
cosmopolitan and international community which includes various religious and ethnic
backgrounds.

Georgia's leader in granting academic credit through the College Level Examination
Program, the College also offers travel seminars, field study programs and internships.
Students in the college's nursing division receive supervised learning experiences in
many area medical facilities. Campus art exhibitions, lectures, concerts, and varsity and
intramural sports add to the cultural enrichment and recreational opportunities offered by
the College. The College has a service learning program unlike any in the state.

The College is located in the town of LaGrange, Georgia, which has a population of
26,000. Nearby are Callaway Gardens, the Warm Springs Foundation and Franklin D.
Roosevelt's Little White House. The West Point Dam on the Chattahoochee River
provides one of the largest lakes in the region, with waterfronts and a marina within the
city limits of LaGrange.

Accreditation

LaGrange College is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the Southern
Association of Colleges and Schools (1866 Southern Lane, Decatur, Georgia 30033-
4097: Telephone number 404-679-4501) to award the degrees of Associate of Arts,
Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Business
Administration, Bachelor of Science in Nursing, Master of Education, Master of Arts in
Teaching, and Master of Business Administration.

LaGrange College is also approved by the United Methodist University Senate. It has
membership in the National Association of Independent Colleges, and the Association of
Private Colleges and Universities in Georgia. The Georgia Professional Standards
Commission, which confers professional certificates upon college graduates meeting
requirements in early childhood, middle grades, or secondary education, has awarded
highest approval to LaGrange College's program of teacher education.

The Bachelor of Science in Nursing program is accredited by the National League for
Nursing.

The undergraduate and graduate programs in business administration are accredited by
the Association of Collegiate Business Schools and Programs.

Other Sessions

The Evening Studies Program at LaGrange College provides the opportunity for adult
learners to earn an undergraduate degree without sacrificing their professional and
personal responsibilities. Students may enroll in full-time or part-time programs leading
to a B.A. in Business Administration, a B.A. or A.A. in Criminal Justice, or an A.A. in
Liberal Studies. Designed to be accessible for the working adult, the degree programs
may be completed through attendance at night courses scheduled in three 9-week terms
offered each year.

Additional information is contained in the Evening Studies Program bulletin. *

LaGrange College at Albany

The academic program at LaGrange College at Albany has been created in direct
response to community and area needs. An extensive needs assessment in southwest
Georgia was initiated prior to the planning and development of the program for LaGrange
College at Albany. The research results stressed the need for a program for non-
traditional students that would enable them to complete a baccalaureate degree. The
program offers a modular course schedule with a predictable structure of course
offerings, costs, and outcomes. The program emphasizes leadership knowledge and skills
in the workplace and in the community.

Additional information is contained in the Albany bulletin or by calling 229-420-8000.

THE LAGRANGE COLLEGE CAMPUS

William & Evelyn Banks Library

The librarians and staff take great pride in the high level of service that is offered at the
Banks Library. All incoming students receive library instruction and orientation. The
librarians frequently collaborate with the teaching faculty for course-specific library
instruction. They often serve as mentors in a partnering relationship that includes the
teaching faculty, librarians, and students. Both individual and group instruction is
offered through the highly qualified staff.

The Banks Library provides up-to-date resources that support the curriculum and general
information needs of students and faculty. Those resources include over 135,000
cataloged volumes, 121,000 microfilm units, over 70 GALILEO databases and indexes,
over 100 scholarly journals in electronic format through JSTOR, subscriptions to 500
journal titles, and a video and CD collection. Many library resources can be accessed
through the campus-wide fiber optics network and through the Internet.

Open seven days per week for a total of 8 1 hours per week, four professional librarians,
three paraprofessionals, and student assistants staff the library. The library is named in
memory of a former chairman of the LaGrange College Board of Trustees and his wife.

Separate Education and Music & Art areas provide easy access to library materials for
those disciplines in a comfortable environment. A Multi-Media Center provides students
access to the Internet, word processing, presentation software, E-MAIL, and the library's
Online Catalog and databases. The Multi-Media Center offers students and faculty use of
a scanner, a computer projector, a digital camera, and computer workstations in a
classroom setting.

Group study rooms, study carrels, video viewing-rooms, and a large conference room are
all available for use by LaGrange College students and faculty.

Compact, movable shelving has reclaimed space for comfortable seating and study. The
cherry wood end panels and comfortable seating help create an inviting atmosphere for
study and research.

The Banks Library seeks to fulfill the mission of the college through the provision of
information and information services supporting the curriculum and research needs of
students and faculty.

Cason J. Callaway Science Building

Built in 1972. Three-story brick building with latest equipment for instruction in general
science, biology, chemistry, math, and physics. Named in memory of a former member of
the College's Board of Trustees.

Fuller E. Callaway Academic Building

Completed in 1981. Currently under renovation for classrooms and offices.

Warren A. Candler Cottage

Completed in 1929 as a home for college president. Houses the Alumni, Public Relations
and Advancement offices.

Lamar Dodd Art Center

Completed in 1982. This building provides a physical environment and the equipment
needed for the finest in art instruction, as well as gallery space for the College's
outstanding art collection. Named in honor of the late Lamar Dodd, a Georgia artist who
was reared in LaGrange and whose paintings have won international recognition.

Louise Anderson M anget Building

Built in 1959. Under renovation for classrooms and offices.
Pitts Hall

Completed in 1941. Two-story brick building. Women's dormitory. A major renovation
was completed in 1990. Pitts Hall was rededicated in memory of Mr. and Mrs. W.I.H.
Pitts and in honor of their daughter, the late Miss Margaret Adger Pitts, a college trustee.
The Pitts were long-time supporters of the College.

Price Theatre

Completed in 1975. Dramatic arts building with a 280-seat auditorium that has the latest
acoustical concepts. Building houses classrooms for the Department of Theatre Arts and
ballet instruction, faculty offices, scenery workshop, dressing rooms, costume room,
actors' lounge, and a black box theatre.

Quillian Building

Built in 1949. Named in memory of a former president, Hubert T. Quillian, who served
from 1938-1948. The building provides offices for the President and other administrative
officials.

Smith Hall

Oldest building on the campus. The main portion of the building was constructed in 1842
of handmade brick formed from native clay. Addition was built in 1887. Major
renovation was completed in 1989 at a cost of over $2.5 million. Ready for the 21 st
century, the building now houses offices, classrooms and seminar rooms. Named in
memory of Mrs. Oreon Smith, wife of a former president of the College, Rufus W. Smith,
who served from 1885 until his death in 1915. The building is on the National Register
of Historic Places.

Sunny Gables

Built in 1926 and purchased by LaGrange College in 1973. The home is headquarters for
the Nursing School.

The Chapel

Built in 1965. The materials used link it with Christian worship in LaGrange and other
parts of the world and include two stained glass windows made in Belgium more than
100 years ago; a stone from the temple of Apollo at Corinth, Greece; a stone from the
Benedictine Monastery, Iona, Scotland; a stone from St. George's Chapel, Windsor,
England. Regular worship services are held when the College is in session.

J. K. Boatwright Hall

Completed in 1962. Three-story brick building. Men's dormitory. Named in memory of
long-time member of the College's Board of Trustees and chairman of the board's
executive committee from 1956-1962.

Hawkes Hall

Completed in 1911. The four-story brick building is named in memory of Mrs. Harriet
Hawkes, mother of College benefactor, the late A.K. Hawkes. After a major renovation
costing $1.4 million, the building houses women students on second, third, and fourth
floors. Faculty offices and classrooms for the Education Department occupy the ground
floor. Also on the second floor is the Nixon Parlor, named in honor of long-time
supporter of the College, Winifred Adams Nixon '33.

Waights G. Henry, Jr. Residence Hall

Completed in 1970. Five-story brick building. Student dormitory. Building named in
honor of Dr. Waights G. Henry, Jr. (now deceased), who served as president of the
College from 1948-1978, and as chancellor from 1978 until his death in 1989. This
building also houses a 24-hour computer lab and tutoring center open to all students.

William H. Turner, Jr. Hall

Built in 1958. Three-story brick building. Women's dormitory. Named in memory of
William H. Turner, Jr., a textile executive of LaGrange who was a benefactor of the
College, a long-time member of the College's Board of Trustees and chairman of the
board's executive committee from 1929-1950.

Alfred Mariotti Gymnasium

Built in 1959. Houses physical education classrooms and facilities for indoor athletics.
Named in memory of Coach Alfred Mariotti, College's basketball coach from 1962-1974
and member of the faculty until his retirement in 1979.

Margaret Adger Pitts Dining Hall

Completed in 1962. Two-story brick building that houses dining area and kitchen.
Renovated in 1998 and named in honor of the late Margaret Adger Pitts, a College
trustee.

Callaway Campus

Acquired by the College in 1992 as a gift from Callaway Foundation, Inc. Campus
includes three buildings of brick and concrete construction. Callaway Foundation, Inc.
donated funds to build a state-of-the-art lighted soccer field in 1995. The Callaway
Campus also includes softball fields.

Callaway Auditorium

Built in 1941. Building provides space for approximately 1,400 spectators. It contains a
30 by 46-foot center elevated stage, concession area with full kitchen, and meeting
rooms.

Charles D. Hudson Natatorium

Swimming pool was constructed in 1947 as an oversized pool with dimensions of 80 by
150 feet. Calla-Cabana and bathhouse building were built in 1956. The oversized pool
has been divided into an outdoor pool and a natatorium. The Calla-Cabana and
bathhouse have been renovated. The complex is now equipped for a year-round aquatics
program. Named in honor of Dr. Charles D. Hudson, long-time chair of the Board of
Trustees and recently retired as chair of the Board's Executive Committee.

Callaway Educational Building

Built in 1965 and renovated in 1994, the building houses the Music Department, Offices
of Intercollegiate and Intramural Athletics, and Offices of the Department of Health and

Physical Education. The facility includes state-of-the-art electronic music equipment, a
recording studio, a fitness center, a gymnasium, and faculty offices.

Cleaveland Field

Cleaveland Field opened in 2000 as LaGrange College's new $2.21 million baseball
facility. Callaway Foundation, Inc. gave a challenge grant as well as the land to honor
Philip Cleaveland, who served the College as a trustee for 19 years.

Other Resources
Information Systems

In 1991, LaGrange College became committed to creating a fiber-optic network of mini-
computers that would allow students and faculty to access the network anywhere on
campus, including residence hall rooms. Since 1994, the number of computer
laboratories has grown from seven to twelve. Students can access World Wide Web from
virtually any site on campus to find information ranging from stock prices to Russian
recipes. Specific details regarding the technological environment at LaGrange College
can be found in the Information Systems section of this Bulletin. Future technological
direction on campus includes the addition of more interactive multimedia learning
environments.

Coleman Health Center

The location for Student Health Services provides a day clinic for the LaGrange College
Community. For details students should consult the student handbook.

ADMISSION

LaGrange College seeks to admit students who demonstrate the ability to benefit from a
quality liberal arts education. In the selection of students, careful attention is given to the
academic ability of each candidate.

Procedure for Applying for Admission

Students wishing to attend LaGrange College must submit an application for admission.
This application and supporting documents should be submitted at least one month prior
to the beginning of the semester in which entrance is desired. Applicants may enroll any
semester though the majority of students begin study during the fall term.

Required Admission Documents

Freshman

Transfers

1. LaGrange College application

1 . LaGrange College application

2. Application fee

3. Official high school transcripts

3. Official transcripts of all previous
college work (transfers with fewer than 45
quarter or 30 semester hours earned must
also submit high school transcripts and
SAT or ACT scores.)

4. Official SAT or ACT scores

4. Application essay

5. Application essay

To be considered an official document, transcripts should be submitted directly to
LaGrange College in a sealed envelope from the student's host institution. Institutional
records personally delivered to LaGrange College by a student must also be in a sealed
envelope to be considered official. Photocopies or faxed transcripts are not considered
official.

After the submission of all required documents, a minimum of two to three weeks is
required to complete the application process. The Office of Admission notifies
applicants of their application status shortly after review by the Admission Committee.
Admission to the College is tentative, pending satisfactory completion of academic work
in progress.

After an offer of admission is extended, candidates wishing to accept the offer of
admission are asked to submit an admission deposit. The admission deposit serves to
reserve space for the student in the incoming class. The amount of the admission deposit
is $100 for commuting students and $200 for boarding students. The $100 deposit will

be considered a credit toward tuition for the first semester. The additional $100 for
residential students serves as a room reservation deposit and will reserve a space in the
residence halls for the student. The admission deposit is fully refundable provided the
student submits a written request to the Office of Admission by the following dates: May
1 for Fall Semester, December 1 for the Interim (January) Term, and Spring Semester.
The room reservation deposit is refunded to students upon graduation or withdrawal from
LaGrange College, as long as there are no outstanding monetary charges against the
student's account.

LaGrange College invites interested students to visit the campus. Individual admission
appointments may be scheduled by contacting the Office of Admission at

1-800-593-2885 or by e-mail at lgcadmis(a),lgc.edu . Please contact the Office of
Admission at least one week prior to the date you want to visit.

Academic Admission Requirements

Freshmen Admission: Prior to enrollment, an applicant is expected to complete
graduation requirements from an approved high school.

LaGrange College students come from a variety of public and private secondary school
backgrounds. Preference is given to applicants who have strong academic preparation in
high school. A typical matriculant will have completed the following number of units:

English 4

Social Studies 3

College Preparatory Mathematics 4

(Algebra I, Algebra II, Geometry, etc.)

Science 3

Foreign Language 2

Desirable electives include additional academic courses in languages, mathematics, and
the sciences. A basic understanding of computer science is also encouraged.

Recognizing that situations sometime arise that make the completion of a standard
college preparatory curriculum unworkable, LaGrange College will consider students for
admission who have completed 16 units with a minimum of 12 units in the following
areas:

English 4

Social Studies 3

Mathematics 3

Science 2

Scores from either the SAT (administered by the College Entrance Examination Board)
or ACT (administered by the American College Testing Program) are required of all
freshman applicants. Test results should be sent directly to LaGrange College, preferably
in November, December, or January of the student's senior year of high school.

Mature students with an irregular educational background may qualify for admission by
achieving satisfactory scores on the tests of General Educational Development (GED),
High School Level. These students may also waive the SAT/ACT requirement.

LaGrange College takes many factors into account in making admission decisions.
These factors include a student's grade point average, course work, standardized test
scores, admission essay, extracurricular and co-curricular activities. Students may be
accepted to LaGrange College in one of several categories.

Regular Admission: Most students offered admission to LaGrange College are accepted
with no stipulations, other than successful completion of their current academic course
work and proof of high school graduation.

Provisional Admission: This program is designed for applicants who are unable to meet
the standard admission criteria but who appear to have the potential to succeed at
LaGrange College. Students in this program must earn a grade point average of 1.6
during the first semester of college work. All courses are taken for full credit. Further
information on this program is available from the Director of Admission.

Home-schooled students: LaGrange College welcomes home-educated students to apply
for admission. In addition to the items requested for freshman admission, home schooled
students are asked to provide a bibliography of all high school literature including
instructional texts and two letters of recommendation. At least one of the letters must be
from outside the home.

Early Admission: Early admission is possible for academically talented students who
have completed their junior year of high school. To qualify for early admission, a student
must meet specific academic criteria including a B+ or better high school average in their
academic course work and completion of 11 of the 12 prescribed units, with a minimum
total of 15 units. Students seeking early admission must also earn a minimum composite
score of 1 100 on the SAT or 25 on the ACT. A minimum of 550 on the verbal portion of
the SAT or a minimum of 24 on the English subject area of the ACT is highly desirable.
An interview is required for all early admission candidates.

Joint Enrollment: LaGrange College encourages qualified eleventh and twelfth grade
students to consider simultaneous enrollment in LaGrange College and their high school.
Georgia high school seniors may wish to consider participating in the Georgia Post-
Secondary Options Program. Students wishing to apply for the joint enrollment program
or Georgia Post-Secondary Options Program must submit the following materials: an
application for admission, application fee, recommendation letter from the student's
principal or headmaster, SAT or ACT scores, and a high school average that indicates
that the student has the academic ability to be successful in the program.

Students applying for the Georgia Post-Secondary Options Program must also submit an
official recommendation from the high school counseling office.

Transfer Admission: Students attending another institution may apply for transfer to
LaGrange College provided they are eligible to return to their current institution at the
time of entry to LaGrange College. A student may be accepted on probation under the
standard probation regulations. Prior to admission to LaGrange College, the Office of
Admission must receive all necessary documents, including official transcripts of all
college course work. Applicants may enroll at the beginning of any semester.

LaGrange College is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the Southern
Association of Colleges and Schools and, accordingly, accepts course work from
similarly regionally accredited colleges and universities. Academic credit is normally
given to students for grades of "C" or above. Acceptable credit from a junior college is
limited to 60 semester hours. Students enrolling from other senior colleges may be able
to receive additional semester credit but LaGrange College residency requirements, the
core curriculum, and appropriate major course work must be satisfied. Transfer students
who have attempted any developmental-level course work must provide evidence that
they have completed all requirements and successfully exited the program prior to
evaluation by the admission committee. Members of Phi Theta Kappa may qualify for
academic scholarships reserved for members of this society.

Transient Admission: Students currently enrolled in good standing at another college
may enroll at LaGrange College as transient students. Approval of course work must be
authorized by the primary institution on the Transient Application for Admission, which
is available in the Admission Office. A permission letter from the student's home
institution certifying status and granting permission for specific transient course work
may also be sent.

Non-degree Undergraduate Admission: Students not working toward a degree may
register as non-degree undergraduate students in any course for which they have the
necessary prerequisites. An application for non-degree undergraduate student status may
be obtained through the Admission Office. Students classified as non-degree
undergraduate students may become regular, degree-seeking students by meeting
requirements for regular admission. No more that 6 credit hours earned under this
classification may be applied toward a degree.

Readmission to LaGrange College: Following an absence from LaGrange College of 3
or more semesters, or any time a student was not in good standing during the last term of
attendance at LaGrange College, any student deciding to return to attempt additional
course work must submit an Application for Readmission. This form is available in the
Office of Admission. Students absent from LaGrange College for 2 semesters or less,
and who were in good academic standing when he/she last attended LaGrange College
may re-activate his/her file in the Registrar's Office. These students do not need to apply
for readmission.

In the event that a student seeking readmission has attended another institution as a
transfer student (not transient) since he/she left LaGrange College, then the student, if
readmitted, is treated as a new transfer student. Students fitting this description are

subject to the Bulletin in force at the time of transfer back to LaGrange College. Students
who have not attended another institution are generally governed by the catalog in force
at the time of their initial admission. However, students who have been out of school for
four calendar years or more re-enter LaGrange College under the Bulletin in force at the
time of readmission and resumption of study.

International Student Admission: Admission to LaGrange College requires submission
of the international student application, application fee, and translated and certified
documents attesting to the student's academic performance in secondary and/or university
studies. Students seeking admission may submit one of the following to prove English
proficiency:

Minimum TOEFL score of 500;

Certificate of completion of level 109 from the ELS Centers, Inc.

Grades of "C" or better on G.C.E., G.S.C.E, or C.X.C. English examinations or

equivalent tests;

Minimum SAT verbal score of 450;

Minimum ACT English section score of 2 1 .
Students of exceptional academic ability lacking the necessary English to go directly into
the regular academic program may initially enter the English for Speakers of Other
Languages (ESOL) program.

If the prospective student is in the United States, an interview at the college is desirable
and may often be substituted for a TOEFL score. The Director of Admission should be
contacted for an appointment as well as for the current interpretation of regulations with
regard to obtaining an F- 1 student visa.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Payment of Charges

All charges for the semester are due and payable at registration, and each student is
expected to make satisfactory arrangements at that time.

Students who pre-register and pay in advance of the deadline each semester are not
required to attend final registration.

Realizing that some families prefer to pay charges on a monthly basis, the College has
made arrangements with Academic Management Services to offer interested parties this
type service. The plan is an agreement between the parent and the company; there is no
involvement by LaGrange College in the agreement. For additional information, contact
the Business Office. LaGrange College also offers a deferred payment option that allows
the student to make monthly payments to cover the costs of his/her education. A service
charge will be assessed students who choose the Deferred-Payment Plan.

Expenses

Admission

Application for Admission (non-refundable) $ 20.00

Tuition

A. Undergraduate

(1) Part-time per semester hour (1-11 or greater than 15) 480.00

(2) Full-time (12-15 semester hours) 5,830.00

(3) Nursing (NSG) courses - per semester hour 475.00

B. Summer Term

Summer Term charges are listed in the Summer Brochure. Students may write for
information regarding offerings and charges.

C. Audit (per semester hour) 480.00
Room and board (per semester) - Henry, Pitts, Hawkes,

Boatwright and Turner 2,423.00

(Note: All students living in dormitories are required to pay room and board.)

Private rooms are available at an additional charge (per semester) 525.00

After the beginning of the semester any student occupying a double room alone will be

charged the private rate. If a student occupying a double room alone does not wish to pay

the private room rate, it is that student's responsibility to find a suitable roommate.

Willingness to accept a roommate will not constitute grounds for waiving the single room

charge.

Fees - miscellaneous

Late registration 20.00

Personal checks/credit cards failing to clear 15.00

Student Identification Card Replacement Fee 5.00

175.00

15.00

60.00

100.00

Per Semester

Per Year

$5,830.00

$11,660.00

$5,830.00
2,423.00
8,253.00

$11,660.00

4,846.00

16,506.00

Document Fee (International Students)
Parking Permit

Testing Fee (All New Students)
Room deposit (refundable)
Admission Deposit (New Students)

Summary of Standard Charges

Non-Dormitory Students:

Tuition (full-time with 12-15 hours)

Dormitory Students:

Tuition (full-time with 12-15 hours)
Room and Board

All LaGrange College undergraduate degree-seeking students taking twelve or more
hours who have been residents of the state of Georgia for twelve consecutive months are
eligible to receive a Tuition Equalization Grant regardless of need. The amount of this
grant for 2000-2001 is expected to be $1,050.

In addition, those Georgia students who are entering Freshmen as Hope Scholars (B or
better high school grade point average) will receive a $3,000 per year academic
scholarship from the Georgia Hope Scholarship program as long as they maintain a "B or
better" average.

Fees relating to the LaGrange College's Evening and Graduate Programs are included in
a separate bulletin pertaining to those programs. You may contact the College to receive
a copy of those publications.

Federal Tax Credits

The Tax Reform Act of 1997 provided two tax credits for higher education. The "Hope
Credit" provides a $1,500 tax credit for the first two years of postsecondary education in
a program that leads to a degree, certificate, or other recognized educational credential.
The student must be enrolled at least halftime. Qualified expenses are for tuition and fees
and do not include room, board, books, insurance, and other similar expenses.

The second tax credit is the "Lifetime Learning Credit" which provides a $1,000 per year
tax credit (per family). For additional information about these two credits, please consult
the Business Office or your tax preparer.

These tax credits are phased out as your modified adjusted gross income exceeds certain
limits. Please check with your tax advisor regarding these limits.

Depending upon individual requirements, a student may expect to spend $750 to $1,000
per year on books and personal expenses.

The above charges are applicable to an academic year of two semesters duration.
Summer Term costs and curriculum are available in a separate bulletin.

Nursing students should consult with the Nursing Division concerning required nursing
supplies and their projected costs.

All students must present proof of health insurance at the time of registration and
complete a waiver form including provider name and policy number. If the student has
no insurance, the College will make a charge for limited coverage group sickness and
accident insurance coverage.

Official transcripts, grade reports, and diplomas are withheld for any student who has a
financial obligation to LaGrange College.

Credit Balances

Students who have a credit balance on their student accounts receivable may obtain a
credit balance refund within fourteen (14) days of whichever is the latest of:

the date the balance occurs,

the first day of classes of a payment period or enrollment period, as
applicable, or

the date the student rescinds authorization given the school to hold the
funds.

Refund and Repayment Policies

Refund Policies

No refund of any nature will be made to any student who is suspended or dismissed for
disciplinary reasons.

No refund will be made for individual courses dropped after dates established by the
school calendar.

Refunds will be processed within 10 days of notification of "official withdrawal." An
official withdrawal is defined by:

the earlier of date student began school's withdrawal process or date
student otherwise provided "official" notice; or

If student didn't notify school, the midpoint in the term; or

If student didn't notify due to circumstances beyond student's control,
date related to that circumstance; or

Date of student's last attendance at documented academically-related
activity.

A student considering a complete withdrawal should first see the Vice President and
Dean for Student Life and Retention in the Office of Student Development to begin the
withdrawal process. The student should also consult the Financial Aid Office and the
Business Office to determine the financial consequences of a complete withdrawal.

Refund Policies - Tuition and Fees

In the event of a complete withdrawal from College after registration, refunds will be
made on the following basis:

100% refund of tuition charges and fee charges if the student withdraws before
the end of the drop/add period.

90% refund of tuition charges if the student withdraws within 10% (in time) of the
enrollment period following the end of the drop/add period.

50% refund of tuition charges if the student withdraws between 10% and 25% (in
time) of the enrollment period following the end of drop/add period.

25% refund of tuition charges if the student withdraws between 25% and 40% (in
time) of the enrollment period following the end of drop/add period.

Refund Policies - Room and Board

There is no refund of the room deposit if the student does not enroll. No refund of room
or board will be made if a student withdraws from the dormitory after registration. In the
event of complete withdrawal from College, there is no refund of room charges. The
charges for board will be at the rate of $15 per day from the date of final registration.

Refund Policies for Students Receiving Financial Aid

LaGrange College does not advance any funds to students prior to the date of final
registration. A student who plans to withdraw from the College must make an official
notification of his/her plan. At LaGrange College, the Registrar's Office has been
identified as the official office of notification.

The College is required to calculate the amount of Title IV aid the student has "earned" in
the term. This is accomplished by dividing the number of days a student completes in a
credit-hour term by the total number of days within the term. If the resulting percentage
is less than 60 percent, only that portion of the aid is the student eligible to receive with
the residual being returned to the Title IV program. If the student has completed 60
percent of the term, the refunded amount automatically becomes a 100 percent refund.
For example, in the Fall Semester 2000, a student must complete through November 1 st in
order to earn 100 percent of the aid awarded.

In certain cases, these refund requirements may leave an indebtedness on the student's
account. It is therefore imperative that the students fully discuss the ramifications of
withdrawing with the Financial Aid Office prior to making a final decision.

A student will not receive a refund until all financial aid programs have been reimbursed.
Refunds will be returned in the order indicated in the "Allocation Policy" below:

1 st to Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan Program

2 nd to Subsidized Federal Stafford Loan Program

3 rd to Federal Perkins Loan Program

4 th to Federal PLUS Program

5 th to Federal Pell Grant Program

6 th to Federal SEOG Program

7 th to other Title IV Programs

8 th to other federal, state, private, or institutional assistance programs

9 th to the student

Repayment Policy

Students who receive cash disbursements after registration for that enrollment period will
be assessed liability for repayment of the appropriate percentage of the refund due the
Title IV programs upon withdrawal, expulsion, or suspension.

Students who receive cash disbursements that are attributable to Federal Pell, SEOG, or
Perkins Loan programs may owe a repayment of these funds to LaGrange College to
prevent an overpayment. A student who owes a repayment will be deemed ineligible for
any financial assistance from any source until the student has resolved the overpayment.
Repayments will be allocated to the student aid programs in the following order: Federal
Perkins Loan, Pell Grant, SEOG, other Title IV programs, and then to the institution.

FINANCIAL AID

Philosophy

LaGrange College believes that the student and parents should contribute to the
educational expenses of attending a college or university to the extent of their ability.
The Financial Aid Office is available to assist families in meeting the difference between
the cost of education at LaGrange College and what the family can contribute. The
Financial Aid Office at LaGrange College attempts to defray the cost of education from
all available Federal, State, and institutional sources. The student should be prepared to
assume a measure of responsibility in meeting educational expenses through self-help
financial aid sources such as student loans and work programs.

General Information

Students in need of financial assistance must complete a federal need analysis form, the
Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). The FAFSA collects parents' and
students' income, assets, untaxed income, family size, and the number in college. This
information is used in a federal need analysis calculation to determine what the family
should be able to contribute towards educational expenses. This amount is called the
Expected Family Contribution (EFC).

The Financial Aid Office establishes a Cost of Attendance Budget that discloses the
annual costs for a student to attend LaGrange College. The Cost of Attendance includes
tuition, fees, room, board, books and supplies, and living expenses. Other components of
the Cost of Attendance, which is applied on an individual basis, are childcare expenses,
loan fees, study abroad, and computer cost. These items may require documentation
from the student. Below is the Cost of Attendance Budgets for the 2000-2001 academic
year.

Dependent Undergraduate Day Program $ 1 9,23 1

Dependent Undergraduate Evening Program 14,995

Independent Undergraduate Day Program 2 1 ,435

Independent Undergraduate Evening Program 17,200

Dependent Undergraduate Nursing Program 22,270

Independent Undergraduate Nursing Program 24,475

Graduate Program 16,825

Albany Campus Degree Completion Program 1 8,835

The Expected Family Contribution (EFC) is deducted from the Cost of Attendance at
LaGrange College to determine whether a need for financial assistance exists. If the
family's EFC is less than the Cost of Attendance, a financial need is established. The

Financial Aid Office attempts to meet the financial need of applicants with Federal, State,
and institutional grants and scholarships, work programs, and student loans.

Financial Aid Application Procedures

Applicants for Financial aid must:

Apply and be accepted as a degree-seeking student in an eligible program at
LaGrange College.

Complete and submit a Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) or a
Renewal FAFSA annually.

Complete and submit a LaGrange College Financial Aid Application.

Complete a Georgia Tuition Equalization Grant Application.

Financial Aid Eligibility Requirements

In general, to be eligible for financial assistance, you must:

Be a U.S. Citizen or permanent resident alien of the United States.

Be accepted for admission or currently enrolled in an approved degree-seeking or
teacher certification program.

Be making Satisfactory Academic Progress towards the completion of your
degree program.

Not be in default on any federal educational loan, or have made satisfactory
arrangements to repay the loan.

Not owe a refund on a federal or state grant.

Not have borrowed in excess of federal loan limits.

Be registered with Selective Service, if required.

Student Financial Aid Rights and Responsibilities

Students have the right to know:

The procedures for applying for financial assistance and eligibility requirements

Financial aid resources available and eligibility requirements

Refunds and Repayment Policy in the event of complete withdrawal from school

Cost of Attendance at LaGrange College

Deadlines for applying for financial aid

When and how your financial aid award will be disbursed

Your loan indebtedness and estimated monthly payments

Academic Programs available at LaGrange College

Name of associations and agencies accrediting the institution and its programs

Campus Security Statistics

Athletic Program Participation Rates and Financial Support Data

Completion and Graduation Rates

Students have the responsibility to:

Submit complete and accurate financial aid applications

Observe all deadlines for submission of financial aid documents

Attend all classes for which financial assistance was awarded

Maintain satisfactory academic progress towards the completion of their chosen
degree or certification

Notify the Financial Aid Office and Lenders of any change in address

Complete required Entrance and Exit Interviews for Federal Stafford and Federal
Perkins Loan

Respond to all communications regarding student loans and financial aid awards

Comply with all eligibility requirements for financial aid award funds

Be conscientious in attendance and quality of work when participating in a work-
study job

Repay student loan received for education pursuits regardless of whether he/she
graduates

Satisfactory Academic Progress

The United States Department of Education requires institutions of higher education to
establish a satisfactory academic progress policy to be applied to all recipients of federal
financial aid. Satisfactory academic progress means that the student is progressing in a
positive manner consistent with fulfilling their degree or certification requirements.
Satisfactory academic progress is evaluated throughout the course of the degree program.
A Satisfactory Academic Progress policy must include two components: qualitative and
quantitative. Qualitative measures cumulative grade point average. Quantitative
measures the number or percentage of courses completed. The quantitative component
also establishes the maximum time frame for completing a degree program. Financial aid
recipients must meet both of these standards to receive financial aid.

The standards established in the Satisfactory Academic Progress policy applies to the
following financial aid programs: Federal Pell Grant, Federal Supplemental Educational
Opportunity Grant (FSEOG), Federal Perkins Loan, Federal Stafford Loan (subsidized
and unsubsidized), Federal Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students (PLUS), Federal
Work Study, HOPE Scholarship, Tuition Equalization Grant (GTEG), State Service
Cancelable Loans, LaGrange College Grant, Lettie Pate Whitehead Grant, Clark and
Ruby Baker Grant, all LaGrange College Academic and Merit scholarships, LaGrange
College Work Aid and Georgia Work Incentive for Education Program.

Note: HOPE scholarship guidelines require a cumulative grade point average of 3.0
to maintain eligibility.

Qualitati\e Standard

Undergraduates

Federal regulations require a student to have a grade point average that is consistent with
the institution's policy governing academic progress. LaGrange College has set the
following minimum grade point average requirements. The Registrar and Academic
Dean monitor this component of the policy each term.

Classification Minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average

Freshman 1 .65

Sophomore 1.75

Junior 1.85

Senior 2.0

Graduate Students

The graduate program that they are enrolled monitors graduate students' progress.
Students who fail to maintain a 3.0 grade point average will be placed on probation and
may remain on probation for two semesters or quarters. Students who fail to remove the
probation status by the end of two terms will be dismissed from the program.

Quantitative Standard

Undergraduate Students

Students receiving funds from any of the financial programs covered under this p: .
must demonstrate measurable progress toward the completion of their degree program.
LaGrange College requires students to successfully complete 6 7 % of the credit hours for
which the student enrolls each academic term. The credit hours considered under this
policy will be those for which the student is registered at the end of late registration
(dropadd). Grades of A. B. C. or D are considered as successful completion of a course.
Grades of F. W. \VF. NR. or I are considered failing and do not count as successfully
completed courses. Audited courses are not considered in either the quantitative or
qualitative standards.

Graduate Students

Graduate students must maintain department standards for academic progress to remain
eligible for financial aid.

Maximum Time Frame

Federal regulations allow a student to receive financial assistance for no more than 150%
of the credit hours required to complete the degree program. Therefore, students
pursuing a bachelor's degree must complete their program within 162 attempted semester
credit hours. Most students will complete the program within the time frame. However,
frequent withdrawals from courses or school, change of major, failed courses, repeated
courses, or courses taken that are not related to your degree program could jeopardize
financial aid eligibility. All attempted hours are considered when reviewing maximum
time frame.

Transfer students must complete their program within a maximum of 162 attempted
semester credit hours. Hours transferred to and accepted by LaGrange College from
other institutions are considered in the maximum time frame. For example, if a student
has 75 credit hours acceptable towards their degree program, the student may receive
financial assistance for 87 additional credit hours.

Students pursuing an additional bachelor's degree or a master's degree are eligible for an
additional 60 semester hours to complete the degree.

Evaluation

The cumulative academic history of all financial aid recipients is reviewed each term to
determine if the student is meeting the quantitative, qualitative and time frame standards.
This includes all courses attempted regardless of whether financial aid was received or
not. Courses transferred to LaGrange College and transfer grade point averages are not
considered in either of these standards. However, accepted transfer credits will be
considered in the maximum time frame for completing a degree program. Students who
fail to meet both of these standards will be placed on financial aid probation. Students
placed on financial aid probation are eligible for financial aid during the probationary
term. If the student does not meet the satisfactory academic progress standards at the end
of the probationary term, future financial aid will be terminated effective with the next
term of enrollment. Students whose financial aid is terminated may appeal to the
Financial Aid Appeals Committee for re-instatement of financial aid. The chart below
indicates the minimum credits a student must earn to meet the quantitative standard.

Total Attempted Hours Minimum Earned Hours

30 20

60 40

90 60

120 80

150 100

180 120

Appeal Process

Student financial aid recipients who lose their eligibility for financial aid may appeal in
writing to the Financial Aid Appeals Committee except for loss of eligibility due to time
frame. Appeals must be submitted in writing to the Director of Financial Aid outlining
any mitigating circumstance(s) that impacted the student's academic performance,
documentation of circumstance(s), if applicable, and how the deficiency will be resolved.
The Director will convene the Financial Aid Appeals Committee to evaluate the request
for reinstatement of financial aid eligibility. The Director of Financial Aid will notify the
student in writing of the decision of the Committee and any conditions associated with
reinstatement. Students whose appeals are approved will receive financial aid on
probationary status for the next term of enrollment and will have their academic
performance reviewed at the end of that term for continued eligibility.

Verification

Students completing the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) may be
required to submit additional documents to complete the verification process. During the
verification process, the accuracy of information provided on the FAFSA by the student
and parents is reviewed. Verification is a federal requirement of students applying for
financial assistance. The selection of applications for review is done at random.
Typically thirty percent (30%) of financial aid applications are selected for verification.
The Student Aid Report received after the FAFSA is processed will typically indicate
your selection for verification. However, the Financial Aid Office may selection
additional applications for verification if conflicting or incomplete information exist. No
financial aid awards will be made until the verification process is complete.

Students selected for verification will be asked to verify, at a minimum, the following:
adjusted gross income, federal income tax paid, earned income credit, household size,
number of family members in college, and untaxed income. Most students will be asked
to complete a verification worksheet and provide copies of federal tax returns. In the
course of verification, additional information may be required. Students are encouraged
to respond to all correspondence as soon as possible. Delays in completing verification
may jeopardize your eligibility for some financial aid programs. If discrepancies are
found during verification, the Financial Aid Office will transmit the corrected
information to the Federal Processor. The results are usually received within seven days.
Once the corrected financial aid information is received and provided all other eligibility
requirements are met, an official financial aid award letter will be mailed.

Student Financial Aid Policy

Each year the Financial Aid Office receives more applications for financial assistance
than funds are available. Funding for Federal Pell Grant and Federal Stafford Loans are
available throughout the academic year. However, grant assistance is awarded on a first-
come, first-serve basis. In awarding, first priority is given to students pursuing their first
undergraduate degree. Transient, non-degree seeking and unclassified graduate students
are not eligible for financial assistance.

All Institutional and State grant programs (LaGrange College Grant, Lettie Pate
Whitehead, Clark and Ruby Baker Grant, Academic and Merit Scholarships, HOPE
Scholarship, Governor's Honor and Georgia Tuition Equalization Grant) require full-time
enrollment to qualify.

Students enrolling less than full-time in a degree-seeking or teacher certification program
are eligible for a Federal Stafford or Federal Perkins loan and Federal Supplemental
Educational Opportunity Grant. Pell eligible students are eligible for a prorated amount
of their Pell award based on their enrollment status. Pell eligible students enrolling in 9-
1 1 credit hours will qualify for seventy-five percent of their Pell award; students
enrolling in 6-8 credit hours will qualify for fifty percent of their Pell award; students
enrolling in less than 6 credit hours will, generally, receive twenty-five percent of their
Pell award.

Students receiving only academic or merit scholarships are not required to complete a
Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). HOPE Scholars are required to
complete a Georgia Tuition Equalization Grant Application to confirm residency and
qualify for HOPE Scholarship.

Students completing a Free Application for Federal Student Aid and receiving financial
aid assistance must report any scholarships, grants, or loans received from outside
sources. These resources must be considered in awarding institutional, state, and federal
financial aid programs. LaGrange College reserves the right to cancel or reduce financial
aid awards in the event that these resources result in financial aid in excess of need.

A student's enrollment status will be based on the credit hours registered for and
attending after the conclusion of late registration (drop/add). All financial aid awards
will be calculated using final registration information. The chart below indicates the
enrollment status for financial aid programs.

Enrollment Status

Full-time

Three-Quarter Time

Half-time

Undergraduate

12 or more credit hours
9-11 credit hours
6-8 credit hours

Graduate

10 or more credit hours

6-9 credit hours

5 credit hours

Sources of Financial Aid

LaGrange College in an effort to recognize and reward academic excellence provides
academic scholarships to eligible freshmen and transfer students. All students accepted
for admission are considered for academic scholarships. The most prestigious are
competitive and are awarded during the Scholars Weekend Competition held in February.

Competitive Scholarships

The Presidential Scholarship is a four-year, renewable academic scholarship awarded
to incoming freshmen on the basis of academic achievement in high school, SAT or ACT
test scores, and interviews with Scholarship Selection Committee. Recipients of this
prestigious award receive full tuition, mandatory fees, and room and board.

The Thompson Scholarship is a four-year, renewable academic scholarship awarded to
incoming freshmen on the basis of academic achievement in high school, SAT or ACT
test scores, and interviews with Scholarship Selection Committee. Five scholarships are
awarded annually in the amount of $8,000.

The Cunningham Scholarship is a four-year, renewable academic scholarship awarded
to incoming freshmen on the basis of academic achievement in high school, SAT or ACT
test scores, and interviews with the Scholarship Selection Committee. Ten scholarships
are awarded annually in the amount of $5,500.

Academic Achievement Scholarships

LaGrange College Academic Achievement Scholarships are awarded to incoming
freshmen on the basis of academic record, ACT or SAT test scores, extracurricular
activities, and admission essays. The number of scholarships varies with awards ranging
from $1,000 - $4,500 per year.

Phi Theta Kappa Scholarship is a two-year, renewable academic scholarship awarded
to qualified transfer students. This scholarship is equivalent to $5,000 annually, and is
awarded to transfer students who are fully inducted members of Phi Theta Kappa Honor
Society. Eligible transfer students who are U.S. citizens and hold an Associates of Arts
or Associate of Science degree from an accredited two-year college and have earned a
minimum grade point average of 3.5.

Transfer Scholarships are awarded to students transferring to LaGrange College from a
college or university with a minimum of 30 semester or 45-quarter hours and a minimum
grade point average of 3.0 or higher. The number of scholarships varies with awards
ranging from $2,000 - $3,000 per year.

Federal Financial Aid Programs

Federal Pell Grant is awarded to undergraduate students pursuing a first bachelor's
degree. The student's Expected Family Contribution, Cost of Attendance, and enrollment
status determines the Pell award. Students enrolling less than full-time qualify for a
prorated amount of Pell Grant based on their enrollment status.

Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant is awarded to undergraduate
students with exceptional need. Priority is given to students eligible for the maximum
Pell award.

Federal Work Study provides employment opportunities for undergraduate and
graduate students with financial need to defray educational expenses. Jobs are available
on campus and off-campus in community service activities. Student wages are at least
the federal minimum wages and are paid monthly.

Federal Perkins Loan is a low interest, repayable loan awarded to undergraduate and
graduate students with exceptional financial need. The interest rate is 5% and no interest
accrues on the loan while the borrower is enrolled half time and during the grace period.
Repayment begins nine months after graduating or withdrawal from school. This loan
program has cancellation provisions for critical fields of study. Contact the Financial Aid
Office for more information.

Federal Stafford Loan is a low interest, repayable loan available to undergraduate and
graduate students regardless of income. The interest rate is variable on Stafford loan but
will never be more than 8.25%. The interest rate is adjusted each Julyl. Federal Stafford
Loans allow for a six (6) month grace period before the borrower begins repayment.
Borrowers have a maximum often (10) years to repay their student loan. Loans are
available through banks, credit unions, and other lending institutions. The only
qualification for receiving a Federal Stafford Loan is to meet the eligibility requirements
for financial assistance. The student is not subject to credit approval for this loan. All
eligible financial aid participants may borrow from the Federal Stafford Loan program.

The Stafford Loan Program is composed of two loan types, subsidized and unsubsidized.
A subsidized loan is awarded on the basis of financial need. Subsidized loans borrowers
will not pay interest on the loan while enrolled in school, during the grace period, or
during authorized periods of deferment. The federal government pays the interest. An
unsubsidized loan is not awarded on the basis of need. Any student regardless of income
may participate in this loan program. However, interest does accrue while the student is
enrolled in school, during the grace period, and during deferment periods. The borrower
has the options of paying the accrued interest or having the interest capitalized.
Capitalization adds the interest to principal amount of your loan. This option will
increase your loan payments.

The annual maximum awards from the Federal Stafford Loan Program are dependent on
the borrowers classification and dependency status as indicated in the chart below.

Annual Loan Limits

Classification Dependent Independent

Freshmen $2,625.00 " $ 6,625.00*

Sophomores $3,500.00 $ 7,500.00*

Juniors and Seniors $5,500.00 $10,500.00*

Graduates $ 1 8,500.00*_

*Only the dependent student amounts may be subsidized. The additional $4,000 for
freshmen and sophomores; the additional $5,000 for juniors and seniors; and the
additional $10,000 for graduate students are unsubsidized funds.

The Federal Stafford Loan Program has a maximum aggregate (lifetime) limit on the
amount of funds you may borrow. The aggregate loan limit for undergraduate dependent
students is $23,000; undergraduate independent is $46,000; graduate student is $138,000.

Federal Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students (PLUS) is available to parents of
dependent students to defray the educational expenses. The interest rate will not exceed
9%. Unlike the Federal Stafford Loan program, PLUS borrowers must pass a credit
check to qualify for this loan and repayment begins within 60 days of the loan
disbursement. If the parent borrower is denied a PLUS, the borrower may appeal to the
lender if an extenuating circumstance exist.

Loan Repayment

Student loans are excellent sources of financial assistance in defraying education costs.
However, borrowers should always remember that they are obligated to repay these
loans. LaGrange College encourages students to borrower responsibly. The chart below
provides typical repayment information of student loans and assumes unsubsidized
borrowers paying interest while enrolled and during grace period.

Amount

Number

8.25%

Sorrowed

of Payments

Payment

Total Interest

Payment

Total Interest

Payment

Total Intere

$ 1,000

$58

$40

$59

$67

$60

$73

2,000

158

265

290

2,625

277

466

511

3,000

397

671

737

3,500

558

949

1042

4,000

749

1279

1406

5,000

120

1364

2359

2861

5,500

120

1500

2595

2861

6,000

120

1637

2831

3121

7,000

120

1910

3303

3641

8,000

120

2182

3775

101

4161

8,500

120

2319

104

4011

108

4421

9,000

120

2455

110

4246

114

4681

10,000

120

106

2728

123

4718

127

5201

11,000

120

117

3001

135

5190

139

5721

12,000

120

127

3273

147

5662

152

6241

13,000

120

138

3546

159

6134

165

6765

14,000

120

148

3819

172

6606

177

7281

15,000

120

159

4092

184

7077

190

7802

16,000

120

170

4365

196

7549

203

8322

17,000

120

180

4637

208

8021

215

8842

18,000

120

191

4910

221

8493

228

9362

19,000

120

202

5183

233

8965

241

9882

20,000

120

212

5456

245

9437

253

10402

21,000

120

223

5729

257

9908

266

10922

22,000

120

233

6001

270

10380

279

11442

23,000

120

244

6274

282

10852

291

11962

24,000

120

255

6547

294

11324

304

12482

25,000

120

265

6820

307

11796

317

13003

26,000

120

276

7092

319

12268

329

13523

27,000

120

286

7365

331

12739

342

14043

28,000

120

297

7638

343

13211

354

14563

29,000

120

308

7911

356

13683

367

15083

30,000

120

318

8184

368

14155

380

15603

32,000

120

339

8729

392

15099

405

16643

34,000

120

361

9275

417

16042

430

17683

36,000

120

382

9820

441

16986

456

18724

38,000

120

403

10366

466

17930

481

19764

40,000

120

424

10911

490

18873

506

20804

42,000

120

445

11457

515

19817

532

21844

44,000

120

467

12003

539

20761

557

22884

46,000

120

488

12548

564

21704

582

23925

48,000

120

509

13094

588

22648

608

24965

50,000

120

530

13639

613

23592

633

26005

Georgia Student Assistance Programs

The State of Georgia provides several financial aid programs to assist residents of
Georgia. Recipients of these programs must meet financial aid eligibility and Georgia
residency requirements. For most state grants, a Georgia resident is one who has
physically lived in the state for a minimum of 12 consecutive months for some purpose
other than to attend school and intends to remain in the state indefinitely. An applicant
for financial aid will be considered a resident of Georgia if he/she can demonstrate that
he or she has physically resided in the state for twelve consecutive months prior to the
first date of enrollment and can provide documentation of intent to remain indefinitely.
Acceptable documentation of intent to remain indefinitely includes but is not limited to a
Georgia driver's license, voter registration card, automobile registration or other
definitive evidence. Residency is established twelve months from the date the
documentation was issued. The residency of the supporting parent drives the residency
of a dependent student. The Director of Financial Aid makes final determination of
residency.

Georgia Tuition Equalization Grant is a non-need-based grant from the state to
Georgia residents attending a private college or university full-time. The annual amount
is contingent upon funding by the Georgia Legislature. The amount of the grant
beginning Fall 2000 is $1,050.

The HOPE Scholarship Program has provided scholarship assistance for Georgia
residents since 1993 as a result of the Georgia Lottery and the efforts of former Governor
Zell Miller. Georgia residents who graduated from high school on or after June 1996
with a 'B' average are eligible for a $3,000 per year scholarship to attend a Georgia
private college or university. HOPE scholars must maintain a 3.0 grade point average for
continued eligibility. HOPE Scholars will be evaluated at increments of 30, 60, and 90
semester hours or 45, 90, 135 quarter hours.

Students who do not meet the above criteria may receive HOPE Scholarship after
completing 30 or 60 semester hours with a 3.0 or better grade point average. However,
the student must have been a Georgia resident at the time of enrollment at a Georgia
college or university and at the time the student established eligibility for HOPE
Scholarship. The calculation of grade point averages for HOPE purposes must include all
courses attempted since graduation from high school.

HOPE Teacher Scholarship provides forgivable loans to Georgia residents pursuing
advanced education degrees in critical fields. The scholarship is available to graduate
students only.

HOPE Promise Scholarship provides forgivable loans to undergraduate students who
plan to teach in Georgia upon completing their education degree. Applicants must be of
junior standing with a 3.2 or better grade point average. Georgia residency or full-time
attendance is not a requirement.

Georgia Work Incentive for Student Education provides employment opportunities to
Georgia residents to assist with the cost of education at Georgia colleges and universities.

Law Enforcement Personnel Dependents Grants provides non-repayable grants of up
to $2,000 per year to eligible Georgia residents who are dependent children of Georgia
law enforcement officers, prison guards, or firemen who were permanently disabled or
killed in the line of duty.

Service Cancelable Stafford Loans provides service-cancelable Stafford loans to assist
Georgia residents who are pursuing degrees in areas where there is a critical shortage of
qualified professionals. The terms and conditions of a service cancelable loan is the same
as for a Federal Stafford loan except the student may cancel the loan by working one year
at an approved Georgia location for each academic year funding was received. The
cancellation benefit will be principal and accrued interest. The only approved critical
field at LaGrange College is nursing. These loans are available through the Georgia
Student Finance Authority.

LaGrange College Financial Assistance Programs

LaGrange College assists students in defraying to cost of attending our institution by
offering institutional grants, scholarships and student employment to eligible students.

LaGrange College Grant is available to undergraduate degree seeking students enrolled
full-time. Eligibility is based on academic promise and financial needs. Recipients of
this grant must maintain at a minimum a grade point average of 2.0 or better.

Lettie Pate Whitehead Grant is available to female students enrolled full-time with
financial need. Eligible recipients must reside in Georgia, Alabama, South Carolina,
Tennessee, Florida, Mississippi, or Louisiana. The funds are made possible by an annual
gift from the Lettie Pate Whitehead Foundation.

LaGrange College Endowed Scholarships are variety of need-based and non-need-
based scholarships are available to students with demonstrated academic excellence.
Eligible candidate must have a minimum of 3.0 or better grade point average. The gifts
and donations of alumni and friends of LaGrange College fund these scholarships.

LaGrange College Methodist Scholarships are available to active members of the
United Methodist Church. These scholarships are non-need based and are awarded based
on church activities, essay, and recommendation of minister.

LaGrange College Work Aid Program provides students, regardless of financial need,
with opportunities to earn additional money for school through employment in campus
departments and community service activities.

Disbursement of Financial Aid

All financial aid funds are credited directly to the student's account. The funds are
applied towards current tuition, fees, room, board, and other charges as authorized by the
student. Financial aid recipients should be aware that financial aid funds are for
educational expenses only and those students who fail to enroll or attend classes are not
eligible for financial aid awards. Disbursements will only be made to students who have
submitted all required documents for disbursement, are registered, meeting Satisfactory
Academic Progress standards, and are enrolled for the appropriate number of credits
hours to establish eligibility for individual financial aid programs. Financial aid
disbursements are based on the recipient's enrollment status at the conclusion of late
registration. Below are individual enrollment and eligibility requirements for
disbursement of financial aid programs.

Federal Pell Grant and Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant

Awards will be based on final registration enrollment status. This program does not
require full-time enrollment. However, Federal Pell Grant awards are prorated based on
the recipient's enrollment status.

HOPE Scholarship and Georgia Tuition Equalization Grant

Recipients of these grants must maintain full-time enrollment and attendance in all
classes for 14 days beyond the end of late registration. Students who drop below full-
time before the end of the eligibility period will forfeit funds for the semester or quarter.

LaGrange College Grant, Academic, and Merit Scholarships

Recipients must enroll full-time to receive these funds. LaGrange College Grant and
Lettie Pate Whitehead Grant recipients must maintain a 2.0 or better grade point average
to qualify for these funds. Academic and Merit Scholarship recipients should refer to the
scholarship letter regarding renewal criteria of their scholarship.

Student Loans

Recipients of Federal Perkins and Federal Stafford must be enrolled at least half-time to
qualify for each disbursement. Borrowers who fail to register half time will have their
loan funds returned to the lender and future disbursements cancelled. New borrowers and
transfer students are required to complete entrance loan counseling before loan proceeds
may be disbursed. Federal Stafford loans are disbursed electronically and credited to the
student's account. Perkins borrowers must sign their promissory note for each
disbursement of their loan. First year, first time Perkins and Stafford loan borrowers are
subjected to delayed disbursement which means the borrower must maintain enrollment
for 30 days before loan funds may be disbursed. A payment waiver may be obtained
from the Business Office for funds subjected to delayed disbursement. The student will
not be charged interest or assessed penalties as a result of this requirement.

Other Grants and Loans

Scholarships, grants, and loans from other sources will be disbursed are specified by the
donor.

Work Programs

Participants in Federal Work Study, Georgia Work Incentive for Student Education, and
LaGrange College Work Aid programs are paid monthly by payroll check. Payroll funds
are available on the 10 th of each month. Timesheets are due in the Financial Aid Office
on the last working day of the month.

Disbursement of Excess Financial Aid

Students with a residual financial aid funds after tuition, fees, room, board, and other
authorized charges are paid will receive a refund of the remaining credit balance within
14 days of the first of classes or 14 days from the date the credit occurs (if after final
registration). All refunds must be retrieved from the Business Office and requires a
picture ID before disbursement. If the student wishes to leave the credit balance on their
account for subsequent terms, he/she may sign an authorization form with the Business
Office.

If there are residual financial aid funds as a result of a PLUS loan, the refunds will be
issued only to the parent unless otherwise specified.

Student Financial Aid and Federal Tax Implications

Students receiving scholarships and grants that exceed their tuition, fees, book and
supplies should be aware that these funds are taxable under federal and state tax law. It
is important that students maintain records of their grants and scholarships and
documentation of educational expenses for reporting purposes.

Federal tax law allows for only qualified scholarships and grants to be excluded from
income. Qualified scholarships are any amount of grant and scholarship received that is
used for tuition, fees, books, supplies and equipment required for course instruction.
Scholarships and grants that are specifically designated for educational expenses other
that those described under qualified scholarships (room, board, transportation, or living
expenses) are taxable.

For information, please read IRS Publication 520, "Scholarships and Fellowships," for
more details on reporting requires or consult a tax professional.

STUDENT LIFE

The Student Life staff is concerned with providing those services which assist
individuals in their personal growth. Their purpose is to provide assistance which
facilitates the development of the total person. At LaGrange College, the emphasis is
upon the intellectual, social, physical and spiritual development of each student.

Student Life involves a wide variety of programs and activities. The broad range of
available services is an outgrowth of complex student needs: orientation, activities,
student government, organizations, health services, wellness programs, parking, food
service, discipline, leadership development, personal counseling, career development and
placement, fraternities and sororities, and all residence programming. The Student Life
staff is committed to creating a positive climate within which personal growth and
development occur.

Aims of Student Development Services

To facilitate the transition from high school to college.

To develop and sustain, through student-involvement activities, organizations and
services and a campus life encouraging the cultural, intellectual, social, physical
and religious development of all students.

To assist students in discovering life goals and exploring career opportunities.

To create an environment which stimulates qualities of self-discipline and
personal responsibility.

To provide a suitable context in which the student can explore new ideas, skills
and life styles, thus gaining the insight and experience necessary to make
intelligent choices.

To provide opportunity for the student to develop the understanding and skills
required for responsible participation in a democratic community through
involvement in self-government.

To serve a supervisory role in campus disciplinary concerns; to develop, with
campus community involvement, and to distribute the necessary rules and
regulations for a harmonious and productive college community.

To mediate, where necessary, conflicts between individuals and campus
community standards.

To provide a comfortable, clean, safe environment that enhances the personal
growth as well as the academic pursuits of resident students.

To collect retention data and to suggest/plan programs and strategies to increase
retention based on data collected.

Residence Programs

Resident Classification

Freshman, sophomores and juniors taking ten or more hours are required to live in
college housing, so long as appropriate campus housing is available. The Office of
Student Development may exempt a student for one of the following reasons:

1. The student is 21 years of age or over at the time of registration;

2. The student is married and living with spouse within a radius of fifty miles;

3. The student is residing exclusively with parents or legal guardian within the

radius of fifty miles; or

4. The student is a veteran with at least two years of active military service.

A senior is defined as a student who has successfully completed at least 81 semester
hours of academic work and who has completed the general requirements. The Student
Development Office will have the final decision on all requests for exemption.

Students are assigned rooms of their choice in so far as facilities permit. (Roommates are
assigned by mutual preference whenever possible.) The college reserves the right of
approval of all room and residence hall assignments. Also, the college reserves the right
to move a student from one room or residence hall to another room or residence hall
during the year.

Room Deposit

A room and tuition deposit of $200 is required of all resident students. The room deposit
($100) is not a prepayment to be applied to residence hall charges but will remain on
deposit with the College to be refunded, provided the student's account with the College
is cleared, upon one of the following: (1) change of status from resident student to
commuter student, (2) formal withdrawal, or (3) graduation. The room
reservation/damage deposit serves as a room reservation while the student is not
occupying college housing and is refundable if a student cancels his/her reservation by
the following dates: July 15 for fall semester, December 15 for spring semester. It serves
as a damage deposit while the student is occupying college housing and is refundable
when the student leaves the college housing minus any unpaid assessments and/or any
debt owed to the College. Complete residence information and regulations can be found
in the student handbook.

Residence Government Activities

Each housing unit has a hall council which functions as a governing body and also a
coordinating committee to plan activities within the residence halls such open houses,
movie nights, decorating contests and other special events. The Hall council
representatives are the Resident Assistants.

Student Government Activities

The Student Government Association exists to serve as a medium for student
expressions, to coordinate campus activities, to promote good citizenship and to govern
within the parameters granted by the President of the College. The SGA is an important
part of student life. Upon acceptance into the College, a student automatically becomes a
member of the association. All students are encouraged to become active members, so
that the association is a truly representative body of student thought and opinion, voicing
the needs and concerns of the student body.

The SGA is charged with responsibility of planning and presenting students programs.
They sponsor concerts, dances, movies, and many other special events.

Student publications are supported by the LaGrange College; these include the
newspaper, yearbook, and a magazine.

All clubs and organizations are sanctioned by LaGrange College. These include:

Social Sororities

Alpha Omicron Pi
Kappa Delta
PhiMu

Social Fraternities

Delta Tau Delta
Kappa Sigma
Pi Kappa Phi

Service Clubs

Alpha Phi Omega

Hilltoppers

The Environmental Club

Habitat for Humanity

Religious Organizations

Baptist Student Union
Interfaith Council
Wesley Fellowship
Fellowship for Christian Athletes

Honorary Organizations

Alpha Psi Omega (drama)
Delta Mu Delta (business

administration)
Delta Omicron, Gamma Phi

Chapter (music honor students)
MBA Association
Lambda Alpha Epsilon (social

work)
Phi Alpha Theta (history)
Omicron Delta Kappa (leadership)

Omicron Delta Epsilon (economics)
Psi Chi (psychology)
Sigma Tau Delta (English)
Phi Eta Omega

(pre-health professions)
Kappa Delta Pi

(Education Honor Society)

Departmental/Special
Interest Groups

CRIS- Campus Recreation

and Intramural Sports
Student Nurses Association
Art Student League
Business & Economics Society
Student Education Association
Association of Computer
Machinery

Student Publications

The Quadrangle (yearbook)
The Hilltop News (paper)
The Scroll (magazine)

The student handbook is published by the Student Development Office and contains
guidelines and regulations for successful campus life.

Athletic Program

LaGrange College athletic teams are known as The Panthers and the College is a member
of the NCAA Division III. College colors are red and black. Intercollegiate teams
compete in women's soccer, basketball, cross country, volleyball, softball, swimming and
tennis and men's baseball, basketball, cross country, golf, soccer, swimming and tennis. It
is the philosophy of LaGrange College that the team participants are attending college
primarily for a quality education, and no athletic scholarships are offered. The coaching
staff is a group of highly qualified teachers who stress the educational aims of the
College.

LaGrange College is committed to a full program of non-scholarship athletics that
encourages the student-athlete to reap the benefits of educationally sound activity that
encourages and promotes a strong academic regime. Students are given the opportunity to
participate fully in their given sport and to compete with other teams locally, statewide,
and regionally.

Philosophy Statement for Intercollegiate Athletics

Intercollegiate athletics at LaGrange College provide students with an integral
complement to their total educational experience. Recognizing the importance of athletics
to the individual student while seeking to strike an appropriate balance between the life of
the mind and participation in co- curricular offerings, the college is committed to
providing a program of intercollegiate athletics that is student-centered for both
participants and spectators. The college believes that the primary function of
intercollegiate athletics at a small, church-related, liberal arts college is one of a high
quality co-curricular complement to its overall mission. As such, academics will have
always had priority over athletic or other co-curricular pursuits.

LaGrange College seeks to recruit and retain student athletes who understand the balance
of priorities between academics and co-curricular programs, whether the latter are
athletics, the performing arts, or other student activities. The college employs coaches
who understand that balance of priorities, and its coaches seek to recruit students who
will be successful student-athletes. Because the college awards no financial aid based
upon athletic ability, the aim of student-athlete recruitment by coaches is not solely for
athletic success but rather contributes to the college's enrollment goals, although by no
means do those have to be mutually exclusive.

The college embraces a commitment to instill and develop the values of superlative
ethical conduct and fair play among its athletes, coaches, spectators, and other
constituents. Further, LaGrange College recognizes that student-athletes are role models
to their peers as well as representatives of the college, and the college actively
encourages student-athletes to conduct themselves in a manner which befits those roles.

LaGrange College is committed to gender equity and values cultural diversity. The
College will invest sufficient resources to ensure that medical and athletic training
services are available to all athletes at appropriate times. It shall strive to ensure that all
individuals an all teams are treated with the same level of fairness, resources, and respect
so that all athletes are afforded and an equal opportunity to develop their potential as a
student-athlete.

Campus Recreation and Intramural Sports (CRIS)

The Campus Recreation and Intramural Sports program provides opportunities for
wholesome recreation and competition among members of the campus community.
Teams representing campus organizations and independents compete in organized
tournaments and events throughout the year. Competitive events include flag football,
volleyball, basketball (regulation, 3 on 3, H*0*R*S*E), domino's dash, softball,
badminton, tennis, water volleyball and pickle ball. Winners of the campus tournaments
in some of these events are eligible to represent LaGrange College in state or regional
tournaments. Special awards are presented to the men's and women's groups with the

highest participation rates and best record for the entire year. In addition, male and
female " Athletes of the Year" are selected.

Many opportunities are available for recreational use of the facilities in the LaGrange
College Aquatics Complex: recreational swimming and lap swimming all year round in
the indoor pool; the aquarius water work-out stations, water aerobics or aqua exercise or
aqua exercise class (non-credit); diving on the one-meter and three-meter diving boards.

The facilities and equipment of the Physical Education Department also are available for
student recreational use when these are not scheduled for instructional, athletic, or
intramural sports use. The use of outdoor equipment (canoes, sailboats, backpacks, tents,
stoves, lanterns) requires the payment of a small deposit which is refunded upon the safe
return of the equipment. The fitness center, gymnasium, and pools are available for
student/faculty/staff use during posted hours. A valid LaGrange College ID is necessary
for admittance to all facilities.

Religious Life Program

College is a time of exciting intellectual and social growth, Students wrestle with new
ideas, discover new interests, and explore broadening horizons. College can also be a
time for real spiritual growth, set in the transition between youth and adulthood. It offers
students a chance to examine their faith, to assess what is important to them and to forge
a system of values that will sustain them through their adult years.

Growing out of its history of service and its affiliation with the United Methodist Church,
LaGrange is committed to creating an environment that encourages spiritual growth and
development. As a result, the College offers a number of opportunities for students and
faculty to celebrate life and explore God's intention for human living. Included in these
opportunities are occasions for worship, fellowship, and service. Chapel services are
scheduled every Thursday at Sunday at 10 p.m., and there are special worship services
throughout the year. The College employs a full-time chaplain who is available for
counseling and is interested in promoting service and fellowship among the constituents
of the campus community.

Programs, Exhibitions and Forum Lectures

A balanced and comprehensive program of lectures, music performances, dramatic
presentations, workshops and other activities contribute to student enrichment. Tuesdays
and Thursdays from 1 1:00 a.m. until 12:20 p.m. are reserved for programs, exhibitions,
and forum lectures.

Traditional Activities

Homecoming and Parents Day

May Day
Greek Week

Quadrangle Dance

Fall weekend featuring concert,
parade and culminating with
crowning of Queen.

Step sing and concert

Week of activities centering around

campus Greek life

Spring Formal scheduled around
Valentine's Day

There are a number of activities planned by the SGA in both terms. Please consult the
Student Handbook for specific dates.

Student Conduct

LaGrange College, as a church-related college, is committed to an honorable and seemly
standard of conduct. As an educational institution the college is concerned not only with
the formal in-class education of its students, but also with their welfare and their growth
into mature men and women who conduct themselves responsibly as citizens.

Regulations of the college are formulated to meet changing student needs within the
framework of college policy. These regulations become effective when the student
enrolls. Some regulations may not be agreeable to everyone because they have been
formulated to meet the needs of the entire group. This however, does not lessen the
individual's obligation to uphold them. Regulations do not have as their primary purpose
the punishment of the individual. The regulations are formulated to insure the right of all
community members to have the best possible living and learning conditions.

The college reserves the right to dismiss at any time a student who, in its judgement, is
undesirable and whose continuation in the school is detrimental to himself or his fellow
student.

Furthermore, students are subject to federal, state and local laws as well as college rules
and regulations.

A student is not entitled to greater immunities before the law than those enjoyed by other
citizens generally. Students are subject to such disciplinary action as the administration of
the college may consider appropriate, including possible suspension and expulsion for
breach of federal, state or local laws, or college regulations. This principle extends to
conduct off campus which is likely to have adverse effect on the college or on the
educational process or which stamps the offender as an unfit associate for the other

students. A complete description of student conduct policies, rules and regulations can be
found in the student handbook.

Sexual Harassment Policy

All members of the College community have the right to be free from sex discrimination
in the form of sexual harassment. Sexual harassment may take two forms: (1) creating a
hostile environment, and (2) quid pro quo .

A hostile, demeaning, or intimidating environment created by sexual harassment
interferes with an individual's full and free participation in the life of the College.

Sexual harassment quid pro quo occurs when a position of authority is used to threaten to
impose a penalty or withhold a benefit in return for sexual favors, whether or not the
attempt is successful. Sexual harassment may involve behavior by a person of either
gender against a person of the same or opposite gender. It should be noted that the
potential of sexual harassment exists in any of the following relationships:
student/student, faculty/student, student/faculty, and faculty/faculty. Here and
subsequently "faculty" refers to faculty, staff, and administration. Because of the inherent
differential in power between faculty and students, sexual relationships between faculty
and students are prohibited.

Sexual harassment may result may result from many kinds of behavior. These behaviors
may range from the most egregious forms, such as sexual assault, to more subtle forms.
Explicit behaviors include but are not limited to requests for sexual favors, physical
assaults of a sexual nature, sexually offensive remarks, and rubbing, touching or brushing
against another's body. More subtle behaviors may be experienced as intimidating or
offensive, particularly when they recur or one person has authority over another. Such
behaviors may include but are not limited to unwelcome hugs or touching inappropriate
staring, veiled suggestions of sexual activity, requests for meetings in non-academic
settings, and risque jokes, stories, or images.

Accusations of sexual harassment which are made without good cause shall not be
condoned. Such accusations are indeed grievous and can have damaging and far reaching
effects upon the careers and lives of individuals.

Any member of the College community having a complaint of sexual harassment may
raise the matter informally and/or file a formal complaint. The informal process is an
attempt to mediate between the parties in order to effect a mutually agreeable solution
without entering into the formal hearing process.

Informal Procedures

The following informal procedures may be followed:

Clearly say "no" to the person whose behavior is unwelcome.

Communicate either orally or in writing with the person whose behavior is

unwelcome.

The most effective communication will have three elements:

(1) A factual description of the incident(s) including the time, place, date
and specific behavior.

(2) A description of the complainant's feelings, including consequences of
the incidents.

(3) A request that the conduct cease.

Speak with a department chair, dean, director, counselor, or chaplain who may
speak to the person whose behavior is unwelcome. The name of the complainant
need not be disclosed. The purpose of such conversation is the cessation of the
unwelcome behavior.

In the case of harassment of a student, it may be appropriate first to seek advice
of his or her advisor.

Formal Procedures

To initiate a formal grievance procedure the complainant shall submit a written statement
to the chair of the Review Subcommittee of the Academic Standards Committee who
shall report the complaint to the President of the College. The President, after such
consultant as is deemed appropriate, will request the names of several persons from each
party to the dispute, and the President shall choose one person's name from each list to be
added to the three-person Review Committee. Member of the Committee will meet to
discuss the complaint. Unless the Committee concludes that the complaint is without
merit, the parties to the dispute will be invited to appear before the Committee and to
confront any adverse witnesses. The Committee may conduct its own inquiry, call
witnesses, and gather whatever information it deems necessary to assist in reaching a
determination as to the merits of the accusation. Once a determination has been reached,
the Committee shall report its finding to the President of the College.

Possible outcomes of the investigation are (1) that the allegation is not warranted and
cannot be substantiated, (2) a negotiated settlement of the compliant, or (3) that the
allegation is substantiated requiring a recommendation to the President that disciplinary
action be taken.

Student Health Services

All students must have proof of medical insurance. For those not having coverage
through individual or group plans, LaGrange College makes available accident and

sickness coverage through a private carrier at reasonable rates. Application forms are
available at registration or through the Business Office.

For a description of health services available to LaGrange College students, refer to the
student handbook.

Career Planning and Placement Center

The LaGrange College Career center provides services to students, alumni and staff. The
counselor assists students with the career development process, from selecting a major to
marketing themselves to graduate schools or potential employers.

From their first year at LaGrange College, students are encouraged to use Center's
resources to identify and prioritize their values, interests, and skills and to recognize the
impact they have on career decisions.

The Career Center provides resources to support students in locating part-time
employment, internships, fellowships and graduate assistantships, summer jobs, and full-
time, career employment. Additional resources and training provide students with job
search skills (resume preparation, interview skills, etc.) as well as graduate school
application skills (e.g., test preparation, online resources).

LaGrange College is a member of the Georgia Consortium of College which each year
provides a Career Fair in Atlanta that enables our seniors and recent graduates to meet
with employers from over one hundred industries and agencies.

Personal and Academic Counseling

An important part of the philosophy of LaGrange College is that each student should
have advice and counseling throughout his/her academic career. The counseling office,
located at the end of Smith Hall directly behind the patio, offers a variety of counseling
services to assist students in reaching their academic and personal goals. The counseling
office does this by providing short-term personal counseling in the following areas:
resolving conflicts, adjustment to college life away from home, relationships with friends
and family members, reducing stress, feelings of depression, eating disorders, and alcohol
or substance abuse. The counseling office also provides study skills workshops,
maintains the campus-tutoring center, and offers one on one academic coaching. In
addition, the counseling office works with students who have documentation of a
learning disability to ensure that the students receive the accommodations they need to
help reach their academic goals. The counseling office also strives to help students make
the most of themselves as developing persons, to be more effective in their relationships
with others, to understand feelings and behavior, and to enhance positive traits.
Discussions are confidential in keeping with professional standards.

Vehicle Registration

To insure efficient control of traffic and parking on campus and the safety of all persons
and vehicles, every vehicle must be registered and must have an affixed current decal.
These decals are issued to students, along with a copy of existing parking regulations.
There is a fee. Failure to adhere to published policies may result in vehicles being towed.

Student Appeal of Decisions

Recognizing that decisions must be made and that some students may feel aggrieved by
some decisions, LaGrange College provides the following procedures:

A student must first attempt to resolve an issue with the college staff member first
rendering a decision. If this does not resolve the issue, a decision rendered by a college
staff member may be appealed by a student as follows:

L. Student Life:

(a) A disciplinary decision rendered either by a duly constituted student judicial
board or to the Dean of Students. Disciplinary decisions rendered originally by
the Dean of Students may be appealed in writing to the Vice President and Dean
for Student Life and Retention who shall seek, in an informal conference, to settle
the grievance to the satisfaction of the two parties involved. If no resolution can
be found, the Vice President will deliver the appeal to the Student Affairs
Committee of the faculty for its determination.

(b) Other grievances in the area of student life may be appealed to the Dean of
Students. If the grievance involves an original decision rendered by the Dean of
Students, the decision may be appealed as above.

II. Financial Aid. See the Financial Planning Section.

III. Academic Matters. See the Academic Regulations and Procedures Section.

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND
ACADEMIC SUPPORT SERVICES

In order to promote and support the administrative, academic and research interests and
responsibilities of students, faculty and staff, substantial information technology is
provided at LaGrange College. This technology consists of a networked system of
workstations and services designed to encourage and improve the computer literacy of
the user environment. Contributing to the personal and professional growth of all
members of the College community, this technology is accessed in all areas of the
LaGrange College campus.

William & Evelyn Banks Library

William and Banks Library supplies its patrons with information access on the main
floor, through nine Pentium computers on the Public Access Desk. Patrons can access the
Online Catalog system, the GALILEO project, World Wide Web searching, and the CD-
ROM network. The library catalog can also be accessed through four workstations on
other floors. The library has a Multimedia Lab that serves as a bibliographic instruction
classroom that is open to faculty and students for multimedia and word processing
purposes when not used for instruction. This lab has eight multimedia Pentium machines,
a scanner, an LED projector for instruction, a laser printer and a color inkjet printer. This
lab will be expanded as need and funding permit.

Henry Tutoring Center

The Tutoring Center is located on the fifth floor of Henry residential hall. The hours of
operation are Monday through Thursday and Sunday evenings from 6 p.m. until 9 p.m.
starting the second week of the semester. The tutors are selected by faculty
recommendation according to expertise in the subject area. Although the Math Lab and a
Satellite Writing Center provide the center's foundation, the tutoring center also employs
tutors for chemistry, biology, anatomy, history, and literature. If a student is having a
problem with a subject that is not offered at the tutoring center, the student can come to
the counseling office and every effort will be made to offer assistance in that area.

Writing Center

The LaGrange College Writing Center is a place where writers of all levels and abilities
can talk with other writers about their work. Open morning, afternoon, and until 9:00
p.m. during week nights, it is available to anyone who wishes to engage in constructive
talk about writing. The Center operates on the assumption that all are learners as well as

teachers and that learning is, to some extent, a social process; communication, therefore,
is the basis for all the Center's efforts.

The Writing Center is designed to provide a service to students who would like
individualized help with their writing. It is manned by a director (a faculty member from
the Department of English) and a staff of undergraduates who have proven to be
especially proficient in their writing skills. Students can drop in or make appointments for
individual writing conferences to discuss topics, brainstorm with another writer, or work
on final drafts.

To stress the importance of writing across the curriculum, The Writing Center has also
developed satellite writing programs in a variety of courses, including economics,
psychology, biology, and history. Students in these classes are given opportunity to work
with tutors on course writing projects. The Center utilizes a variety of technological
resources, including Pentium PC's, and printers: The Writing Center attempts to make the
writing process, in all its various facets, a rewarding and enduring experience.

In addition to these campus-wide facilities, many departments and divisions maintain
technology resources to support their mission.

The Henry Dormitory houses a new computer lab equipped with 20 Pentium II PC's,
two laser printers and a flat bed scanner. This lab is open 24 hours a day.

The Education multimedia technology labs have been specifically designed for the
education major. These labs support instruction and hands-on use of technology in order
to enable the pre-service teacher to integrate the use of multimedia equipment into a
classroom teaching situation. The Multimedia Production Lab is equipped with Power
Macintosh audio/video computers, a color scanner, a video camera, a digital camera,
monitors/VCR's, an LCD panel, printers and more. Laminating, binding and poster-
making equipment is also available for use in this lab. Complimenting the multimedia lab
is the software evaluation lab. This lab provides an environment equipped with both
IBM-compatible Pentiums and Macintosh Power PC's where the most current
commercial educational software can be evaluated. Software can also be viewed in
videodisc and CDI formats. Teachers from surrounding county school systems often seek
the resources available in this lab for software evaluations.

Nursing education and practice are as driven by technology as are other aspects of life
and work today. With computer-based interactive and tutorial programs, students learn
independently, at their own pace, and can vicariously "practice" their profession. In
addition, the Division of Nursing resources permit learning and use of computer skills
which support other skills and knowledge outside of (but needed for) nursing. These
skills include writing, reading, and the seeking of knowledge from the vast array of
possibilities found on the Internet. Technological resources found in the Nursing
Computer Lab include Pentium III PC's, a flat bed scanner, a laptop PC equipped with an
LCD panel, a color inkjet printer, and a laser printer. Eight separate nursing educational
software packages can also be utilized in the lab.

Computer Science, located in Smith Hall, utilizes two separate computer labs. One lab is
made up of Pentium II PC's. The other lab consists of workstations that provide access to
Windows NT and Novell Netware network operating systems. These labs provide
computer science majors access to instruction and use of the technology necessary to
succeed in their chosen field in today's technological world.

Psychology students have access to a computer lab in the Manget Building, consisting of
Macintosh computers. These resources are used for laboratory and tutorial assignments
in connection with psychology courses.

In an effort to meet the ever-changing technological needs of a liberal arts education, the
Department of Mathematics maintains a computer laboratory containing Macintosh
PC's. This lab, located in Science Room 102, is used almost exclusively for classroom
instruction. Software packages available include the Geometer's Sketchpad, currently
used to supplement college geometry, the software Maple, which is used to enhance the
calculus sequence, and tutorial software for students enrolled in basic mathematics.

The research facilities of the Department of History and Political Science programs are
excellent. The computer laboratory is a facility funded in part by a National Science
Foundation grant. Comprised of Macintosh computers, the user enjoys full Internet and
World Wide Web access. The laboratory has available a variety of applications for
various educational, research, and writing tasks and an archive of information on many
topics, especially in political science.

The Department of Latin American Studies (includes modern languages) provides a
multimedia laboratory in the Manget building. This lab, consisting of IBM-compatible
Pentium PC's and Macintosh PC's support software which maximizes students' oral and
aural proficiency in foreign languages. Grants have provided additional resources
including a laser disc player and Rosetta Stone interactive software.

English Language and Literature students enjoy a computer laboratory located on the
4th floor of Manget Hall. This lab consists of IBM-compatible Pentium PC's, with both
dot matrix and laser printers.

Technology resources are integral to the graphic design concentration in Art and Design
at LaGrange College. All graphic design students are taught fundamental computer
techniques, page layout and illustration programs, basic system information and the
ethics regarding the use of digital information. Advanced students learn digital imaging
and system information output options and other advanced techniques. All students are
encouraged to develop a personal creative approach to using the computer as well as to
using thoughtful, intelligent design. Through encouragement to be not only technical but
also creative, students accomplish the College's missions "to discover and value that
which is excellent in life" and "to accept responsibility in contemporary society."
The Chemistry, General Science, and Physics programs share a resource room which
houses CA1/CAD (computer assisted instruction/computer assisted drill) work stations

that are connected to the campus network; a multi-media work station, connected to the
Internet; and an additional work station, connected to the Internet. All classrooms and the
physics laboratory have network/Internet access. The Chemistry Instrumentation Center
includes computers that control most available instruments. This center also contains a
molecular modeling workstation made available by a grant from the Georgia Pacific
Corporation. The Physics Laboratory includes computerized lab stations, which include
sensors for measurement of various physical phenomena. CA1/CAD is available for
General Science 101 and 102. For General Science 101a computer is used as a data
source for certain laboratory experiences. Chemistry 103, General Chemistry III, is a
computer-based course focusing on spreadsheet chemistry. Chemistry 312, Instrumental
Analysis, requires extensive use of computers for data analysis. The Chemistry 361, 362,
363, sequence, Physical Chemistry I, II, and 111, involves use of MathCad software for
homework exercises and testing.

Policy for the Responsible
Use of Information Technology

The purpose of this policy is to ensure a computing environment that will support the
academic, research, and service mission of LaGrange College. Simply stated, continued
and efficient accessibility of campus computing and network facilities depends on the
responsible behavior of the entire user community. The College seeks to provide
students, faculty, and staff with the greatest possible access to campus computing
resources within the limits of institutional priorities and financial capabilities and
consistent with generally accepted principles of ethics that govern the College
community. To that end, this policy addresses the many issues involved in responsible
use of the College's information technology, including systems, software, and data. Each
authorized user of information technology assumes responsibility for his or her own
behavior while utilizing these resources. Users of information technology at LaGrange
College accept that the same moral and ethical behavior that guides our non-computing
environments guides our computing and networking environment. Any infraction of this
policy may result minimally in loss of computer and network access privileges, or may
result in criminal prosecution.

Use

All users of the College information technology resources agree to abide by the terms of
this policy. When accessing any remote resources utilizing LaGrange College
information technology, users are required to comply with both the policies set forth in
this document and all applicable policies governing the use and access of the remote
computer system. The College, through a review and amendment process directed by the
Academic Support Committee, reserves the right to amend this policy. As far as possible,
changes will be made only after consulting with the user community. LaGrange College
computing resources and associated user accounts are to be used only for the college
activities for which they are assigned or intended. The computing systems are not to be

used for any non-college related commercial purpose, public or private, either for profit
or non-profit. Unless placed in public domain by its owners, software programs are
protected by Section 1 1 7 of the 1976 Copyright Act. It is illegal to duplicate, copy, or
distribute software or its documentation without the permission of the copyright owner.

User Accounts

User accounts are designed to establish a system control mechanism for user
identification and to afford users a physical location where they can store appropriate
data. No user accounts should be used to execute computer software or programs other
than those specifically granted and offered for use by LaGrange College. All users are
responsible for both the protection of their account password and the data stored in their
user account. Sharing a password is prohibited. Users should change their password
periodically to help prevent unauthorized access of their user account. Any suspected
unauthorized access of a user account should be reported immediately to the Director of
Information Systems or another college authority. User accounts will be deactivated
when the user's affiliation with the College is terminated and all files and other data will
be removed from that account.

Campus Computing Facilities

Microcomputer labs on the LaGrange College campus are available for general use
except during the periods when the rooms have been reserved for teaching purposes. It is
the responsibility of every user to use these facilities in a responsible manner. Accidental
damage or damage caused by other parties should be reported as soon as possible so that
corrective action can be taken.

Personal Web Pages

Any authorized user or group at the College may have a personal home page on the
LaGrange College World Wide Web server, provided that the graphical images,
multimedia information, text, or the intent of the home page does not refute the mission
of LaGrange College. No individual user is authorized to create and serve a website on
the World Wide Web utilizing College computer resources.

Student Computer Configurations

Access to the World Wide Web is available in dormitory rooms for students who bring to
campus, personal computers meeting the minimum specifications defined by Information
Systems. These specifications are as follows: IBM PC and compatibles only, Pentium
processor, 16 MB RAM, 100 MB available hard drive space, and either one available

ISA, PCI, or PCMCIA slot. After the student pays a one-time hook-up fee, Information
Systems personnel will install an Ethernet card and configure the student's PC with a web
browser, and a Telnet tool. Information Systems will support these two Internet
capabilities. To avoid instability to the campus network, students must not change these
network configurations.

Data Security

Within institutional priorities and financial capabilities, LaGrange College provides
reasonable security against unauthorized intrusion and damage to data, files and messages
stored on its computer systems. The College maintains facilities for archiving and
retrieving data stored in user accounts. If a user needs to recover data after an accidental
loss, Information Systems staff should be contacted and every reasonable attempt will be
made to recover the lost or corrupted data. Neither the College nor any Information
Systems staff can be held accountable for unauthorized access by other users, nor can
they guarantee data protection in the event of media failure, fire, criminal acts or natural
disaster.

Computer Use by Alumni and Friends

Use of LaGrange College information technology by alumni and friends (individuals not
currently enrolled as students or currently employed as faculty or staff members of
LaGrange College) is allowed only within William and Evelyn Banks Library and under
the supervision of library staff. Additionally, such access is allowed only when existing
resources are not being fully utilized by LaGrange College students, faculty, or staff. The
use of technological resources may be extended to alumni and friends of LaGrange
College without the imposition of a "user fee." A "per printed page" user fee established
by Banks Library will be assessed for use of College printing resources.

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS AND
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

Introduction

Faculty members and the staff of LaGrange College implement academic and non-
academic programs toward the fulfillment of the mission of the College. Undergirding all
of the academic programs at LaGrange is the fundamental commitment to the liberal arts.
Therefore, LaGrange College is first and foremost a liberal arts college. The underlying
philosophy of liberal learning is found in all parts of the curriculum of the College but is
most obvious in the structure of the Liberal Studies Core Curriculum, that part of the
curriculum that serves as foundation and complement to the major. All baccalaureate
majors share the same Liberal Studies Core Curriculum, which represents just under fifty
percent of a student's formal study at the College.

The curriculum is designed to provide the components of a liberal arts education that
historically have proved to be of lasting value. Those components include skills such as
strategies for college success, writing, computation, speaking, problem solving, computer
utilization, and analytical thinking. Additionally, there are knowledge components
including history, social studies, science, literature, religious heritage, modern foreign
languages, and health.

These skills and knowledge areas, while being taught and learned in specific courses, are
integrated into the total college experience, and the desired result is that students will be
better able to function within social institutions, to use science and technology, and to use
and understand the role of the arts in culture. They, likewise, will be better able to
communicate, to solve problems, and to analyze and clarify their own value system.

The Majors

A major is defined as a primary program of study in which the student completes a
designated number and sequence of courses within a specific discipline, department or
subject area. A major may or may not offer concentrations for focused course work
within the major.

A student may choose to pursue one of four baccalaureate degrees: the bachelor of arts,
the bachelor of science, the bachelor of music, or the bachelor of science in nursing. Most
students pursue one of these baccalaureate degrees.

Students enrolled in the Evening College may pursue the bachelor of business
administration or an associate of arts degree in criminal justice or liberal studies. Please
refer to the Evening College Bulletin for more details about these programs.

LaGrange College also offers graduate programs. In these programs, students may
complete the Master of Arts in Teaching, the Master of Education in Curriculum and
Instruction, or the Master of Business Administration. Please refer to the Graduate
Bulletin for more information about these programs.
Bachelor of Arts

Art and Design

Biochemistry

Biology

Chemistry

Computer Science

Education

Early Childhood
Middle Grades

English

History

Human Services

Mathematics

Political Science

Psychology

Religion

Spanish

Theatre Arts

Bachelor of Science
Accountancy
Business Management
Chemistry
Computer Science
Mathematics

Bachelor of Science in Nursing
Nursing

Bachelor of Music

Creative Music Technologies

Performance (voice, piano, organ, guitar, percussion)

Bachelor of Business Administration (See Evening College Bulletin)

Master of Education in Curriculum and Instruction (See Graduate Bulletin)

Master of Arts in Teaching (See Graduate Bulletin)

Master of Business Administration (See Graduate Bulletin)

General Business with emphasis on the management function

Associate of Arts (See Evening College Bulletin)
Criminal Justice
Liberal Studies

Major Requirements, Time Restrictions

Course work requirements in major programs necessarily change in response to evolving
curriculum concerns and changing student needs. Students' major requirements are
governed by the Bulletin in force at the time of the declaration of the major. The
declaration of major is initiated in the Registrar's office.

At the discretion of the department chair, students may be required to demonstrate
proficiency and/or currency in the subject matter if the major course work is older than
five (5) academic years. Normally credit hours earned in the major may not be applied to
the completion of the major, if the hours earned are older than eight years dated from the
student's initial matriculation.

Students who have been out of school longer than two years must again declare their
majors.

Independent Study in the Major

In certain majors, independent study courses are offered. These courses are limited to
upperclass major and minor students who have completed at least two-thirds of their
particular major or minor program, and who wish to pursue a special problem or course
of reading beyond that taken up in any formal course and lying within the capabilities of
the library and laboratories. In order to be eligible for independent study, the student must
have at least a 3.0 average in major courses. Total credit which can be earned through
independent study normally will not be more than six semester hours. Written
permission to enroll in such a course must be obtained from the instructor, the chair of
the department concerned, and the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean. A
descriptive syllabus including the method of evaluation must be submitted with the
petition.

Assessment in the Major

The faculty members who are responsible for instruction in the major programs have
identified specific objectives for a major in that discipline. There is an assessment,
devised by the faculty in the discipline, that determines the extent to which the objectives
have been met by the student. That assessment is a requirement for students who
graduated in June 1990, or who will graduate thereafter. The assessment styles are varied.
Students should carefully explore with their adviser in their intended major the nature of
the assessment. A satisfactory assessment in the major is a requirement for the degree.

The chair of the department offering the major must certify satisfactory completion of the
assessment component.

Students who fail to complete satisfactorily the assessment in the major and exhaust
reassessment opportunities at the departmental level may appeal the decision of the
department as described in the Academic Procedures and Regulations section.

Advice and Counseling in the Major

All students are assigned an academic adviser. Prior to the declaration of a major a
student is advised by his or her Freshman Cornerstone instructor. Subsequent to declaring
a major, the student and the department chair work together in planning a program. The
ultimate responsibility for selecting the proper courses in order to complete the
desired degree is the responsibility of the student.

THE CORE PROGRAM
IN THE LIBERAL ARTS

As a Methodist related institution, LaGrange College offers an educational experience
which emphasizes the inter-relatedness of knowledge and the importance of
understanding and evaluating human experience. The Core Program in the Liberal Arts
(also known as the Common Core Program) uses an interdisciplinary approach to develop
the students' creative, critical and communicative abilities. The specific objectives of the
Core Program include fostering the development of a sense of responsibility for living
with integrity; instilling a sense of wonder as well as developing skills to critically
analyze current knowledge and to seek new understandings of God and the universe;
developing the abilities to communicate effectively using written, oral, creative, and
technological means; understanding and accepting one's responsibilities as a member of a
democratic society; becoming aware of and responding to the needs of others through
involvement in service to society; fostering an understanding of and appreciation for the
diversity of culture and people; acquiring an awareness of the power of creative
expression through literature, drama, art, movement, and music; gaining an appreciation
and knowledge of the complexity and interdependence of the world as community.

The Core Program is designed to be integrated with other courses during the first three
years of the student's experience at LaGrange College. The forty-eight semester hours
included in the Core Program are arranged in three divisions: foundation studies,
integrative studies, and exploratory studies. The twelve hours of integrative studies,
which bring an interdisciplinary focus to the humanities, the social sciences, and
quantitative reasoning, are central to the entire Core Program. Other interdisciplinary
courses required in the Core Program are Freshman Cornerstone I, Dimensions of Well
Being, and Quantitative Reasoning.

Foundation Studies 30 hours

Course Credit Year Taken

Freshman Cornerstone (CORE 1 101) 3 Freshman

Freshman Cornerstone Laboratory (CORE 1 102) 1 Freshman

Rhetoric and Composition (ENGL 1101, 1 102) 6 Freshman

Mathematics (MATH 1 101, 2105, 2221, or 2222) 3 Freshman

(Entry level by placement)
World Languages and Culture 6 as best

scheduled

(2 sequential courses in languages: FREN, GERM, SPAN)
Laboratory Science I and II 8 as best

scheduled

(BIOL 1101-1102, 1148-1149; CHEM 1101-1102; PHYS 1101-1102;
PHYS 1121-1122)

Dimensions of Well Being (CORE 2000) 3

as best
scheduled

30 hours

Integrative Studies

Quantitative Reasoning (CORE 11 10) 3 as best

scheduled
(either MATH 1114 or a second MATH course of those listed above or
may be substituted for some majors

Humanities I and Humanities II (CORE 2001, 2002) 6 Sophomore

The American Experience (CORE 300 1 ) 3 Junior

12 hours

Exploratory Studies

Fine Arts

(any beginning level class in the Fine Arts Division. Courses
that satisfy this requirement are marked with an asterisk (*) in
the Art, Music, and Theatre sections of the Bulletin)

Religion (RLGN 1101, 1102, 1103, 1104, or 1105) _3

as best
scheduled

as best

6 hours scheduled

TOTAL CORE PROGRAM

48 hours* 1

**Although not considered a part of the Core Program, each student is required to
pass 3 interim term courses (one three semester hour course per term) as part of the
graduation requirements. Students may elect to complete 4 interim terms, and are
encouraged to do so. Most interim term courses offer a Pass/No Credit grade
option. The total hours needed for graduation is 108 semester hours.

Please read carefully the note following about placement.

Placement

Appropriate placement in certain courses is essential.

During the first few days on campus all students will participate in placement evaluation
inventories. These inventories are necessary for (1) planning for majors and careers, (2)
providing the comparison levels for subsequent assessment of the Core Program
curriculum, and (3) determining current skill levels for placement purposes. Placement in
mathematics and English is based on skills assessment. Students who are not predicted to
be successful in Mathematics 1 101, 1 105, 2221, or 2222 are required to enroll in

Mathematics 0100. This is a pre-Core Program mathematics course, and credit in this
course does not count toward the fulfillment of the 48 hours of core requirements.

English placement is based on scores obtained on the sub-test, SAT II: Writing, of the
Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT). Students who score 37 or below are required to enroll in
English 0100, a pre-Core Program course in grammar and composition. Students who
score between 38 and 43 are placed in either English 0100 or English 1101 based on a
consideration of a written sample of work submitted by the student during the specified
diagnostic assessment time scheduled for English. Like Mathematics 0100, English 0100
does not count toward the fulfillment of any of 48 hours in the Core Program.

Students entering LaGrange College with two (2) years of high school level foreign
language are placed in an intermediate level course of that language; or if the students
choose, they may start the study of another language at the beginning level. Any student
for whom English is not the native language may have the language requirement waived
by submitting a written request to the Registrar from the student's advisor, the Director of
International Student Services, or the Chair of the Humanities Division. The waiving of
the language requirement does not diminish the need to complete the minimum 108 hours
required for graduation.

The Core Program, Time Restrictions

There is no time limit on the credit or validity of coursework in the Core Program. It
should be noted, however, that students who have not been enrolled at LaGrange College
for four years, or who transferred from LaGrange College and subsequently return, enter
the college under the Bulletin in force at the time of re-entry.

Credit-by Examination and Exemption

Students may be eligible for credit and/or exemption in certain areas through Advanced
Placement (AP) Tests or the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) and other
recognized testing procedures. To determine the test scores that qualify for college credit
and/or exemption, students should contact the Registrar. This information is also
available in the individual department sections of the Bulletin. Credit by examination
(AP or CLEP) may reduce the 48 semester hour requirement of the Core Program by the
number of credit hours earned by this process. If no credit is earned, but exemption is
granted, then the hours granted for exemption may be used for free electives to earn the
minimum 108 semester hours required for graduation.

Assessment of the Core Program

Prior to graduation, students take an inventory, The Academic Profile, designed to
determine the extent to which they have achieved the objectives of the curriculum of the

Core Program. The optimal time to take The Academic Profile is during the semester
following the completion of CORE 3001, the American Experience (usually either
second semester of the junior year or first semester of the senior year). Meaningful
participation in this testing program is a requirement for graduation with a baccalaureate
degree.

Minors

Academic minors may be earned in most departments. A minor must include at least 12
semester hours, 6 of which must be in 3000-level or above courses. Some departments
do not designate the courses required for the minor, but the courses selected must be
approved by the chair of that department.

Special Institutes/Continuing Education

LaGrange College coordinates and initiates special institutes and continuing education
activities. These activities include work with area and state churches, industries, health
care facilities, and businesses. For certain of these activities the College awards
continuing education units (C.E.U.).

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS AND
PROCEDURES

Orientation and Counseling

All new students are introduced to LaGrange College through an orientation program
which takes place at the beginning of each semester. The orientation program is designed
to acquaint the new students with various phases of the life of the College including
traditions, procedures, and regulations. Students profit from a proper introduction to the
opportunities and responsibilities of college life.

One course in particular serves to further the College's orientation and counseling efforts.
Freshman Cornerstone, a course designed to focus on the valuing and decision-making
processes with a particular emphasis on Christian influences on ethical behavior,
facilitates student's use of skills of comparison, contrast, analysis, and synthesis of
multiple perspectives as they examine an issue of common concern. The course
emphasizes active learning, small group problem solving, and service learning, including
reflection on these experiences. A laboratory experience associated with the course is
designed to identify and enhance students' abilities. Assessment of abilities as well as
sessions on study skills, career counseling, computer skill, and library skills, among
others, are offered to maximize students' success.

Registration

All students must register on the dates specified. Failure to register on the proper dates
may subject the student to a $20 late-registration fee. All registration procedures for all
terms are under the direction of the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean.
Students have not completed registration until they have cleared the Registrar, Office of
Student Life and the Business Office. Students enrolled for twelve or more hours must
obtain a campus post office box. Communications to the student will be through campus
mail.

Each student is assigned to a faculty adviser, who assists the student in planning an
academic program. However, the ultimate responsibility for meeting all requirements
rests with the individual student.

A student interested in a particular major should inform his/her general adviser in order
that special prerequisite courses for the major may be scheduled. A major may be
formally declared anytime after the student has earned 18 hours of credit. The student
must declare his/her major in writing to the Registrar by the time the student has
earned 45 semester hours of credit. The student will then be assigned to an adviser in
the department in which the student will major. A student planning to pursue a

program in Teacher Education must take an application in writing to the chair of the
Department of Education at least by the time he/she declares a major.

A student's major program requirements are those described in the College Bulletin at the
time of declaration of the major.

Withdrawal

To withdraw from an individual course, a student must confer in the office of the
Registrar. Failure of a student to withdraw officially through this office may result in the
assignment of a "WF." A student who wishes to withdraw completely from the college
must confer with the Director of Counseling. Except in cases of medical necessity,
withdrawals are not permitted the last week of class.

Medical Withdrawal

Medical withdrawal is defined as complete withdrawal without academic penalty for
reasons of health. Except in circumstances of emergency, a physician licensed health
care provider, or a qualified counselor must provide a written recommendation for
medical withdrawal to the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean. This written
recommendation must be on file prior to approval for withdrawal. Anytime medical
withdrawal is initiated, the student's instructors, the Office of Financial Aid, and the
Business Office will be notified by the Registrar. The re-entry of the student following
medical withdrawal for medical reasons requires a clearance from the attending
physician, licensed health care provider, or a qualified counselor with an evaluation of
the student's potential to resume study successfully at LaGrange College. The Vice
President for Academic Affairs and Dean will review this evaluation and make the
decision concerning the student's re-entry.

Academic Standing Probation Regulations

Students are placed on academic probation when the quality of work is such that progress
toward graduation is in jeopardy. The purpose of probation is to warn. It is not a penalty.
Students on probation will be notified, and the regulations governing probation will be
called to their attention.

Freshmen (fewer than 27 hours) must maintain a cumulative grade point average (GPA)
of at least 1 .65 to avoid being placed on probation. Sophomores (28-53 hours), a 1 .75
GPA; Juniors (54-80 hours), a 1 .85 GPA; and Seniors (81 or more hours), a 2.00 GPA.
In most cases, students have two semesters to remove their probationary status. Failure
to do so could result in suspension.

Students are also subject to suspension for failure to earn at least three semester hours of
academic credit in any semester, or for other valid academic reasons (such as violating
cheating and plagiarism standards). In the case of part-time students, the extent of
application of these regulations will be at the discretion of the Vice President for
Academic Affairs and Dean. Normally, all applications of the regulations will be based
upon a full academic load.

The grade report sent to the student provides information on standing. "Probation one"
means that the student's next term will be the first term on probation, etc. "Dean's
Decision" means that the student's academic records have been given to the Vice
President for Academic Affairs and Dean for action.

Class Attendance Regulations

A student is expected to attend all classes, including labs, for all courses for which he is
registered. The student is solely responsible for accounting to the instructor for any
absence. An instructor may recommend that the Vice President for Academic Affairs and
Dean drop from class, with a grade of "W" or "WF", any student whose absences are
interfering with satisfactory performance in the course.

Course Repetition

A student is prohibited from repeating a course in which he has made a "C" or better
(while enrolled at LaGrange College or any institution) without the approval of the Vice
President for Academic Affairs and Dean, and the Academic Advisory Council. A
student may not remove an unsatisfactory grade earned at LaGrange College by repeating
the course at LaGrange College or another institution.

Acceleration

Students desiring to accelerate their college program may complete requirements in less
than four academic years. This may be accomplished by attending summer schools and/or
taking an academic overload. Permission to take an overload in any semester is granted
only to those students who have earned at least a cumulative average of "B" (3.0), except
that a student may take an overload during one semester of his or her senior year without
respect to grade-point average.

Students may be eligible for credit and/or exemption in certain areas through the College
Level Examination Program (CLEP) and other recognized testing procedures. Advanced
placement credit is accepted for those students who present evidence from their high
schools that advanced placement programs have been completed and appropriate scores
earned on the advanced placement test of the College Entrance Examination Board

administered by Educational Testing Service. The Registrar and department chairs keep
up-to-date standards for AP credit.

Academic Honors

Upon graduation, students who have been in residence at LaGrange
College for at least their last 60 hours and

l.have attained a quality point average of 3.50 to 3.74 may be granted the

bachelor degree cum laude or

2.have attained a quality point average of 3.75 to 3.89 may be granted the

bachelor degree magna cum laude or

3. have attained a quality point average of 3.90 to 4.0 may be granted the bachelor

degree summa cum laude.

At the end of each academic semester, students who have maintained a 3.60 cumulative
grade point average on a minimum of 12 GPA hours of work will be placed on the Dean's
List.

Academic honors at graduation are awarded only to students completing the four-year
program.

International Students

Students who are on a student visa in the United States are subject to special regulations
mandated by the Immigration and Naturalization Service (INS) of the United States
Government. As the institution which issues documents certifying student status,
LaGrange College is subject to INS regulations as a matter of law. INS regulations
change from time to time, so students are encouraged to contact the Vice President for
Academic Affairs and Dean or the Registrar when questions about INS regulations arise.
Under current guidelines, persons with student visas must be enrolled for a full academic
load (at least 12 semester hours) at all times. Federal regulations concerning "status" for
all international students on an F-l visa state that any student who falls below 12
semester hours at any time will be considered out-of-status and must be reinstated by the
Immigration and Naturalization Service.

English proficiency is fundamental to a successful academic course at LaGrange College.
Therefore, in addition to the minimum TOEFL score required for admission, the College
requires all students for whom English is a second language to enroll in and satisfactorily
complete a two-semester sequence, ESOL 001 1 and ESOL 0012. If it is apparent that a
student's English continues to jeopardize a successful academic career, the Vice President
for Academic Affairs and Dean may require that a student attend a special, intensive
English language course. If such a requirement is placed on a student, failure to attend
the English language course can result in withdrawal of the student visa.

International students must enroll in an English course each semester they are in
school until they satisfactorily complete their English studies.

International Studies

Increasing international understanding is valued at LaGrange College. In promoting that
understanding, LaGrange College seeks to enroll an internationally diverse student body.
The College serves as a host or home base institution for short-term international visitors
and has executed cooperative agreements with Nippon Bunri in Oita City, Japan, Instituto
Laurens in Monterrey, Mexico, and Westminster College in Oxford, England.

Credit through United States Armed Forces Institute and Service
Schools

Courses taken through The United States Armed Forces Institute and other recognized
military educational programs are accepted in accordance with the policy governing
transfer work when presented on official transcripts from accredited institutions. Nine
semester hours of elective credit will be allowed for military service credit, including
USAFI correspondence courses and military service school courses as recommended by
the American Council on Education. Academic credit for one activity course in physical
education, up to a maximum of four, will be awarded for each two months served in the
Armed Forces.

Grades and Credits

The definitions of grades given at LaGrange College are as follows:

A superior

B above average

C average

D below average

F failing

I incomplete. This grade is assigned in case a student is doing satisfactory work but

for some reason beyond the student's control has been unable to complete the
work during that term. This deferment must be given written approval in advance
by the instructor and the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean.

NC no credit or non-credit

W withdrawn. During the first three weeks a student may withdraw from a class with
an "automatic" "W." After this trial period the student may withdraw, but the
grade assigned, "W" or "WF," will be at the discretion of the professor.

WF withdrawn failing. The grade of "WF" is included in computing the grade-point
average.

AW audit withdrawn

AU audit complete

NR grade not reported by instructor at the time the report issued.

A student may register for a course on a non-credit basis, for which he or she pays full
tuition. To have a grade of "NC" recorded, he or she must fulfill all course requirements.

A student may audit a course by paying the audit fee. All requests for audit courses must
be approved in writing by the instructor and Vice President for Academic Affairs and
Dean. Only lecture courses may be audited. No new freshman student may audit any
course during the first semester of residence at LaGrange College.

An "I" is a temporary grade, assigned by an instructor within the last three weeks of the
term to students who are doing satisfactory work and who cannot complete the course
due to circumstances beyond their control. Should conditions prohibiting completion of a
course arise within the first eight weeks, students should withdraw.

An "I" is removed by the date indicated in the academic calendar. Failure to remove an
"I" by the date set initiates the following action: The Registrar will write a letter to the
student using the address on file. The letter indicates that the student has two weeks to
respond. Otherwise the "I" grade will be converted to an "F".

Grades are assigned and recorded for each course at the end of each term. Formal reports
of grades are also issued at the same time. Transcripts are withheld for any student who
is under financial obligation to the College.

Academic Forgiveness

Academic forgiveness is a process which allows a student to have his or her prior
academic record adjusted if:

1 . four or more calendar years have elapsed since the period of last enrollment at
LaGrange College;

2. the student applying for forgiveness has successfully completed since readmission
to LaGrange College a minimum of 12 semester hours and has no course grade
lower than "C" since the time of readmission.

The student may petition for forgiveness through the Academic Advisory Council
and, if approved, the College will:

1 . apply toward the student's common core, general education curriculum, and
electives requirements but not necessarily toward the student's academic major or
minor, all those courses in which the student earned a grade of "C" or better;

2. set the student's cumulative grade point average to 0.0;

3. require the student to successfully complete a minimum of 30 semester hours after
bankruptcy declaration in order to graduate; and

4. allow all graduation requirements (see LaGrange College Bulletin) to remain the
same and apply equally, except that

5. students who have petitioned for and received academic forgiveness will not be
eligible to receive honors at graduation.

LaGrange College will maintain the student's complete record, including those courses
excluded from the GPA by the granting of forgiveness. No course work will be
expunged from the student's academic record. The student's official transcript will clearly
indicate that the student has been granted academic forgiveness. Ordinarily, no transfer or
transient credits will be accepted after academic forgiveness. A student may be

granted academic forgiveness only once during his or her academic career at LaGrange
College.

Requirements for Bachelor Degrees: A Summary

LaGrange College's undergraduate Day program offers the Bachelor of Arts degree, the
Bachelor of Science degree, the Bachelor of Music degree, and the Bachelor of Science
in Nursing degree. To obtain a second bachelor's degree, at least 27 additional semester
hours must be earned beyond the first degree, in a minimum of two semesters.
Baccalaureate degrees require a minimum of 108 semester hours of credit including
required course work in the core curriculum and the major. There is often an opportunity
to select course work electives.

The minimum work required for graduation is 108 semester hours and a 2.0 quality-point
average in all course work taken at LaGrange College. To be eligible for the degree, a
student must meet all requirements for the degree (core curriculum, major program, all
necessary assessments, 108 semester hours and 2.0 cumulative grade point average) and
make application for the degree before the beginning of his or her final term. A student
who does not earn a degree in ten full semesters or the equivalent may be denied further
registration.

In order to graduate in four academic years a student, at a minimum, should enroll for 12-
semester hours credit in each regular term and one interim term each year. A student
who takes at least 12 semester hours credit is classified as full-time. The maximum full
load is 15 semester hours; anything beyond is considered an overload. No student is
permitted to enroll for more than 15 hours in any one term without the written permission
of the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean.

Quality points are earned as follows: A, 4; B, 3; C, 2; D, 1; F, 0. The quality-point
average is computed by multiplying the grade point by the course credit, summing, and
then dividing the total quality points earned by the total GPA hours. If a student has
received credit for a course and repeats that course, he or she receives no additional credit

toward the degree. In computing the student's average, GPA hours and quality points are
counted on all such attempts.

Not more than 54 semester hours of credit earned at a junior college are counted toward
the degree. No credit is granted toward the degree for course work taken at a junior
college after a student has attained junior standing except that up to 9 hours of transient
credit from a junior college may be granted for courses that are below the LaGrange
College 300-level. (The 60 credit-hour limit still applies.) A transfer student is not given
credit toward graduation for any Ds earned elsewhere. Transient work for a grade of "C"
or better is acceptable. Academic averages are computed on work done only at LaGrange
College.

There are two ways by which a student must meet residency requirements for graduation:

( 1 ) The student must be in residence the last 36 hours;
or

(2) 45 Credit hours of the last 54 credit hours must be earned at LaGrange College.
With prior approval of the adviser and the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean
up to nine hours of transient study may be earned at another accredited institution.
Transient credit is only for courses in which the grade is "C" or better.

Grades earned for transient work are not included in the cumulative grade average.
Normally, after receiving an unsatisfactory grade in a course at LaGrange College, a
student will not be given credit for repeating that course at another institution. Credit
totaling six hours or more earned in this way during the last 54 hours or final four
semesters precludes that student's being granted credit for any course work taken by
extension or by correspondence during the period.

Any regularly enrolled LaGrange College student who desires to take course work for
credit by extension or by correspondence must obtain prior approval in writing from his
academic adviser and from the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean. Such
extension or correspondence credit may in no case exceed six hours (grades of "C" or
better); however, not more than three hours earned in this manner may be applied toward
the fulfillment of the core curriculum requirements of LaGrange College. Any course or
courses so taken must be completed and all grades recorded before the end of the
student's final term, in order to be graduated that term. A student is classified as a
freshman if he or she has earned fewer than 27 hours of credit. A student is classified as
a sophomore if he or she has earned 28-53 hours of credit. To be classified as a junior, a
student must have completed 54 earned hours of credit. A student is classified as a senior
upon having earned 81 hours of credit. A student should be alert to the fact that a
minimum of 108 hours are required for graduation and that some majors may require
more than 108 hours. Attaining these minimum progression requirements may not be
sufficient to insure graduation within the two semesters of the senior year.

No grade below "C" in any course above 100-level may be applied toward a major.

Transcripts

Students are entitled to transcripts of their record free of charge. No transcripts will be
issued for any student under financial obligation to the College.

Transcript requests must be made in writing to the Registrar well in advance of the time
the transcript is needed. Transcripts will be issued promptly; however, at the beginning
and end of terms some delay may be unavoidable.

Student Grade Appeals

The initial determination of a student's grade is entirely the prerogative of the instructor.
However, a student who wishes to contest a course grade or other academic decision may
initiate an appeal by following the procedures outlined below. It is often in the best
interest of a student who chooses to appeal a grade for that student to initiate the appeal
as soon as possible following the academic term in which the contested grade was issued.

The following procedures govern all student requests for grade changes:

1 . The student should first attempt to resolve the matter by discussing the question
with the course instructor.

2. If the student and the instructor are unable to reach a resolution, the student must
then submit a written appeal to the Vice President for Academic Affairs and
Dean.

3. The Dean shall then seek an informal conference between the student and the
instructor to settle the grievance to the satisfaction of the two parties involved. If
no resolution can be found, the Dean will deliver the student's appeal together
with any other pertinent documents provided by the student and/or the instructor
to the Review Subcommittee of the Academic Standards Committee for its
determination.

4. The Review Subcommittee shall then convene to conduct a preliminary review of
the appeal, after which the Chair of the Review Subcommittee will set times
convenient to the student and the instructor for hearing both sides of the dispute.

5. Upon completion of its hearings, the Review Subcommittee will report its
findings to the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean. The Dean will in
turn inform the principal parties involved of whether the student's request for a
change of grade or other decision was denied or approved.

6. It is the responsibility of the Review Subcommittee to make every reasonable
effort to complete its deliberations prior to the end of the term in which an appeal
was initiated.

Student Appeal of Academic Policy

Students may petition for exception to published academic policy. The Academic
Advisory Council reviews the petition.

Graduation Requirements

A student who enters LaGrange College under a given Bulletin generally will be
graduated under the core curriculum, hours requirement, and grade point average
requirements of that Bulletin. Major requirements are those in force at the time a student
formally declares a major. If a student suspends his or her study and re-enters more than
four years later, he or she will graduate under the requirements of the Bulletin in effect at
the time of re-entry.

Students in their last year of college work must have an audit of their course credits and
planned courses examined prior to registration for their final semester in residence. This
is called a "graduation petition." The major adviser and the Office of the Vice President
for Academic Affairs and Dean assist the student in completing this petition.

Students at LaGrange College will participate in the evaluation of the extent to which
institutional education goals are being achieved. This evaluation will be in both the core
curriculum and the major. Students who graduated in June of 1990 were the first to
participate in these comprehensive evaluations. Consult the specific majors for the
details.

Endowed Lectureship

The Jennie Lee Epps Memorial Lecture was re-established in 1997 by a gift from Dr.
Grace Hadaway Boswell '49 and her husband, Dr. Dean Boswell. Dr. Epps was a faculty
member from 1931 until her death in 1961.

The Waights G. Henry, Jr. Endowed Lectureship was established by a gift from the
Neighbors Fund, Inc. in memory of Dr. Henry, president and chancellor of LaGrange
College over a period of 42 years. Income from the endowment is to be used annually in
funding the Waights G. Henry lectures for the benefit of our students and as approved by
the trustees of the College.

The Arthur H. Thompson Lectureship brings to the campus each year noted scholars
to address the faculty and student body on the interrelationship of a field knowledge and
the Christian religion. The endowment was established by Mrs. Mary Will Thompson,
class of 1898, in memory of her husband, who served as chairman of the Board of
Trustees of the College. He expressed his philosophy in the statement: " The greatest
thing in life is the simple faith of an honest man."

The Lorenzo Valla Visiting Scholar Program was established in 1996 by Mr. And
Mrs. Tom Bushar (Linda Doolittle Bushar '96) The program was named for the 15 th
century Italian humanist and brings to campus a recognized scholar.

Awards and Recognitions

The Nancy Alford Award is awarded each year to the sorority accumulating the greatest
number of points in the areas of scholarship, leadership, sportsmanship, and community
service.

The Irene E. Arnett Drama Award is presented annually to the member of the senior
class who shows that greatest potential for contribution to the field of theatre, devotion to
the tasks in the theatre, and dedication to the principles of good theatre - to amuse the
heart and lift the spirit to a better understanding of man and his struggle in this world and
towards his God.

The Needham Avery Art Award is a purchase award granted annually in visual arts,
provided by Dr. and Mrs. R.M. Avery in memory of their son.

The Josephine A. Case Scholarship is awarded to a junior for excellence in art and
promise of achievement in that field. This award carries a stipend and is associated with
the Josephine A. Case Collection of American Indian Art which Mrs. Case and her
husband, the late Dr. Leland D. Case of Tucson, donated to LaGrange College. Both
hold honorary doctorates from this school.

The Austin P. Cook Award is presented annually by the Student Government
Association to the organization that made the most positive impact on campus life during
the year.

The Roger Guptill Award is presented annually in memory of the late Dr. Roger
Guptill, minister, teacher, and Christian gentleman, to a senior class student of the
Department of Religion preparing for full-time church service.

The Mamie Lark Henry Drama Scholarship is presented annually to a student in
recognition of superior contribution to the Theatre Arts Department.

The Mamie Lark Henry Scholarship Cup is presented each quarter to a sorority with
the highest grade-point average the previous quarter.

The Waights G. Henry, Jr. Leadership Award is given annually by the Student
Government Association to a student who has actively demonstrated effective leadership
skills. Selection of the recipient is made by a committee composed of students, faculty,
and administrators.

The Evelyn Powell Hoffman Drama Scholarship is provided by her family in memory
of their wife, mother and sister, a graduate of the class of 1930. It is to be awarded
annually to a freshman student through audition. The selection of the recipient is to be
made by the Theatre Arts Department faculty.

The Karen Sue Kafrouni Award is presented annually by the History Department for a
member of Phi Alpha Theta and a graduating senior with the highest academic
achievement

The Mary Hunter Lindsey Award is provided by the late Rev. William Oliver Lindsey,
Sr., in memory of his wife, Mary Hunter Lindsey, class of 1914. It is awarded annually
to United Methodist students entering the senior class in college and preparing for a full-
time church ministry. The selection of the awardees is made by the faculty of the
Religion Department.

The John Love Scholarship Cup is presented each quarter to the fraternity with the
highest grade point average the previous quarter.

The Weston L. Murray Award is presented to the senior class member of the Georgia
Delta Chapter of Pi Gamma Mu who has the highest record of achievement and
contribution in the field of Social Science.

The Meri Meriwether Norris Award was established in 1998 in memory of this 1980
alumna by her husband, Dr. Tommy Norris. This award is presented annually to a
nursing student who demonstrates extraordinary compassion.

The Outstanding Achievement in Psychology Award is presented annually by the
psychology department to the senior psychology major who, through academic
excellence and service, has made an outstanding contribution to the field of psychology.

The Pike Award is provided by Mrs. William C. Key (Ruth Pike) and the late Mrs.
William Franklin Daugherty (Ethel Pike) in memory of Adelia Hunter and Christian
Nathaniel Pike. It is awarded annually to Methodist or Baptist students entering the
senior class in college and preparing for a full-time church vocation or majoring in
Religion or Religious Education.

The Walter Malcolm Shackelford Award is presented annually to a graduating senior
who has majored in Education and has demonstrated outstanding academic performance,
leadership, and service to the College

The Annie Moore Smith Award is a purchase award given annually in visual arts,
provided by Mrs. Rebecca Moore Butler, class of 1924, in memory of her sister, Annie
Moore Smith, class of 1915.

The W. Lee Wilson, Jr. Art Award is presented annually by the Art Department to a
graduating senior who has excelled in the art of photography. Mr. William L. Wilson
established the award in 1998 in memory of his son.

The Jean Young Award in Photography, granted annually, was established in memory
of Jean Young who was the first curator of the Lamar Dodd Art Center. The award is a
book on contemporary photography and is presented to the student who has demonstrated
an exceptional commitment to photographic art.

Departmental Awards are presented annually at Honors Day in the spring. At the time
there are numerous departmental awards made.

PRE-PROFESSIONAL AND
CO-OPERATIVE PROGRAMS

Pre-professional Programs of Study

LaGrange College has a curriculum and environment that is well suited to preparation for
further study in fields such as law and medicine. These programs include, but are not
necessarily limited to, preparation for the following areas.

Law

The pre-law advising committee is chaired by Dr. Tracy Lightcap and is composed of Dr.
Lightcap, Dr. Frederick Mills, Dr. Brenda Thomas and Professor Kevin Reidy. Students
considering law school should consult with one of these faculty members beginning in
their freshman year and should meet regularly with other students interested in pre-law.
Law school bulletins and LSAT study guides are located in the William and Evelyn
Banks Library.

Students entering law school come from varied undergraduate programs. It is not really
possible to say which major serves as the best preparatory background for law school.
Almost every law school bulletin, however, suggests that entering students must have a
strong background in history, political science and English as well as some preparation in
economics, business, sociology, psychology and mathematics.

Dentistry

Dr. John Hurd is the general adviser. Students selecting a major other than Biology
should consult early and frequently with Dr. Hurd in addition to their primary advisors
for their majors. The pre-dental student should select a major as early as possible and
work toward the B.A. degree. Some dental schools accept students with fewer than four
years of college training, but most of them prefer a student with the baccalaureate degree.

The pre-dental student should be familiar with the specific requirements set by the dental
schools to which he or she plans to apply. There is some variation in the requirements of
the various schools, but the minimum requirements set by most schools of dentistry are:

Inorganic Chemistry with lab 8 semester hours

Organic Chemistry with lab 8 semester hours

Biology with lab 8 semester hours

Physics with lab 8 semester hours

English 9 semester hours

All applicants must complete the Dental Admission Test not later than the October 3 1
testing preceding the year of desired entry.

Medicine (M.D.)

Dr. John Hurd is the general adviser. Students selecting a major other than Biology
should consult early and frequently with Dr. Hurd in addition to their primary advisers
for their majors. The pre-medicine student should select a major as soon as possible and
seek the B.A. or B.S. degree. Medical schools rarely accept candidates with less than the
baccalaureate degree.

The student should be familiar with the requirements of the several medical schools to
which he or she plans to apply. Requirements vary somewhat in the various medical
schools, but the minimum requirements of most medical schools are:

Biology with lab 8 semester hours

General Chemistry with lab 8 semester hours

Organic Chemistry 8 semester hours

Physics 8 semester hours

Every applicant must take the Medical College Admission Test, preferably in the spring
preceding the submission of his or her application to medical school, but no later than the
fall of that year.

Veterinary Medicine

Dr. John Hurd is the general adviser. Students selecting a major other than Biology
should consult early and frequently with Dr. Hurd in addition to their primary advisers
for their majors. The pre-veterinary student should be familiar with the specific
requirements of the school to which he/she plans to apply. The minimum requirements
set by most schools of veterinary medicine are as follows:

A candidate must have completed at least 54 semester hours of college credit by the end
of the spring semester before fall matriculation at the veterinary school. The
baccalaureate degree is preferred. The following courses should be completed prior to
entry into veterinary school.

English 6 semester hours

Biology with lab 8 semester hours

Advanced Biological Science 8 semester hours

Physics 8 semester hours

Biochemistry 3 semester hours

Inorganic Chemistry with lab 8 semester hours

Organic Chemistry with lab 8 semester hours

The candidate must have worked with a veterinarian, and must have had hands-on
experience working with large and small animals.

Each applicant will be required to take the Graduate Record Examination (GRE) and the
GRE biology subject test. These tests should be taken in October or December of the year

prior to probable admission to veterinary school. The results should be received by
VMCAS by February 1 of the year following the application.

Engineering

LaGrange College has an engineering-oriented program designed to provide a broad
liberal arts background while preparing the student for a professional engineering
program. Dual-degree programs in engineering have been established with Georgia
Institute of Technology and Auburn University. Students accepted in the dual-degree
program will attend LaGrange College for approximately three years (81 semester hours
if entering under this Bulletin) while they complete the Core Curriculum and the pre-
engineering courses listed at then end of this section The student will then attend the
engineering institution and complete a major in engineering, a process that generally
takes two to three additional years. After completion of the degree requirements for both
institutions, the student will receive an engineering degree from the engineering
institution and a Bachelor of Arts degree from LaGrange College.

All students considering either the dual degree option should contact the pre-engineering
adviser, Dr. Bill McCoy, prior to registration. Both Georgia Tech. And Auburn are
undergoing considerable modification of their academic programs as a result of the
change of calendar systems. Students must consult the pre-engineering advisor about
how this will affect their choice of elective courses.

In addition to the Core Curriculum, pre-engineering students must complete all of the
following courses before attending the engineering institution:

Calculus I, II, and III Differential Equations Linear Algebra (Ga. Tech)

General Chemistry I & II General Physics I & II

Please note that calculus based physics (General Physics PHYS 1 121-1 122) is required.
Students must begin the study of calculus as early as possible in order to be prepared for
the physics sequence.

Pharmacy

The pre-pharmacy general adviser is Dr. John Hurd. Students selecting a major other than
Biology should consult early and frequently with Dr. Hurd in addition to their primary
advisers for their majors. While the admission requirements vary, the following is
standard course work as a minimum: CHEM 1 101-1 102, 2201-2202, BIOL 1101-
1102,MATH2221 and 11 14, PHYS 1101, MGMT 2200, ENGL 1101-1102, SPCH 1105
and 6 semester hours each of Humanities and Social/Behavioral Science. POLS 1101
and HIST 1 1 1 1 or 1 1 12 may be required as well as electives to reach 60 semester hours.

Journalism

The journalism adviser is Natalie Shelton in the Office of Institutional Relations. The
student who plans a career in journalism needs a wide range of courses in many areas. A
recommended basic program would include: ENGL 2260 Journalistic Writing I (3),
ENGL 2262 Journalistic Writing II (3), ARTD 2201 Electronic Design Basics (3), ARTD
2223 Basic Photography (3), plus experience working on one of the student publications:

The Quadrangle (yearbook)

The Hilltop News (paper)

The Scroll (magazine)
Specific courses to prepare for admission to individual schools should be selected in
consultation with the advisor.

Physical Therapy

The pre-physical therapy general adviser is Dr. John Hurd. A few schools which offer
training in physical therapy award a Bachelor's degree after successful completion of
classroom and clinical work. Students are admitted to such programs after completion of
60 semester hours of work including approximately 12 hours in Humanities, 12 hours in
math and science, 12 hours in social science plus 24 hours in a major field such as
biology.

Specific courses to prepare for admission to individual schools should be selected in
consultation with the adviser. Many schools now offer only a master's degree in physical
therapy. These schools require a bachelor's degree as well as completion of the pre-
physical therapy core.

Optometry

The pre-optometry general adviser is Dr. John Hurd. Students selecting a major other
than biology should consult early and frequently with Dr. Hurd in addition to their
primary advisers for their majors. Though selected students may be admitted to
optometry school after three years of preparation, most are admitted after receiving
Bachelors or Masters degrees. Optometry involves fours years of study after admission
to the program and in some areas also includes a brief internship. Majors in any
academic area are acceptable though the student should include emphasis on the sciences.
The pre-optometry requirements are the same as pre-med plus a course each in statistics
and calculus. Preparation for admission to a specific school can be planned with the
assistance of the advisor. Prospective optometry students must take the Optometry
Admission Test (OAT) in October or February.

DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES

Table of Contents

Academic Divisions 85

Abbreviations and Numbers 86

Accounting 88

Art and Design 89

Biology 94

Business 97

Chemistry Ill

Computer Science 120

Core Curriculum 128

Education 130

English 138

General Science 146

Health and Physical Education 147

History 153

Human Services 158

Latin American Studies and Modern Languages 163

Library Science 169

Mathematics 170

Music 177

Nursing 187

Physics 195

Political Science 196

Psychology 201

Religion and Philosophy 206

Speech 220

Theatre Arts 214

Women's Studies 221

ACADEMIC DIVISIONS

Business and Economics

Professors: Birkeli, Cousins

Assistant Professors: Reidy, Rosencrants, Sneath

This division contains the Department of Business and Economics, and the A. A., BA.,
B.S., B.B.A. and the M.B.A. degrees are offered.

Education

Professors: S. Johnson, Jordan

Associate Professor: Harrison, Hillyer, Williamson

Assistant Professors: Alford, Geeter, Wakefield

This division contains the Department of Education and the Department of Health and
Physical Education. The BA. M.A.T. and MEd. degrees are offered.

Fine Arts

Professor: Lawrence

Associate Professors: Anderson, Edwards, L. Johnson, Taunton

Assistant Professors: Barber, M. Brown, Reneke

This division contains the Departments of Art and Design, Music, and Theatre Arts. The
B.A. and B.M. degrees are offered.

Humanities

Professor: Hornsby

Associate Professors: Cook, Dulin-Mallory, Plumlee, Slay, Thomas, Williams

Assistant Professors: Ahearn, Gulley, M. Johnson, O'Connor, Scott

This division contains the Departments of English Language and Literature, Latin
American Studies, and Religion and Philosophy. The B.A. degree is offered.

Nursing

Professor: Sauter

Assistant Professors: Frederick, Hay, Harrilson

The Nursing Division is also the Department of Nursing. The B.S.N, degree is offered.

Natural Sciences and Mathematics

Professors: Duttera, Hurd, James, McClanahan, Riddle, Shelhorse

Associate Professors: McCoy, Paschal, Searcy, C. Yin
Assistant Professors: Mai lory, K. Yin

The Natural Sciences and Mathematics Division contains the Departments of Biology,
Chemistry and Physics, Computer Science, and Mathematics. The B.A. and B.S. degrees
are offered.

Social and Behavioral Sciences

Professors: Cafaro, Evans, Gill, Kraemer, Mills

Associate Professor: Lightcap, Simmons
Assistant Professor: Flores, Shirley

This division contains the Departments of History, Psychology, Political Science, and
Human Services. The BA. degree is offered.

Course Numbering System and Abbreviations

The projected schedule of classes will be followed insofar as possible, but is subject to
change.

Courses numbered 1 100 through 1 199 are intended primarily for freshmen and
sophomores. Courses numbered 2200 to 2299 are intended primarily for sophomores; the
number may, alternately, mean credit of less than three semester hours.

Courses numbered 3300 through 3399 and above are intended primarily
for juniors and seniors.

Courses numbered 4400 through 4499 are intended primarily for seniors.

The number in parentheses following the course title indicates the number of semester

hours credit for the course.

Abbreviations

Accounting

ACCT

Art and Design

ARTD

Biology

BIOL

Chemistry

CHEM

Computer Science

CSCI

Core

CORE

Criminal Justice

CJUS

Education

EDUC

Early Childhood

EDUC

Middle Grades

EDUC

English

ENGL

French

FREN

General Science

GSCI

German

GERM

Physical Education

HPED

Physical Education

PEDU

History

HIST

Human Services

HUSV

Language

LANG

Latin American Studies

LAST

Library Science

LIBR

Management

MGMT

Mathematics

MATH

Music

MUSI

Nursing

NURS

Philosophy

PHIL

Physics

PHYS

Political Science

POLS

Psychology

PSYC

Religion

RLGN

Spanish

SPAN

Speech

SPCH

Theatre Arts

THEA

Women's Studies

WMST

ACCOUNTING

Introduction

The newest major available to students at LaGrange College, Accounting, is also one of
the most dynamic. Gone are the days of "bean counters" and green eyeshades. Today's
accountants not only provide the information upon which the business world depends, but
also make crucial decisions and act as trusted advisors. The accountants of the 21st
Century must be able to communicate, synthesize and innovate.

The liberal arts education that students receive at LaGrange College provides the
foundation for critical thinking, communication, and the leadership skills needed for a
successful professional career. The Accounting major builds on this skill base to give
students the business and accounting knowledge that they will need for effective
decision-making in a business setting.

Three different tracks exist within the major:

1) The Public Accounting Track. This track is designed for the student desiring to
pursue the fifth year of education now required to sit for the Certified Public
Accountant (CPA) examination. It provides the student with the depth of accounting
information needed to succeed in the challenging arena of public accounting.

2) The Managerial Accounting Track. This track is designed for the student who plans
an accounting career in industry, government, or non-profit organizations. It provides
the student with the wide base of business and accounting knowledge needed to sit for
the rigorous Certified Management Accountant (CMA) examination.

3) The Financial Management Track. This track is designed for the student who plans a
finance career in industry or investment firms. It provides the student with the
accounting and finance knowledge needed to sit for the challenging Certified in
Financial Management (CFM) examination.

Please see Business for specific requirements and course descriptions.

ART AND DESIGN

Introduction

The Art and Design major consists of studio concentrations in the following areas:
painting and drawing, photography, ceramics and sculpture, and design. A student may
choose a studio concentration in more than one area. The courses required of the studio
concentration are specific and should be determined in consultation with the student's
advisor when the student first declares a major in art.

Objectives

The following objectives are established as a basis for the Art and Design Program at
LaGrange College:

to develop technical knowledge pertaining primarily to the student's chosen
area of concentration, but not limited to it.

to assist the students in finding and focusing their creative ideas into a
consistent body of work.

to instruct the students in the correct means of presenting their work in a
portfolio and culminating in a required senior exhibition.

to encourage students to exhibit their work and acquaint them with the gallery
system.

to encourage students to pursue graduate study.

to provide students with a basic understanding of art history

to provide the students with a creative environment by using all available
resources. This would include field trips to galleries and museums, course
work in locations of artistic interest, guest lectures and workshops related to
the exhibitions in the College's galleries.

To accomplish these objectives the courses required for Art and Design major are:

9 hrs. - Art History - ARTD 1 109, 1 1 10, 1 1 1 1

9 hrs. - Basic Core - These should be taken during the freshman/sophomore year as

these courses are generally considered to be prerequisites for all other studio courses -

ARTD 1151, 1152, 1153
12 hrs.- Introductory Studio Courses: One course from each of the following studio
disciplines:

Painting or Drawing
Design or Printmaking
Photography
Ceramics or Sculpture
12 hrs.- Major Concentration - four additional studio courses in one of the above

disciplines including a studio concentration course.
3 hrs.- Studio Concentration - A course in which senior art majors bring into focus

their artistic objectives in a body of work to be presented in an exhibition.
The student will also create an artists' statement, resume and a slide portfolio.

45 hrs.- total hours required of the art major

Course Descriptions (ARTD)

1109. Art History Survey I. (3) * Fall

A course in the visual arts of western civilization from the Paleolithic period through the
16 th century. Cultures surveyed will include Egyptian, Mesopotamian, Greek, Roman,
Early Christian, Byzantine, Medieval, Gothic and the Italian and Northern Renaissance.

1110. Art History Survey II. (3) * Spring - alternate years

This course will survey the history of Western art and architecture from the Baroque
period to the beginning of the 20 th century, including the stylistic movements of the
Baroque, Rococo, Neoclassicism, Romanticism, Realism, Impressionism, Expressionism
And Cubism.

1111. Modern and Contemporary Art History. (3) * Spring- alternate years.

This course traces the development of 20 th century painting and sculpture beginning with
Picasso and cubism and includes the movements of surrealism, futurism, abstract -
expressionism, pop, op, minimalism, conceptual art, super realism and neo-
expressionism. While emphasis is given to painting and sculpture, developments in
architecture, photography and crafts are also included.

1151. Basic Drawing. (3)* Fall

A course in drawing fundamentals, including line, value, composition, perspective, and
chiaroscuro. A variety of drawing media will be explored.

1152. 2-D Design. (3) * Spring

A study of the basic design elements and principles. Emphasis will be on creative
problem solving and development of unified designs. A study of color theory and
relationships will be included.

1153. 3-D Design. (3)* Fall

This course will explore the fundamentals of three-dimensional form using various
materials such as wood, clay, plaster, paper, etc. Craftsmanship, creative thought, and
transformation of ideas into form while becoming familiar with proper use of tools and
equipment is also emphasized.

2201. Graphic Design I: Fundamentals. (3) * Fall

An introduction to the fundamentals of graphic design, including typography, logo design
and basic desktop publishing. Basic Macintosh computer skills will be covered,
including working with fonts, system basics, printers and service bureaus, and
understanding file formats.

2211. Drawing II. (3)* alternate years

A course in the study of human anatomy and the expressive potential of the human form.
Drawing from the model, both nude and clothed, and from the skeleton using a variety of
drawing media.

Prerequisite: ARTD 1151 (Basic Drawing) or permission of instructor

2222. Graphic Design II: Layout and concepts. (3) * Spring

A course exploring the development of graphic ideas through projects in advertising,
layout, corporate identity, magazine and poster design and others. Page layout for both
traditional print and web pages will be examined.

2223. Basic Photography. (3) * Fall

An introductory course in black and white photography. The course includes the
mechanics of the camera, film exposure for zone placement, film processing and printing
from the negative as well as a survey of the history of photography.

2224. Photography II . (3) Spring

A course in studio and large format photography using both black / white and color
materials. Projects are assigned in lighting, exposure controls using sheet film with the
4x5 and 8x10 view camera, film processing, printing, and advanced techniques of
photographing the still life, portraits, architecture, landscape, and in commercial
applications of photography.

2227. Ceramics I -Methods and Materials (3) * Fall

This course is an introduction to ceramic methods and techniques. It will explore both
wheelthrowing and handbuilding used in forming vessels and sculpture. This will
include using the potter's wheel, slabs, coils, textures to create form. Glazing, decoration
and firing methods such as raku, pitfire and standard reduction will also be emphasized.

2229. Ceramics II - Wheelthrowing. (3) * Spring

This course is an introduction to basic wheelthrowing techniques, beginning with
centering & opening then progressing to pulling basic cylindrical forms, teapots and
bottles. Glazing, decoration and firing methods such as raku, pitfire, and standard
reduction are also included.
Prerequisites: none

2271. Painting I . (3) Fall

An introduction to painting with acrylics or oils. Projects will explore the fundamentals
of composition and modeling with color and light.

Prerequisite: ARTD 1151 (Basic Drawing) or permission of instructor

2272. Sculpture I . (3) * Spring

The projects in this class will address both traditional and contemporary issues in
sculpture such as figure modeling, carving, found object sculpture, narrative imagery,
environmental sculpture and metal working.

2273. Printmaking I. (3) * Fall

A course in the basics of intaglio and relief printmaking techniques, selected print and
book arts media, and the development of creative imagery.

3222. Graphic Design IV: Digital Imaging. (3) Spring

A course dealing with the art of computer technology, with emphasis on photographic
image manipulation. Emphasis will be placed on developing creative personal imagery.
Prerequisite: ARTD2201

3301. Design HI -Applied Surface Design. (3) Fall

An overview of the basics of surface design for commercial and large scale use. Areas of
exploration include historical influences and the development of pattern, abstraction,
modular units, and color relationships.
Prerequisite: ARTD1152

3311. Drawing III. (3) alternate years

Advanced work with the figure in projects exploring composition and subjective

expression.

Prerequisite: ARTD2211

3323. Photography III. (3) Fall

Advanced work in black and white photography to illustrate social and narrative issues
relevant to the photographer's concerns. Emphasis will be placed on documentary
photography, its history and the stylistic techniques of contemporary photojournalism.
Projects dealing with reportage, illustration, documentation and the photographic essay
will be assigned.

Prerequisite: ARTD 2223 or consent of instructor.

3324. Photography IV. (3) Spring

Independent studio experience in advanced large format photography. Each student will
create a series of projects based on the concepts presented in ARTD 2224.
Prerequisite: ARTD 2224

3327. Ceramics III. (3) Fall

This course will emphasize ceramic design using handbuilding and/or wheelthrowing
techniques. Projects are flexible in their construction method in order to accommodate
different ability levels and interests. Projects with commercial potential such as lamp
bases, teapots, covered jars and tile, etc. will be explored. Glazing, decoration and firing
methods such as raku, pitfire, and standard reduction are also emphasized.
Prerequisite: ARTD 2227, 2229 or consent of instructor

3329. Ceramics IV (3) Spring

This course is designed to allow the student to independently explore methods and
techniques covered in previous ceramic classes.
Prerequisite: consent of instructor

3351 -3352. Studio Concentration. (3-6) Fall and Spring

An independent studio experience where the advanced and senior status art major brings
into focus and produces a body of work in one or two disciplines. The student may take
from 3 to 6 hours of credit in this course depending on the student's interest. The course
includes discussion and readings in contemporary theory and criticism, field trips to
museums and galleries, the creation of a personal artist statement, group critiques,
writing a vitae, and business and graduate school opportunities.

3355. Advanced Drawing. (3) alternate years

An exploration of advanced problems in drawing. Topics may include color, concepts of
space, and experimental approaches to various drawing media.
Prerequisite: ARTD 1151 (Basic Drawing)

3371. Painting III. (3) Fall

Advanced work in either acrylics or oils. Projects will allow for the development of
personal imagery, experimental approaches to the media, and other advanced concepts.
Prerequisite: ARTD 2271

3372. Sculpture Methods II. (3) Spring

This course is designed to allow the student to independently explore ideas, methods and
techniques covered in previous sculpture classes.
Prerequisite: ARTD 2272

3373. Printmaking II. (3) Fall

A continuation of Art 2273 including advanced exploration of color prints and other
selected print and book arts media.
Prerequisite: ARTD 2273

3375. Painting IV.(3) Spring

A further exploration of the water based media in which students will create a series of
projects based on the concepts presented in 2275
Prerequisite: ARTD 2275 (Painting II)

* Denotes courses in Art and Design that may satisfy Fine Arts requirements in
Core Curriculum

BIOLOGY

Specific Objectives for the Major

The biology faculty works with their majors to help them develop an understanding and
working knowledge of the life phenomenon from the subcellular through the organismic
level. All majors will have the opportunity to leam about the diversity of living
organisms and the significance of these organisms to the natural ecosystem and to man's
economy. All majors will learn about the human as a model for anatomy, physiology,
histology and embryonic development, as a host of parasites and as a product of organic
evolution. Biology students will also gain an understanding of life on a smaller scale as
they encounter patterns of inheritance, gene action, microbiology, life at the cellular level
and the impact of microorganisms.

Method of Accomplishing Objectives

The student is presumed to have accomplished the general and specific objectives by
satisfactorily completing the courses which constitute the major. A major in biology
consists of the following courses: Biology 1 101-1 102, 2201-2202, 3301-3302, 4321-4322
and Chemistry 1 101-1 102. Typically a student who starts in Biology 1 102 and 1 102 as a
freshman will take the Organismic Biology block as a sophomore, the Human Biology
block as a junior and the Cell and Molecular Biology block as a senior. It is
recommended that the student take Chemistry 1101 and 1 102 as a freshman or
sophomore. Students who are preparing for entrance into graduate school or professional
schools may need to take additional chemistry, math and physics courses as indicated in
the Pre-Professional and Co-operative Programs section of this catalog.

Demonstration of Accomplishment of Objectives

The student will demonstrate that he has accomplished the objectives of the major by
passing the departmental exit exam at the 70% level or higher. The Biology department
continues to use the success of its graduates in the job market and in advanced study as a
gauge of the applicability of its goals and the success of its students in attaining these
goals.

Career Options

Graduates of the College who have majored in biology typically pursue careers in
teaching, pharmacy, medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine or physical therapy. In
addition, many graduates find employment in industry-some in laboratories, some in
management and others in research and development. Most careers require further
formal study in graduate or professional schools.

Course Descriptions (BIOL)

1101. General Biology I. (4) Fall, Spring

This is the beginning Biology course for majors and non-majors. It is a pre-requisite to
all other biology courses except for Human Anatomy and Physiology. General Biology
deals with the phenomenon of life as is manifested in all types of living organisms. The
origin of life, chemistry of life, cellular and tissue organization, metabolism, cell division,
genetics, gene action and functioning of the organ systems are among topics covered in
General Biology. There are no pre-requisites to General Biology I.

1102. General Biology II. (4) Fall, Spring
This course is a continuation of General Biology I.

Prerequisite: BIOL 1101

1148. Human Anatomy and Physiology I. (4) Fall

A study of the structure and function of the human body. Designed for nursing majors.
May be taken as core science requirement and may be substituted for BIOL 1101 as a
prerequisite to BIOL 2320.
Prerequisite: none

1149. Human Anatomy and Physiology II. (4) Spring
A continuation of Human Anatomy and Physiology I.

Prerequisite: none

2201. Organismic Biology I. (4) Fall

Organismic Biology deals with the organisms, populations and ecosystems as the targeted
level or organization. Organic evolution as a source of diversity of organisms, schemes
of classification of organisms and the biology of the organisms themselves are the chief
targets of this course. Population dynamics and ecological interactions are also included.
Prerequisites: BIOL 1101 and 1102

2202. Organismic Biology II. (4) Spring

This course is a continuation of Organismic Biology I.
Prerequisite: BIOL 2201

2320. Medical Microbiology. (4) Spring

A study of human disease caused by pathogenic microbes and helminths. Laboratory
activities focus on bacteria as model organisms.
Prerequisites: BIOL 1101 and 1102

3301. Human Biology I. (4) Fall
; An examination of the human body emphasizing embryology, anatomy, physiology,
histology, neurobiology and evolution. Designed for upper-level Biology majors.
Prerequisites: BIOL 1101 and 1102

3302. Human Biology II. (4) Spring
A continuation of Human Biology I.
Prerequisite'. BIOL 3301

4321. Cell and Molecular Biology I. (4) Fall

A study of morphology, physiology, heredity, classification,, ecology, pathology and host
defense at the cellular level, with laboratory activities involving prokaryotes and
eukaryotes. Senior status recommended.
Prerequisite: BIOL 1 102

4322. Cell and Molecular Biology II. (4) Spring
A continuation of BIOL 4321.

Prerequisite: BIOL 4321

BUSINESS

Introduction

The Business Division of LaGrange College is committed to academic excellence
through degree programs designed to prepare its students for a wide variety of careers in
business and management. The Division seeks to enhance the College's liberal arts
curriculum by offering coursework and internship opportunities that give students a
fundamental understanding of business and provide them with the knowledge and skills
needed to remain effective in a dynamic, global and technologically oriented
environment.

For students who elect to pursue studies in business, the Business Division offers several
alternative degree programs, including a minor in Business Management, designed to
help students majoring in other areas increase their understanding of the role and
functioning of business. Specific requirements for the programs are presented in the
pages that follow (or where otherwise noted):

Minor in Accounting

Minor in Business Management

Bachelor of Science (BS) in Accounting

Bachelor of Science (BS) in Business Management

Bachelor of Arts (BA) in Business (See separate LC Evening College
Bulletin)

Master of Business Administration (MBA) (See separate Graduate Bulletin).

The Masters and Bachelors programs are accredited nationally by the Association of
Collegiate Business Schools and Programs (ACBSP).

Objectives

As a liberal arts college, LaGrange College is dedicated to the strengthening of students'
creative, critical and communicative abilities. The Business Division offers several
degree programs within this context. While the primary objective of each of these
programs is to support the liberal arts mission of the institution, each major is designed to
provide a different business emphasis that will complement the liberal arts while at the
same time providing professional preparation in the business disciplines.

A Minor in Business Management is available to any LaGrange College student,

regardless of major. A student minoring in business will be exposed to the basic

functional areas of business. Such exposure should enhance the student's employment

opportunities.

The Division also offers a Minor in Accounting which may, combined with a Business

Management or Computer Science major, significantly increase the student's

employment options.

The newest Business Division major is the BS in Accounting . This program gives the
student the accounting foundation needed for effective decision-making in an
organization. The student planning to work in the accounting function will receive the
necessary skills and knowledge to pursue the CMA and CFM professional designations
and prepare for the fifth year of study for the CPA.

The BS in Business Management degree program is designed to provide both the
theoretical and practical foundation needed by the student in an entry level position in
any type of organization - business, as well as government or not-for-profit. There is
sufficient theoretical and quantitative rigor in this program so that the student will be well
prepared to embark on a professional career.

All of the business programs emphasize the global business perspective. As we move
into the 21st Century, fewer and fewer businesses operate completely within the United
States' borders. Today's student must have a global perspective in order to compete in
the international arena. Additionally, each course also emphasizes ethics in decision-
making. As a church-related institution, LaGrange College is dedicated to graduating
students with character and integrity. The business courses support those values.

Program Requirements

Accounting and Business Management Minors

A minor declaration may be made at any time but no later than fall term of the junior
year, allowing enough time to complete the course sequence.

Accounting

Students desiring to minor in Accounting must complete five courses:

ACCT 2201 required
ACCT 2202 required
ACCT 3301 required
And two of the following:
ACCT 3302

3
3
3

ACCT 3330

ACCT 4410

ACCT 4440

Business Management

Students minoring in Business Management must complete the following five courses:

ACCT 1199 or ACCT2201 3

MGMT 2200 3

MGMT 3380 3

MGMT 3370 3

MGMT 4400 3

Accounting and Business Management Majors

If possible, students should declare their intention to pursue a major in Accounting or
Business Management during the spring semester of their freshman year. This early
declaration of a major is especially important for students desiring to pursue the BS in
Accounting degree because of the necessary sequencing of courses prerequisite to the
upper level accounting courses. Business majors should note that the applicable
requirements for the major, including required courses, are those in effect when they
declare their major, not those in effect at the time of their matriculation.

In addition to the course requirements, students pursuing any Bachelor's degree offered
by the Business Division must obtain a passing score on a comprehensive Departmental
Assessment Test (DAT).

Accounting

Students may declare accounting as their major at any point; however, in order to remain
an accounting major, they must meet the following criteria:

1 . Completion of ACCT 220 1 and ACCT 2202 with a grade of B or better.

2. Completion of all other major requirements with a grade of C or better.

Exceptions to the above criteria may be made at the discretion of the Accounting program
director. Any accounting major whose overall GPA or major GPA falls below a 2.50 will
be placed on departmental probation and has one semester in which to remove the
probationary status. Failure to do so will result in being dismissed from the Accounting
program.

Students pursuing a Bachelor of Science degree in Accounting must complete 69
semester credit hours above the general education requirements, including the following
requirements:

ACCT 2201 ACCT 2202 ACCT 3301

ACCT 3302 ACCT 3330 ACCT 4401

ACCT 4410
MGMT 2200
MGMT2291
MGMT 3370
MGMT 3391
MGMT 4491

ACCT 4440
MGMT 2251
MGMT 3305
MGMT 3380
MGMT 4440
MATH 1114

ACCT 4480
MGMT 2290
MGMT 3355
MGMT 3390
MGMT 4490
MATH 1121

Accounting majors must complete all of the general requirements except CORE 1110,
Quantitative Reasoning. Either MATH 1 1 14 or MATH 1121 may substitute for this
requirement.

The remainder of the courses required depends on the track chosen by the student.

Public Accounting Track
ACCT 4420
ACCT 4430
ACCT 3352

Managerial Accounting Track
ACCT 4420
MGMT 3372
MATH 1117

Financial Management Track
MGMT 3356
MGMT 3357
ACCT 3352

Students planning to sit for the CPA examination are required by Georgia law to
complete 150 semester credit hours. It is recommended that students fulfill 120 semester
hours, including 30 semester hours of accounting above the principles level and 24
semester hours of general business, in their first four years of study. The Accounting
program director will assist students in determining how they should acquire the final 30
semester hours needed.

Business Management

To declare a major in Business Management the student must complete ACCT 2201 and
MGMT 2200 with a grade of C or better. To remain a major in good
standing the student must complete all other major requirements with a grade
of C or better and maintain an overall GPA and a major GPA of no less than 2.50.

Exceptions to the above criteria may be made at the discretion of the Business faculty.
Any student in the Division whose overall GPA or major GPA falls below a 2.50 will be
placed on probation and has one semester in which to remove the probationary status.
Failure to do so could result in being dismissed from the program.

To complete the B.S. in Business Management, the student must complete 48 semester
hours of course work:

ACCT 2201
MGMT 2251
MGMT 3355
MGMT 3388

ACCT 2202
MGMT 2290
MGMT 3370
MGMT 3390

MGMT 2200
MGMT 2291
MGMT 3380
MGMT 3391

100

MGMT 4440
MGMT/ACCT Elective
MATH 1114

MGMT 4490
MGMT/ACCT Elective
MATH 1117

MGMT 4491
ENGL 3312

Progression Grid for Business Management Majors

Freshman Year - Fall Semester

Freshman Year - Spring Semester

Course

Hours

Course

4 **

CORE 1101 Fr. Cornerstone

CORE 1110 Quantitative Reasoning

CORE 1101 L. Fr. Cornerstone Lab.

CORE 2000 Foundations of Weil-
Being

ENGL 1101 Rhetoric/Comp. 1

3**

ENGL 1102 Rhetoric/Comp. II

Science 1

Science II

MATH (by Placement)

Sophomore Year - Fall Semester

Sophomore Year - Spring Semester

Course

Lang/Cult (French, Spanish, or
German)

Lang/Cult. (Fr. 11, Spn, II or Grm.
ID

3**

CORE 2201 Humanities I

3**

CORE 2202 Humanities II

MGMT 2201 Acct. for Decision
; Makers 1

MGMT 2202 Acct. for Decision
i Makers II

MGMT 2200 Principles of
Economics

MGMT 3370 Management & OB

MGMT 2290 Sophomore Seminar 1

MGMT 2291 Sophomore Seminar II

Junior Year - Fall Semester

Junior Year - Spring Semester

Hours

Course

Hours

Course

3312 Business Communications

CORE 3301 American Experience

MATH 1114 Statistics

MATH 1117

RLGN 1 101, 1 102, 1 104 or 1 105

MGMT 3388 Research Methods

MGMT 3380 Principles of Marketing

MGMT 3355 Principles of Finance

MGMT 3390 Junior Seminar I

MGMT 3391 Junior Seminar II

Senior Year - Fall Semester

Senior Year - Spring Semester

Hours

Course

Hours

Course

2251 Business Law 1

4440 Management Simulation

FINE ARTS (Art, music, or Theatre)

MGMT 4491 Senior Seminar II

4490 Senior Seminar 1

Elective (MGMT)

' Elective

Elective

Elective (MGMT)

Elective

53 Total

* A minimum of three Interim courses are also required.
** Must be taken in the term shown.

101

Four- Year Course Breakdown For Accounting Majors

Freshman Year I s ' Semester

Freshman Year 2 nd Semester

Hours

Course

Hours

Course

Fr. Cornerstone

Math Foundations

Rhetoric/Comp. 1

Rhetoric/Comp. II

Science I

Science II

Exploratory

Foundations of Well-Being

phomore Year l sl Semester

Sophomore 2" (l Semester

Hours

Course

Hours

Course

Lang/Cult

Lang/Cult.

Humanities I

Humanities II

Acct. 2201

Acct. 2202

Mgmt. 2200

Mgmt.3370

Math 1114

Math 1121

Soph. Seminar

Junior Year I s ' Semester

Junior Year 2 nd Semester

Hours

Course

Hours

Course

Mgmt. 2251

Mgmt.3355

Acct. 3301

Acct. 3302

Acct. 3330 or Mgmt. 3356

Mgmt. 3352 or Math 1117

Mgmt. 3380

Mgmt. 3305

Junior Seminar

Senior Year l sl Semester

Senior Year 2 nd Semester

Hours

Course

Hours

Course

Acct. 4401 or Mgmt. 3356

Acct. 4420 or Mgmt. 3352

Exp. FA

Senior Seminar

Mgmt. 4440

Acct. 4410

AM Exp.

Acct. 4440

Acct. 4430 or Mgmt. 3357

Total 56

Course Descriptions

Note that most courses have prerequisites and, generally, 2200-level courses are
introductory, and eligibility for 4400-level work requires completion of all 3300-
level courses. Prerequisites are shown after the course description.

All major and minor courses must be completed with a grade of C or better.
All B. S. in Accounting majors must complete ACCT 2201 and ACCT 2202 with a
grade ofB or better.

102

Accounting (ACCT)

1199. Survey of Accounting Concepts. (3) Spring.

A survey course in the principles of accounting for students not majoring in business or
accounting. It is required for business minors. Topics to be covered include
understanding financial statements, cash reconciliations, budgeting, and decision making.
Credit is not given for both ACCT 1 199, and either 2201 or 2202.

2201. Accounting for Decision Makers I. (3) Fall.

Focuses on business events and examines these events from both an external financial
reporting perspective and an internal management decision-making perspective. Provides
an introduction to the role of contracts, both implicit and explicit, within the business
environment, and the role of accounting in providing information for negotiation,
execution and monitoring of such contracts. Topics include contracting as a means of
coordinating interactions between members of society, the role of information in making
various contract-related decisions, accounting information systems, and the roles of
accountants in society. Projects facilitate self-discovery of knowledge and development
of a variety of professional skills and attitudes.

2202. Accounting for Decision Makers II. (3) Spring.
Continuation of Accounting for Decision-Makers I.

Prerequisite: ACCT 2201

3301. Financial Reporting and Analysis I. (3) Fall.

Decision-making implications of information provided to external stakeholders including
investors, creditors, customers, and regulators, and regulation theory and practice as
applied to accounting. Topics include regulation of accounting procedures for external
reporting, current problems in reporting financial position, income determination, and an
integration of current professional pronouncements. Concepts from economics, statistics,
and psychology emphasize the use of quantitative techniques to comprehend uncertainty
and risk.

Prerequisite: ACCT 2202

3302. Financial Reporting and Analysis II. (3) Spring.
Continuation of Financial Reporting and Analysis

Prerequisite: ACCT 3301

3330. Accounting for Internal Decision Makers. (3) Fall.
Decision-making implications of information provided to organization managers.
Concepts from economics, statistics, and psychology emphasize the use of quantitative
techniques to manage uncertainty and risk. Topics include planning and control
techniques, construction of static and flexible budgeting, and product costing
mechanisms.

Prerequisite: ACCT 2202

103

3352. Law of Commercial Transactions. (3) On demand
This course will focus on the Uniform Commercial Code as it relates to business
transactions in the area of sales, commercial paper, and secured transactions.
Prerequisite: MGMT 225 1

4401. Assurance and Attestation. (3) Fall.

A conceptual introduction to the credibility lent by an independent party to the assertions

one contracting party makes to other contracting parties. Topics include the demand for

assurance and attestation services, and concepts including evidence, ethics, risk and

control.

Prerequisite: ACCT 3302

4410. Taxation Rules and Regulations I. (3) Fall.

An in-depth study of the tax code as it relates to individuals. This course is continually
updated to incorporate new tax laws, regulations, and printed rulings.
Prerequisite: ACCT 3302

4420. Taxation Rules and Regulations II. (3) Spring.
Taxation of business entities (proprietorships, partnerships, S corporations and C
corporations) and the individuals who own the entities (proprietors, partners and
shareholders). Topics include tax planning, tax rules and regulations, and tax research.
Prerequisite: ACCT 44 10

4430. Financial Reporting and Analysis III. (3) Spring.
A journey into more advanced accounting topics. Topics include
consolidations,partnerships, foreign currency translations, and derivatives.
Prerequisite: ACCT 3302

4440. Accounting Information Systems. (3) Fall.

An introduction to the systems, procedures, and processes management employs to
control operating activities, information reporting systems, and compliance with
applicable laws, rules and regulations. Topics include design and evaluation perspectives
of control environment, risk assessment, control activities, information and
communication and monitoring.
Prerequisite: ACCT 2202

104

4460. Internship in Accounting. (1-3) On demand.

This course represents a unique opportunity for a qualified student to expand his/her
understanding of the practical applications of accounting concepts by entering into a
specific "help rendered learning accomplishment" contract with a cooperating area
enterprise. The contract will specifically identify the student's obligations and duties, the
nature and extent of the host enterprise's commitment to assist the student in further
extending his/her knowledge of enterprise operations, and the basis on which the
student's learning accomplishments will be measured. No more than 6 credit hours may
be applied toward the student's graduation requirements.

Prerequisites'. Accounting major with demonstrated superior capabilities

and prior approval of the contract by the Division

faculty

4480. Special Topics in Accounting. (3) On demand.

A series of special topic courses will provide students with exposure to issues and
concepts not covered in their regular course work. Most topics will include work with
"real-world" organizations.

Prerequisite: ACCT 2202

Business Management (MGMT)

1101. Contemporary Economic/Business Issues. (3) On demand.
This is the basic economics course for non-majors and is designed to provide students
with an understanding of introductory economic principles to analyze, from an economic
perspective, issues such as the population explosion, poverty, pollution, unemployment,
and inflation.

2200. Principles of Economics. (3) Fall.

This course introduces the student to the science of economics and its analytical tools.
This course is primarily devoted to providing the student with a thorough understanding
of the basic principles of microeconomic theory. Approximately 30% of the course is
devoted to macroeconomic issues. Specific topics covered include theory of demand and
supply, price and output determination, market structures, factor pricing, income
distribution and equity, a basic model of aggregate income and output determination,
unemployment, inflation, government policies, and the importance of a foreign sector to
an economy.

2251. Business Law I. (3) Fall.

This course focuses on the legal environment of business as it relates to contracts, sales,

product liability, employment, and the environment.

Prerequisites: ACCT 2201, MGMT 2200, MGMT 3370

105

2290. Sophomore Seminar I. (1) Fall.

This course will provide an integrative overview of how the various functions and
activities of an organization fit together, and how they are affected by the contexts
(financial/economic, social/cultural, legal/ethical, multinational) within which the
manager must operate. The course will focus on reinforcing core skills critical to the
effective manager including team skills, motivational/leadership skills, oral and written
communication skills, information processing skills, and valuing diversity.

Prerequisites: Sophomore standing, ACCT 2201, MGMT 2200 (Graded
on a Pass/No Credit.)

2291. Sophomore Seminar II. (1) Spring.

Prerequisites: Sophomore standing, ACCT 2201, MGMT 2200, MGMT
2290 (Graded on a Pass/No Credit)

3310. Managerial Economics. (3) On demand.

Focuses on the use of micro-economic principles using mathematical and statistical tools

to make/analyze business decisions.

Prerequisites: ACCT 2201, MGMT 2200, MATH 1114, MATH 1117,
MATH 1121

3322. Business Ethics. (3) On demand.

A study of current social problems faced by business with particular attention paid to the
background factors giving rise to those problems, various proposed solutions, and the
approach that is currently being followed.

Prerequisites: Senior standing or consent of instructor, ACCT 2201,
GMT 2200 and MGMT 3370

3331. Money and Banking. (3) On demand.

A study of the roles of money and financial institutions in the economy, as well as the

examination of monetary theory and policy.

Prerequisites: ACCT 2201, MGMT 2200 or consent of the instructor

3352. Law of Commercial Transactions. (3) On demand.
This course will focus on the Uniform Commercial Code as it relates to business
transactions in the areas of sales, commercial paper and secured transactions.
Prerequisite: MGMT 225 1

106

3355. Principles of Managerial Finance. (3) Spring.

A comprehensive survey of the basic tools and models utilized in contemporary financial
management decisions. Topics include analysis of financial statements, time value of
money calculations, stock and bond valuation, valuation of physical assets, determination
of cost of capital and risk-return tradeoffs.

Prerequisites: MGMT 2200, ACCT 2201

3356. Intermediate Managerial Finance. (3) On demand.

An in-depth study of special managerial finance topics, including financial analysis,
capital budgeting, cost of capital, and long-term financing decisions.
Prerequisites: ACCT 2201, MGMT 2200, MGMT 3355

3357. Investments. (3) On demand.

This course provides students with an introduction to the tools for analyzing the
potential returns and risks of individual securities and how to combine them efficiently
into portfolios. The subject matter will be presented primarily from the viewpoint of the
individual investor. The course will also examine the equilibrium pricing of capital
assets, risk-adjusted evaluations of portfolio performance, the efficiency of the capital
allocation process in security markets, the formulation of investment policies and
strategies, and other investment-related topics.

Prerequisites: ACCT 2201, MGMT 2200, MGMT 3355

3370. Management and Organizational Behavior. (3) Spring.

A study of the science and art of management with special emphasis on motivating and

leading individuals in an organization.

Prerequisites: ACCT 2201, MGMT 2200 or consent of the instructor

3372. Production/Operations Management. (3) On demand.
A study of the application of the science of management in the production/operations
management environment. Primary emphasis will be placed on theories, concepts,
principles, techniques, and tools that improve the efficiency and effectiveness of the
production/operations manager. Much emphasis is placed on the proper use of
quantitative tools and techniques; therefore, it is strongly recommended that students
taking this course have an adequate mathematical background. Testing in the course will
require that students demonstrate competence in the above-mentioned areas.

Prerequisites: Junior standing, ACCT 2201, MGMT 2200, MGMT 3370,
ATH 1 1 1 4 and either MATH 1 1 1 7 or MATH 1121

3374. Interpersonal Relations in Organizations. (3) On demand.

A study of human interaction in the organization context. Topics to be covered include

self-concept, frames of reference, values and attitudes, barriers and breakdowns in

communications.

Prerequisites: ACCT 2201, MGMT 2200, MGMT 3370 or consent of
instructor

107

3376. Managing Human Resources. (3) On demand.

The study of the basic principles and functions of effective personnel administration and

human resource management. Extensive use is made of the case method of study.

Students gain experience looking at personnel problems, individually and as members of

groups.

Prerequisites: ACCT 2201, MGMT 2200, MGMT 3370

3380. Principles of Marketing. (3) Fall.

An introduction to the important principles of marketing management and the role of
marketing in a contemporary society, in business enterprises and in the nonprofit
organization. Considers the planning, operation, and evaluation of marketing and
promotional efforts necessary to the effective marketing of consumer and industrial
offerings.

Prerequisites: ACCT 2201, MGMT 2200

3381. Advanced Marketing. (3) On demand.

Provides training in marketing decision making. Uses case studies simulating actual
business settings to help students develop analytical abilities and sharpen their
communication skills. Covers topics that range from techniques used to analyze a market
to the development of a total marketing strategy.

Prerequisites: ACCT 2201, MGMT 2200, MGMT 3380

3388. Research Methods. (3) Spring.

Focuses on the survey research process and the analysis data. Covers topics such as
problem definition, research design, sampling techniques, questionnaire development,
data collection methods, and data analysis.

Prerequisites: ACCT 2201, MGMT 2200, MGMT 3370, MGMT 3380

3390. Junior Seminar I. (1) Fall.

3391. Junior Seminar II. (1) Spring.

Prerequisites: Junior standing, MGMT 3390 (Graded on a Pass/No Credit)

108

4401. Entrepreneurship. (3) On demand.

A study of the application of the science of management to the development and
management of the small business enterprise. Opportunities, characteristics, and
problems with the small business will be evaluated. Students will be required to develop
a business plan for a small business and, when possible, students will be given an
opportunity to work on special projects with small businesses in the community. The
class requires active participation by students in and out of the classroom.
Prerequisites: MGMT 3355, MGMT 3370, MGMT 3380

4440. Management Simulation. (3) Spring.

This is the capstone course for majors in Business. It incorporates the use of a computer-
based simulation in an effort to integrate all of the functional areas of business into one
comprehensive course. Students are required to work in groups as managers of a
simulated company and make the necessary marketing, finance, economic, accounting,
and management decisions to run their company effectively. The student's grades are a
function of individual and group performance.

Prerequisites: Senior standing, completion of all course requirements in
major or permission of the instructor

4460. Internship in Business. (1-3) On demand.

This course represents a unique opportunity for a qualified student to expand his/her
understanding of the practical applications of enterprise operations concepts by entering
into a specific "help rendered learning accomplishment" contract with a cooperating area
enterprise. The contract will specifically identify the student's obligations and duties, the
nature and extent of the host enterprise's commitment to assist the student in further
extending his/her knowledge of enterprise operations, and the basis on which the
student's learning accomplishments will be measured. No more than 6 credit hours may
be applied toward the student's graduation requirements.

Prerequisites: Business major with demonstrated superior capabilities, and
prior approval of the contract by the Division faculty

4470. Research in Business. (1-3) On demand.

Research project or paper in business or economics. A student must present a course
description/project proposal in writing to the faculty member chairing the research for
approval by the end of pre-registration during the semester prior to enrolling for the
course. No more than 3 credit hours per term and a maximum of 6 credit hours may be
applied toward the student's graduation requirements.
Prerequisite: Prior approval by Division faculty

4480. Special Topics. (3) On demand.

A series of special topic courses providing students with exposure to issues and concepts

not covered in their regular course work.

Prerequisites: Senior standing and approval of instructor

109

4490. Senior Seminar I. (1) Fall.

4491. Senior Seminar II. (1) Spring.

Prerequisites: Senior standing, MGMT 4490 or consent of the Instructor
Graded on a Pass/No Credit)

110

CHEMISTRY

Introduction

Chemistry is often referred to as the central science, because chemical concepts are used
throughout the other sciences. Therefore, in addition to being a major in its own right,
the study of chemistry is a part of many curricula. The Chemistry Department focuses its
introductory chemistry course as an element in a liberal education, a service to other
departments and the beginning of a comprehensive study of chemistry. Before declaring
a major in chemistry, a student must successfully (C or better) complete the introductory
sequence (CHEM 1101, 1102). The department offers both B. A. and B. S. majors as
well as a minor which can lead to a variety of future occupations. Student with a major
in chemistry have gone on to traditional pursuits such as graduate school in chemistry or
biochemistry, pharmacy, medical school, law school (patent law and corporate law), as
well as becoming laboratory technicians and salespersons for chemistry and related
industries.

The B. A. degree offers a broad background in chemistry while allowing ample time for
extensive coursework in other fields. The B. A. is appropriate for those interested in one
of the medical or law-related professions, teaching, or for students desiring the broadest
possible education as well as an emphasis in natural science. The B. S. program is
designed for those going on to graduate school in a chemically related field (chemistry,
biochemistry, molecular biology, chemical physics, environmental science, or forensics)
or those seeking employment as chemists after graduation. The B. S. degree is generally
more highly valued at professional schools where entrance standards are high. While the
B. S. degree is more demanding of a student's time, there is sufficient time for electives
outside the sciences.

Objectives

The specific objectives for the respective degrees are as follows:

The Bachelor of Science Degree

Students who earn the B. S. degree will be appropriately competent in the following
areas:

Atomic and molecular structure and chemical bonding.

The language of chemistry: verbal, written, numerical and graphical presentation
of chemical concepts

Equilibria

Periodic Relationships

Thermochemistry

Physical measurements on chemical systems

111

Experimental skills, including data organization and analysis

Recognition, structure and reactivity of the major organic functional groups

Experimental synthesis and characterization of organic compounds by physical

and instrumental methods.

Volumetric and gravimetric analytical theory and practice

Instrumental analytical theory and practice

Thermodynamics

Chemical dynamics

Quantum mechanics and spectroscopy

General overview either of advanced inorganic chemistry, advanced organic

chemistry or biochemistry

The fundamentals of the research process in chemistry

Students earn these competencies by pursuing the following Bachelor of Science
Curriculum:

General Chemistry 1 101, 1 102 8 semester hours

Organic Chemistry 2201, 2202 8 semester hours

Analytical Chemistry 225 1 4 semester hour

Physical Chemistry 3301, 3302, 3303L 8 semester hours

Junior Seminar, Chemistry 3371 1 semester hour

Senior Seminar, Chemistry 4471 2 semester hours

Instrumental Chemistry 445 1 4 semester hours

Chemistry Elective (3000 or 4000 level) 4 semester hours

Additionally, a research experience is required. This should be taken between the junior
and senior years or during the first semester of the senior year. This may be done on
campus, in industry or in a research university summer program. Students may elect to
earn 4900 credit for this required activity.

Supporting courses that are required are the following:

Mathematics 2221, 2222

Physics 1121, 1122

Library 4500

One computer science programming course.

The scheduling of the B. S. curriculum is important. To be prepared to take the physical
chemistry sequence, students should take calculus during the freshman year and physics
during the sophomore year. Most B. S. chemistry majors begin their chemistry during
the freshman year. The following would be a typical sequence of courses for the B. S.
chemistry degree.

Fall Spring

First Year MATH 2221 MATH 2222

CHEM1101 CHEM1102

112

Second Year

CHEM2201
PHYS 2121

CHEM 2202
CHEM2122

Third Year

CHEM 3301

CHEM 3302, 3303L
CHEM 3371

Fourth Year

LIBR 4500

Computer Programming

Chemistry Elective or

CHEM 445 1
CHEM 4471
Chemistry Elective

Students who earn the B. S. degree will have demonstrated their attainment of the
specific objectives by appropriate scores on the current American Chemical Society
(ACS) Examinations on the following three topics: General, Organic and Physical. The
students will additionally attain an appropriate score from one of the following
examinations: Analytical, Instrumental, Inorganic or Biochemistry. The passing score
will be at or above the 40 th percentile of the national norms for these exams or at an
appropriate level, as determined by the Chemistry Department, based o the accumulated
data of the performance of LaGrange College students on these exams. The results which
are in the best interest of the students will be used. These exams will be given at the end
of the appropriate course(s) and will be offered to students up to three additional times
prior to the time of the students' scheduled graduation. The student must attempt a retest
at least once a semester until successful completion of the exam. In the event that a
student needs to repeat an exam for the second, third or final time, evidence of
preparation must be presented. Reexamination cannot be scheduled earlier than two
weeks following a previous examination.

The Bachelor of Arts-Chemistry

Students who earn the B. A. degree with a major in chemistry will be appropriately
competent in the following areas:

Atomic and molecular structure and chemical bonding

The language of chemistry: verbal, written, numerical and graphical presentation
of chemical concepts

Equilibria

Periodic relationships

Thermochemistry

Physical measurements of chemical systems

Experimental skill, including data organization and analysis

Recognition, structure and reactivity of the major organic functional groups

Experimental synthesis and characterization of organic compounds by physical
and instrumental methods

An overview of one or more of the following areas: analytical chemistry,
inorganic chemistry and/or biochemistry

113

Students earn these competencies by pursuing the following courses required for the
Bachelor of Arts curriculum in chemistry:

General Chemistry 1 101, 1 102

8 semester hours

Organic Chemistry 2201, 2202

8 semester hours

Analytical Chemistry 225 1

4 semester hour

Physical Chemistry 3301

3 semester hours

Junior Seminar, Chemistry 3371

1 semester hour

Senior Seminar, Chemistry 4471

2 semester hours

Chemistry Elective

4 semester hours

The support courses required are:

Physics 1101, 1102

8 semester hours

Math 1121 or 2221

3 or 4 semester h

Library 4500

2 semester hours

The scheduling of the courses for the B. A. in chemistry can be flexible. The following is
a proposed sequence to fulfill the requirements for the major.

Fall

Spring

First Year

MATH 2105

MATH 1121

Second Year

CHEM 1101

CHEM 1102

Third Year

CHEM2201

CHEM 2202

PHYS 1101

PHYS 1102
CHEM 3371

Fourth Year

CHEM 3301
LIBR 4500
CHEM 2251
(CHEM Elective) either semester

CHEM 4471

Students who earn the B. A. degree will have demonstrated their attainment of the
specific objectives by appropriate scores on the current American Chemical Society
(ACS) Exams for (1) General Chemistry and (2) Organic Chemistry. The passing score
will be at or above the 40 th percentile of the national norms for these exams or at an
appropriate level, as determined by the Chemistry Department, based on the accumulated
data of the performance of LaGrange College students on these exams. The results which
are in the best interest of the students will be used. These exams will be given at the end
of the appropriate course(s) and will be offered to students up to three additional times
prior to the time of the students' scheduled graduation. The student must attempt a retest
at least once a semester until successful completion of the exam. In the event that a
student needs to repeat an exam for the second, third or final time, evidence of

114

preparation must be presented. Reexamination cannot be scheduled earlier than two
weeks following a previous examination.

The Bachelor of Arts-Biochemistry

Students who earn the B. A. with a major in Biochemistry will be appropriately
competent in the following areas:

Atomic and molecular structure and chemical bonding

The language of chemistry: verbal, written, numerical and graphical presentation

of chemical concepts

Equilibria

Periodic relationships

Thermochemistry

Physical measurements of chemical systems

Experimental skill, including data organization and analysis

Recognition, structure and reactivity of the major organic functional groups

Experimental synthesis and characterization of organic compounds by physical

and instrumental methods

In depth study of biological molecules and metabolism

Techniques of biotechnology

Students earn these competencies by pursuing the following courses required for the
Bachelor of Arts-Biochemistry:

General Chemistry 1101, 1102

8 semester hours

Organic Chemistry 2201, 2202

8 semester hours

Physical Chemistry 3301

3 semester hours

Junior Seminar, Chemistry 3371

1 semester hour

Biochemistry, Chemistry 4421, 4422

8 semester hours

Senior Seminar, Chemistry 4471

2 semester hours

Math 11 14 or 1121

3 semester hours

Physics 1101, 1102

8 semester hours

Library 4500

2 semester hours

Suggested but not required Biology

8 semester hours

Students who earn the B. A. with a major in biochemistry will have demonstrated the
attainment of the specific objectives by appropriate scores on the current American
Chemical Society (ACS) Exams for (1) General Chemistry, (2) Organic Chemistry and/or
(3) Biochemistry. The passing score will be at or above the 40 th percentile of the national
norms for these exams or at an appropriate level, as determined by the Chemistry
Department, based on the accumulated data of the performance of LaGrange College
students on these exams. The results, which are in the best interest of the students, will
be used. These exams will be given at the end of the appropriate course(s) and will be

115

offered to students up to three additional times prior to the time of the students'
scheduled graduation. The student must attempt a retest at least once a semester until
successful completion of the exam. In the event that a student needs to repeat an exam
for the second, third or final time, evidence of preparation must be presented.
Reexamination cannot be scheduled earlier than two weeks following a previous
examination.

The scheduling for the B. A. degree in biochemistry is also flexible. The following is a
proposed schedule to meet the requirements for the degree. This degree provides a
flexible yet strong program for the pre-health professional requirements.

First Year

Fall

Spring

MATH 1121 or MATH 1114

Second Year
Third Year

CHEM 1101

CHEM2201
PHYS 1101

CHEM 1102

CHEM 2202
PHYS 1102

CHEM 3371

Fourth Year

CHEM 3301
CHEM 4421
LIBR 4500

CHEM 4422
CHEM 4471

A suggested schedule to meet the Pre Health Professional Requirements and earn a B. A.
degree in chemistry is the following:

Fall

Spring

First Year

CHEM 1101
BIOL 1101

CHEM 1102
BIOL 1102

Second Year

CHEM 2201
PHYS 1101
MATH

CHEM 2202
PHYS 1102
MATH

Third Year

Fourth Year

BIOL 4321

LIBR 4500
CHEM 4421

BIOL 4322

CHEM 3371

MCAT, PCAT, VCAT, DAT etc.

CHEM 4471

CHEM 4422

The 4000 series Biology and Chemistry could be switched during the third and fourth
year depending on the interest of the student.

116

Minor

A minor in chemistry shall consist of CHEM 1 101, 1 102, 2201, 2202 and two additional
courses at the 2000 level or above. Students must demonstrate proficiency in general
chemistry bypassing the ACS General Chemistry Examination as stated above.

Course Descriptions (CHEM)

Chemistry is a laboratory science and the department views the laboratory experience as
an essential component of those courses with an associated laboratory. Consequently,
students must achieve a passing grade in both the lecture and laboratory portions of the
course to obtain a passing grade in the course.

1101. General Chemistry I.. (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Fall

A study of the foundations of chemistry including stoichiometry, atomic structure and
periodicity, molecular structure and bonding models, and thermochemistry.
Prerequisites: MATH 1101 or placement in 2105 or higher.

1102. General Chemistry II.. (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Spring

This course continues CHEM 1101 and is a study of the gas, liquid, and solid phases,
chemical thermodynamics, kinetics, equilibria, oxidation-reduction reactions and
electrochemistry.

Prerequisites: CHEM 1101, MATH 1 101 or placement in 2105 or higher.

2201. Organic Chemistry I. (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Fall

A study of the fundamentals of organic chemistry with respect to the bonding, structure,
nomenclature and reactivity of various classes of organic compounds including aromatic
compounds.

Prerequisites: CHEM 1102

2202. Organic Chemistry II. (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Spring

A continuation of CHEM 2201 including spectroscopy, synthesis, carbonyls, and
biomolecules.

Prerequisites: CHEM 2201

2251. Analytical Chemistry I. (2 hrs. lee, 6 hrs. lab per week) (4) Fall
A study of the theory and practice of volumetric and gravimetric quantitative analyses.
Prerequisites: CHEM 1102

3301. Physical Chemistry I. (3 hrs. lee, per week) (3) Fall
An overview of thermodynamics, dynamics and quantum chemistry.

Prerequisites: CHEM 2202 or permission of instructor, MATH 1 1 14 or MATH
2105 or placement in MATH 2221

117

3302. Physical Chemistry I. (3 hrs. lee, per week) (3) Spring

Selected topics in thermodynamics, dynamics and quantum mechanics will be studied in
additional depth. Statistical mechanics will be introduces. Application of mathematics at
the calculus level will be applied to these topics.

Prerequisites: CHEM 3301 and MATH 2222 or MATH 1121

3303. Physical Chemistry Laboratory (6 hrs. lab per week) (2) Spring
Laboratory techniques in physical chemistry will be applied to thermodynamics,
dynamics and quantum chemistry.

Pre- or co-requisite: CHEM 3302

3371. Junior Seminar (1 hr class per week) (1) Spring

A course that acquaints the student with the chemical literature as well as presentation
and discussion of scientific data and information. In addition, students will explore
career opportunities and prepare a portfolio and career plans.
Prerequisites: Junior standing

4421. Biochemistry I (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Fall

An introductory course in the principles of biochemistry, with emphasis on the structure
and function of biomolecules, membrane structure and function and an introduction to
metabolism and bioenergetics.

Prerequisites: CHEM 2202 or permission of instructor.

4422. Biochemistry II (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Spring

A continuation of CHEM 4421 with emphasis on cellular metabolism, fundamentals of
molecular genetics, and current topics in biochemistry.
Prerequisite: CHEM 4421

4431. Inorganic I (3 hrs. lee. per week) (3) On Demand

An in depth examination of atomic and molecular structure. Symmetry aspects are

introduced and used.

Prerequisites: CHEM 3301 or consent of the instructor.

4451. Instrumental Analysis (2 hrs. lee, 6 hrs. lab per week) (4) Spring
A study of instrumentation and advanced analytical techniques.
Prerequisites: CHEM 3301 or permission of instructor

4471. Senior Seminar (1 hr. class per week) (2) Spring

A capstone course which is thematic. Emphasis is on integration of the student's

experience in chemistry and the presentation of chemical literature in seminar and written

form.

Prerequisite: Senior standing

118

4800. Special Topics. (1-4 hours) On demand

A special topics course that may be designed to provide the student with exposure to
topics and concepts not covered in the regular course offerings.
Prerequisites: Permission of advisor and chair

4900. Independent Study.

This course can vary and may be used to satisfy the research requirement for the B.S.
major and provide research experience for all B. A. majors.

119

COMPUTER SCIENCE

Introduction

The Computer Science Department at LaGrange College has several goals. With the goal
of computer literacy for our general student population, courses are offered to acquaint
students with microcomputer applications and networks. For students who want further
study in computer science, the following options are available:

A minor in computer science

B. A. degree in computer science

B. A. degree in computer science with a concentration in business

B. S. degree in computer science

Objectives

Graduates from the B.A. and B.S. degree programs at LaGrange College should be able
to do each of the following:

Write programs in a reasonable amount of time that work correctly, are well
documented, and are readable.

Determine whether or not they have written a reasonably efficient and well-
organized program.

Know which general types of problems are amenable to computer solution and the
various tools necessary for solving such problems.

Assess the implications of work performed either as an individual or as a member
of a team.

Understand basic computer architectures.

Pursue in-depth training in one or more application areas or further education in
computer science.

In addition, students in the B. S. degree program should be able to do research, be
able to convey technical ideas in a clear writing style, and have the mathematical
background necessary for scientific problem-solving. Students in the B.A. degree
program with a concentration in business should have the knowledge of the
functional areas of business necessary for working in that environment.

In order to be a major in computer science, a student must maintain a GPA of 2.25 or
better. Students pursuing a B.S. degree must have a 3.0 average in those courses required
for the major. All of the 1000-level or above courses in computer science, mathematics,
and business that are required for the B.A. or B.S. degree or the minor must be completed
with a grade of C or better.

The computer science curriculum at LaGrange College is based of the recommendations
of the A. CM. (Association for Computing Machinery). In addition, our students have the

120

opportunity to take courses that will make them more attractive in the job market. These
courses that will make them more attractive in the job market. These courses include
Novell NetWare, Oracle, Web Programming/Java, Visual Basic, and COBOL.

The accomplishment of these objectives will be demonstrated by the following:

1. Satisfactory performance on a programming test. This test will be based

on the concepts learned in CSCI 1990 and 2990 and must be taken at the end of
the semester in which the student completes CSCI 2990. The test will be offered
once at the end of every semester in which CSCI 2990 is offered. The test must be
satisfactorily completed by the end of the semester in which the student reaches
senior status, but under no circumstances will a student be allowed to take the
test more than four times prior to and including that semester. If the test has not
been completed satisfactorily by that time, the student will not be allowed to
continue in either the B. A. or the B. S. degree programs in computer science.

2. Satisfactory performance by the student in delivering a presentation at a
regularly scheduled Computer Science Department seminar. This presentation
will be developed with the approval of and possible input from the computer
science faculty.

3. Satisfactory completion of an assessment portfolio to be kept on each computer
science major. The purpose of this portfolio will be to aid in assessing the
professional development of each student and the growth of the student's
programming skills as the student progresses through the computer science
curriculum. Each portfolio will include the programming test described in item
(1) above, a program selected by the instructor from CSCI 3250, three additional
examples of the student's work, a copy of the student's resume, material from the
departmental seminar presentation made by the student and described in item (2),
and a copy of the student's Internet home page. The three examples of the
student's work mentioned above must be approved for inclusion by faculty
consensus. Maintaining the portfolio is the responsibility of the student.
Additional information about the portfolio is available from the department.

Career Opportunities

Students who complete the computer science major have a wide range of employment
opportunities. These include positions in sales, programming, and data processing and
control. Graduates of the computer science degree program at LaGrange College have
secured positions as systems analysts, database administrators, customer service
representatives, and computer technicians, as well as other positions. Companies
employing these graduates include Milliken & Co., Hitachi, BellSouth, Texas
Instruments, General Motors, Intercel, Hughes Georgia, WestPoint Stevens, Total
Systems Services, and others.

121

In addition, a number of graduates have gone on to graduate school in areas such as
computer science and electrical engineering.

Course Requirements

Core requirements for all students pursuing a minor, B.A., or B.S. in Computer
Science (12 semester hours):

CSCI 1990

CSCI 2990

One of the following: CSCI 2500, 2850, or 2900

CSCI 3000

Requirements for the minor in Computer Science (6 additional hours):

Two additional CSCI courses at the 3000-level or above
Requirements for the B.A. Degree (30 additional hours):

CSCI 3050

CSCI 3250

CSCI 3700

CSCI 3990

Four additional CSCI courses at the 3000-level or above

MATH 11 14

MATH 1121

Requirements for the B.A. with a concentration in Business (39 additional Hours):

CSCI 3990

Five additional CSCI courses at the 3000-level or above

MATH 11 14

MATH 1121

The five courses required for a minor in business: ACCT 1 199 or 2201;
MGMT 2200, 3370, 3380, and 4440

Requirements for the B.S. Degree (41 additional hours):

CSCI 3050

CSCI 3250

CSCI 3990

CSCI 4100

CSCI 4250

CSCI 4900

Four additional CSCI courses at the 3000-level or above

MATH 1114

MATH 2221

MATH 2222

122

Course Descriptions (CSCI)

1050. Build Your Own Computer from Scratch. (3) Interim 2001
In this course the student will determine what components they would like in a
computer, what components are compatible, what features are cost-effective. Each
student will build his-her own machine to those specifications.

1610. Introduction to Editing and System Languages. (2) On demand
This course is designed to assist and familiarize the student with the UNIX operating
system. The course is designed for computer science students and for those who need to
learn a UNIX-like operating system.

1630. Introduction to Microcomputers. (2) Fall 2000

This course is designed to assist and familiarize the student with the operation of a
personal computer. The course covers personal computer applications such as word
processors and spreadsheets. It also briefly covers how to use the Internet.

1700. Microsoft Office and Information Systems. (3) Spring 2001, Fall 2001

An introduction to information systems software. Microsoft Office Professional will be

the primary software utilized.

1990. Introduction to Algorithmic Design. (3) Fall, Spring

Problem solving and algorithmic design using the language C++. Structured

programming concepts, debugging and testing documentation.

2050. PC Maintenance and Troubleshooting. (3) Fall 2000
A study of basic computer hardware, how to install hardware components, and how to
diagnose hardware problems. In addition, the course will include a study of the basics
of Windows and DOS necessary for maintaining computer hardware. The course is
designed to begin to prepare students for A+ certification, as well as for the benefit of
those who just wish to upgrade and diagnose hardware and operating system problems
on their own computers.

Prerequisite: CSCI 1630 or consent of instructor.

2500. Visual Basic. (3) Fall 2001

The study of Visual Basic, an event-driven (as opposed to procedural) language.
Prerequisite: CSCI 1990 or consent of instructor.

2850. COBOL Programming I. (3) Fall 2000

The study of COBOL, a language used primarily in business data processing
applications. Emphasis on information retrieval problems. Team project required.
Prerequisite: CSCI 1 990 or consent of instructor.

123

2860. COBOL Programming II. (3) On demand

Advanced programming concepts with a strong emphasis on ISAM files and interactive

programming.

Prerequisite: CSCI 2850

2900. Java Programming. (3) Spring 2001

The study of Java, an object-oriented language that is designed to facilitate Internet-
based applications.

Prerequisite: CSCI 1990 or consent of instructor.

2990. Algorithmic Design. (3) Spring

A continuation of CSCI 1990. Further development of techniques in C++ for program
design, program style, debugging and testing, especially for larger programs.
Introduction to algorithmic analysis. Introduction to the basic aspects of string
processing, recursion, internal search/sort methods, and simple data structures.
Prerequisite: CSCI 1990

3000. Introduction to Computer Systems. (3) Fall 2000, Spring 2002
Computer structure and machine language, assembly language programming.
Addressing techniques, macros, file I/O, program segmentation and linkage, assembler
construction, and interpretive routines.

3050. Introduction to Computer Organization. (3) Fall 2000, Spring 2002

Basic logic design, coding, number representation and arithmetic, computer architecture,

and computer software.

Prerequisite: CSCI 1990

3150. Introduction to File Processing. (3) On demand

Concept of I/O management (fields, keys, records, and buffering). File organization,
file operations, and data structures. Time and storage space requirements. Data security
and integrity.

Prerequisite: CSCI 3000 or 3250 or consent of instructor.

3250. Data Structures. (3) Spring 2001, Fall 2001

Review of basic data structures such as stacks, queues, lists, and trees. Graphs and their
applications. Internal and external searching and sorting. Memory management.
Prerequisite: CSCI 2990 or consent of instructor.

3310. Organization of Programming Languages. (3) On demand
An introduction to the structure of programming languages. Language definition
structure, data types and structures, control structures and data flow. Run-time
consideration, interpretative languages, lexical analysis and parsing.
Prerequisite: CSCI 3000 or consent of instructor.

124

3350. Digital Computer Architecture. (3) On demand

Structures for the central computer are studied; arithmetic logic units, machine language
features, information transfer, memory hierarchy, channels, etc.
Prerequisite: CSCI 3050

3400. Computer Networks I. (3) Fall 2001

An introduction to the Computer NetWare Administration (CNA) using NetWare 4.x. It

includes an in-depth study of the NetWare Directory Services (NDS). Also covered will

be NetWare installation and management, the NetWare 4 file system and printing. The

material covered represents essentially that suggested by Novell for its CNA

certification.

Prerequisite: CSCI 1990 or consent of instructor.

3450. Computer Networks II. (3) Spring 2000
A continuation of CSCI 3400 including Windows NT.
Prerequisite: CSCI 3400

3500. Web Programming. (3) Fall

The study and practice of the planning and construction of World Wide Web pages.
Graphics, sound, video, and animation will also be discussed.
Prerequisite: CSCI 1990 or consent of instructor.

3700. Discrete Mathematical Structures in Computer Science. (3) Spring 2002
An introduction to the mathematical tools for use in computer science. These include
sets, relations, and elementary counting techniques. Algebra and algorithms, graphs,
monoids and machines, lattices and Boolean algebras, groups and combinatorics, logic
and languages will also be involved.

Prerequisites: MATH 1121, 2221, or consent of instructor.

3990. Object-Oriented Programming. (3) Fall 2001
Object-oriented programming and design in the language C++.
Prerequisites'. CSCI 1990 and 2990.

4050. Database Management Systems Design. (3) Spring 2001
Introduction to database concepts using SQL and Oracle. Data models, normalization,
data description languages, query facilities. File organization, index organization, file
security, and data integrity and reliability.
Prerequisite: CSCI 1990

4100. Numerical Methods. (3) Spring 2001

Introduction to numerical analysis with computer solution. Taylor series, finite
difference calculus, interpolation, roots of equations, solutions of linear systems of
equations, matrix inversion, least-squares, numerical integration.
Prerequisites: MATH 1 121, 2221, or consent of instructor

125

4150. Advanced Program Design. (3) On demand

A formal approach to techniques in software design and development. Includes

structured programming concepts, organization and management of software

development. A large-scale software project will be developed by students working in

teams.

Prerequisite: CSCI 3250

4200. Theory of Programming Languages. (3) On demand

Review of grammars, languages, and their syntax and semantics. Scanners, parsers, and

translation.

Prerequisite: CSCI 3310

4250. Algorithms. (3) Spring 2002

A study of problems and their algorithmic solution. Algorithms will be chosen from
areas such as combinatorics, numerical analysis, systems programming, and artificial
intelligence. Domain independent techniques will also be included.
Prerequisite: CSCI 3250

4300. Computer Graphics. (3) Fall 2000

An overview of graphical concepts and applications on the computer. These include
programming graphics, graphical manipulation software, animation, Web graphics, and
graphics in multimedia presentations.

Prerequisite: CSCI 3000 or consent of instructor

4500. Operating Systems. (3) Fall 2001

A course in systems software that is largely concerned with operating systems. Such
topics as process management, device management, and memory management are
discussed, as are relevant issues associated with security and protection, networking, and
distributed operating systems.

Prerequisite: CSCI 3000 or consent of instructor.

4510-4520-4530. Special Topics. (3) On demand

This series of courses will provide the student with material not covered in the courses
above. Topics such as telecommunications, microcomputer interfacing, artificial
intelligence, automata theory, survey of modern languages, fourth-generation languages,
operating systems, and object-oriented design will be covered.
Prerequisite: Determined by topic.

4700. Research in Computer Science. (1-3) On demand

Research project or paper in computer science. Designed for those students who need it
to fulfill a research component of the B. S. degree in computer science. Student must
present a course description in writing to the department chairman to be approved by the
end of pre-registration during the semester prior to enrolling for the course.

126

4900. Formal Languages. (3) Interim 2002

An introduction to the basic theoretical models of computability. Finite automata,
Turing machines, computability, decidability, and Godel's incompleteness theorem.
Prerequisite: CSCI 3250, 33 10, or 3700

4950. Independent Study. (3) On demand

127

CORE PROGRAM CURRICULUM

The goals and curriculum of the Core Program in the Liberal Arts have been described
previously. The specific objectives of this program are to:

Instill critical thinking skills.

Develop effective communication skills, including use of written, oral, creative,
and technological tools and skills.

Develop effective computational, scientific, and quantitative reasoning abilities.

Use knowledge about the humanities as well as the social behavioral sciences to
interpret and evaluate information.

Understand the Christian influences on ethical behavior.

Encourage active involvement in one's community and its concerns.

Develop an appreciation for the fine arts.

Understand the influences on one's physical, emotional, and spiritual
development.

Course Descriptions (CORE)

1101. Freshman Cornerstone I. (3)

A course designed to enhance the valuing and decision-making processes emphasizing
Christian influences on ethical behavior. Students use skills of comparison, contrast,
analysis, and synthesis of multiple perspectives as they examine an issue of common
concern. The course emphasizes active learning, small group problem solving, and
service learning, including reflection on these experiences.

1102. Freshman Cornerstone Laboratory II. (1)

A laboratory experience designed to identify and enhance students' abilities. Assessment
of abilities as well as sessions on study skills, career counseling, computer skill, library
skills, etc. are offered to maximize students' success.

NOTE: Course is graded on a PASS/NO CREDIT basis.

1110. Quantitative Reasoning. (3)

Mathematical techniques and computer methods will be used in the development of
quantitative reasoning skills. This course focuses on answering questions and solving
problems that require quantitative reasoning. These techniques and methods will be
examined in the context of examples taken from the social sciences, business, economics
and other disciplines. The applications of spreadsheets, graphing and statistical methods
will be used.

Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or higher

128

2000. Dimensions of Well Being. (3)

A course designed to increase students' understanding of the interrelationships among the
physical, intellectual, emotional, and spiritual dimensions of well being. Individual
assessments and evaluation of these abilities in addition to reading, analysis, and
discussion of research findings from various sources are central to this course.

2001. Humanities I. (3)

This course is the first of a two-course sequence focusing on our cultural heritage with an
emphasis on the impact of the Judeo-Christian tradition as it relates to all knowledge.
The period from the emergence of human history to 1660 is covered in this course.
Students confront primary and secondary source materials to gain an historical
consciousness.

Prerequisites: ENGL 1101, 1102.

2002. Humanities II. (3)

This course is the second of a two-course sequence focusing on our cultural heritage with
an emphasis on the impact of the Judeo-Christian tradition as it relates to all knowledge.
The period from 1660 to the present is covered in this course. Students confront primary
and secondary source materials to gain an historical consciousness.
Prerequisite: CORE 2001.

3001. The American Experience. (3)

This course provides an understanding of the unique American identity, particularly from
the social and behavioral science perspectives. The American Experience enables
students to understand the forces that have given rise to the American Republic, articulate
the basic concepts of American civil discourse, understand the benefits and limitations of
a market-based economic system, and confront the perspectives conveyed through
selected works of American culture.

Prerequisites: CORE 2001 and CORE 2002.

129

EDUCATION

Introduction

The Department of Education offers a wide range of courses to meet a variety of needs
and demands. The education curriculum at LaGrange College serves four basic purposes:

1) to provide for the development of those professional understandings and
abilities which are essential for the teaching profession.

2) to provide planned and carefully guided sequences of field experiences.
This will require students' meeting with their classes prior making work
plans.

3) to provide initial preparation programs in Early Childhood and Middle
Grades education at the undergraduate level and a Master of Arts in
Teaching initial preparation program for secondary grades which are fully
accredited by the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools and the
Georgia Professional Standards Commission.

4) to provide a program for certified teachers that leads to the Master of
Education degree in Curriculum and Instruction

Teacher Certification

The education department offers a variety of programs which are approved by the
Georgia Professional Standards Commission and lead to certification in Georgia.
Students desiring to be certified upon completion of their programs should plan to work
closely with their advisors since certification requirements are subject to change.

Completion of approved initial preparation programs in Early Childhood, Middle Grades
and Secondary (MAT) education and qualifying scores on the Praxis exam requirements
entitles students to receive Initial Clear Renewable Certificates.

Admission to Undergraduate Teacher Education

The following are required for entrance into an undergraduate program:

Praxis I requirement

Completion of EDUC 1 198 - Exploring Teaching or

EDUC 1 199 - Introduction to Education (grade of "C or better)

Completion of core curriculum

GPAof2.75 or better

Submission of application to program with recommendation from EDUC 1 198 or
EDUC 1 199 professor and current advisor

Background check (No criminal record or discharge from the armed services that
would prevent teacher certification.)

Successful interview with Education faculty

130

After interviewing with education faculty, students may be admitted provisionally if the
results of the Praxis examination are pending, or if one of the other criteria falls
marginally short of the minimum requirements. Student status will be reevaluated after
six semester hours. The student has one semester in which to remove the probationary
status. Failure to do so will result in being dropped from the teacher education program.
Admissions requirements are listed in the Education Department Student Handbook.

Core Program Requirements

All students planning to complete approved programs of Teacher Education must
complete the Core program requirements with at least 12 semester hours in the
humanities, 6 semester hours in natural sciences and 6 semester hours in mathematics.

Curricula for Professional Education

The curricula outlines for teacher education candidates are so arranged that a student may
qualify for certification in Early Childhood Education Middle Grades Education (or
Secondary Education at the Masters level) as approved by the Georgia Professional
Standards Commission.

To complete an approved program of teacher education in any field, these steps must be
followed: (1) admission to teacher education, (2, an overall 2.50 GPA in the Bachelor's
degree program, (3) a C or better in all courses applied to the teaching field and in the
professional education courses, (4) application for the teaching certificate at the end of
the final semester and (5) successful completion of both Praxis I and II Exams.
Conferences with the student advisor are required at each step.

Objectives

Approved Program in Early Childhood Education

Student completing the Early Children Education Major will:

develop a through understanding of the social, intellectual, physical, and
emotional development of the child from birth to approximately eight years.

identify the mature of learning and behaviors involving the young child.

construct a curriculum appropriate to the needs of the young child.

utilize existing knowledge about parents and cultures in dealing effectively with
children.

gain a thorough knowledge of the fundamental concepts of appropriate disciplines
and to relate them to the young child.

131

identify the value, place and responsibilities of pare-pro fessionals in the
differentiated teaching staff.

develop their maximum potential through the provision of a succession planned

and guided experiences.

In order to achieve these objectives, students will take 60 semester hours of course work:

EDUC 1 198/1 199, 3354, 4448, 3458, 3365, 4460, 3355, 3342, 33 17, 33 19, 4356, 4360,
4455, 4457, 4490E

Math 3001, 3003

Approved Program in Middle Grades Education

Students completing the Middle Grades Education Major by June, 1999, will:

demonstrate knowledge of middle grade learning in actual learning situations

identify appropriate instructional strategies and created environments to meet the
social, emotional, physical and academic needs of individual children and small
groups of children with diverse cultural backgrounds.

understand research, professional practices, issues, trends and literature essential
for effective teaching throughout the teaching field with special emphasis on
the middle grades (4-8).

understand diagnostic tools and approaches necessary for assessing needs of
individual students, planning to meet those needs, and evaluating individual
growth.

be able to modify instruction and change strategies based on the learning
outcomes of previous activities and students' individual needs.

demonstrate appropriate professional traits in terms of classroom management,
discipline, preparedness, and interaction with co-workers.

In order to achieve these objectives, students will take 63 semester hours of coursework.
EDUC 1 198/1 199. 3456, 3442, 4459, 4456, 4458, 4449, 4322, 4318, 4363, 4490M,
PSYC 3304

Students will take 18 semester hours in concentration areas.. Two concentrations will be
selected from mathematics, language arts, science or social studies. A minimum of 3
additional courses will be taken in each of the 2 areas of concentration. Concentration
courses must be approved by the middle grades advisor.

132

Course Descriptions (EDUC)

EDUC 1198. Exploring Teaching. (3) Interterm course.
A field-based introduction to the teaching profession. This course reflects upon
certification, professional code of conduct, INTASC standards, QCC, exceptionality and
diversity, curriculum, accountability, contemporary issues, and vocational expectations in
the context of local schools. This course includes extensive field work.

EDUC 1199. Foundation in Education. (3) Fall.

An introduction to teaching and learning. This course addresses a number of issues in
education: Certification requirements, code of ethics, INTASC standards, QCC,
exceptionality and diversity, curriculum, professionalism, accountability, contemporary
issues, and vocational expectations. Prerequisite for admission to education program and
education classes. This course includes a field experience component.

EDUC 3317. Science (and math) Methods Block. (3) Fall.
This course addresses science content, process skills, attitudes, and real-world
applications that are developmentally appropriate for early childhood science and health
instruction. Effective teaching strategies that incorporate integrated and interdisciplinary
approaches, technology, literature, multicultural education, and the Georgia QCC
objectives are combined with theories of learning. Field experience required.

EDUC 3319. Math (and science) Methods Block. (3) Fall.
The math component of the elementary grades math and science block focuses on a
constructivist, inquiry approach to teaching and learning. There is an emphasis on pre-
number concepts, problem solving, and the NCTM standards and QCC objectives. An
extensive field experience involves a semester relationship with exemplary math and
science teachers. Pre-service teachers work towards implementation of the tenets that
underlie the conceptual framework of the Education Department.

EDUC 3342. Child Development. (3) Spring.

A study of the principles of growth and development from conception through twelve
years of age. Specific attention will be given to the influences of family on physical
maturation, cognitive development, social skills, and personality development. Major
contributions from the leading authorities in the field will be emphasized during the study
of each area of development.

EDUC 3354. Theories of Reading Instruction. (3) Fall.
Different theories of reading instruction will be the focus for this course. Special
emphasis will be on children's literature and its role in successful reading programs.
Other topics include: reading process, principles of reading instruction, and emergent
literacy. IRA standards and Georgia QCC objectives will provide a basis for lesson plans
and field experiences in local schools.

133

EDUC 3355. Fundamentals of Reading Instruction. (3) Spring.
A study of word recognition strategies with emphasis on phonics. Teaching techniques
for vocabulary and comprehension, reading in content areas, and interrelatedness of
reading and writing will also be addressed. Standards from IRA and Georgia QCC
objectives will be used in combination with various approaches to effective instruction in
planning effective lessons for experiences in local schools.

EDUC 3365. Early Childhood Practicum. (3) Interim.

Supervised field experience in K4 and K5 programs. This course provides opportunities
for students to observe and teach in child development programs, award-winning schools,
and other diverse settings.

EDUC 3442. Nature and Needs of Young Adolescents. (3) Fall.
A study of the physical, emotional, social, and intellectual growth and development of
middle grades students. This course will address special populations, gender issues,
cultural differences and individual considerations in assisting all middle grades students
to learn at high levels.

EDUC 3456. Literacy and Literature in the Middle Grades. (3) Fall.
This course provides an interdisciplinary, literature-based approach to methods for
teaching reading in the content areas to middle school students. Emphasis will be on
word recognition strategies, vocabulary, comprehension, study skills, and literature. A
variety of teaching techniques will be developed based on IRA and NCTE standards as
well as Georgia QCC objectives. Field experience is required.

EDUC 3458. Early Childhood - Exceptional Children. (3) Fall
A study of identification and diagnostic techniques for teachers related to areas of
exceptionality among early childhood students and of alternative styles of teaching to
meet special needs. The introduction to the Student Support Team (SST) process, the
writing of eligibility reports and Individual Education Plans (IEP) will be explored. The
psychological and behavioral characteristics of early childhood exceptional children will
be studied. The importance of transition and other forms found within the exceptional
children's categories will be identified. Weekly field experience in the exceptional
children's areas will be provided.

EDUC 4318. (4322) Science and Math Methods

Block for Middle Grades. (3) Spring.
A study of middle grades science and math curricula and methods based upon
classroom/lab applications, QCC, national standards for science instruction, and INTASC
standards. This course includes a field experience component.

134

EDUC4322. (4318). Math and Science Methods

Block for Middle Grades. (3) Spring.
The math component of the math and science block focuses on a constructivist, inquiry
approach to teaching and learning in the middle grades. There is an extensive field
experience that involves a semester relationship with exemplary math and science
teachers. Coursework is based on the NCTM standards and the QCC objectives. Pre-
service teachers work towards implementation of the tenets that underlie the conceptual
framework of the Education Department.

EDUC 4455. Language Arts Methods. (3) Spring.

This course provides a thematic approach to methods for teaching language arts in the
early elementary grades. Topics include oral and written language, spelling, listening,
and grammar. Georgia QCC objectives, NCTE and IRA standards will be used in
developing instructional resources and units. Guidelines for teaching language-minority
students will also be addressed. Field experience is required.

EDUC 4356. Diagnosis and Remediation of Problems in Reading. (3) Fall.
The focus of this course is the identification and correction of reading problems in
elementary school students. Special attention is given to testing and teaching materials
for corrective work including reading inventories, formal and informal assessment, and
computer programs. A variety of assessment techniques, IRA standards, and technology,
will be incorporated throughout the course.

EDUC 4360. Curriculum and Accountability (in elementary grades). (3) Fall.
This course addresses the practical aspects of curriculum development along with the role
of preparation and its contribution to successful classroom management. A variety of
assessment techniques, use of Georgia QCC objectives, technology, and portfolio
development are among other key areas that are studied. Field experience required.

EDUC 4363. Curriculum and Accountability in the Middle Grades. (3) Fall.
This course emphasizes the need for a developmentally responsive curriculum that
addresses the needs of young adolescents and is academically challenging, integrative
and exploratory. The QCC and national curriculum standards are examined and issues of
accountability and teacher effectiveness are addressed. Various instructional and
behavior management strategies are modeled and discussed. There is an extensive field
experience requirement.

EDUC 4448. Classroom Technology for Elementary Grades. (3) Fall.
Connecting technology with teaching and learning in elementary schools through the use
of media in classroom settings. Use of audio, video, and computers to increase learning
and teacher efficiency. This course includes an environmental media survey in local
elementary schools.

135

EDUC 4449. Classroom Technology for Middle Grades. (3) Fall

Connecting technology with teaching and learning in middle grades through the use of

media in classroom settings. Use of audio, video, and computers to increase learning and

teacher efficiency. This course includes an environmental media survey in local middle

schools.

EDUC 4456. Humanities Block. (Language Arts in the Middle Grades). (3) Fall.
A study of grammar, listening, speaking, and the interrelatedness of reading and writing.
Attention is given to developmentally appropriate curriculum as it relates to stages of
young children's development and standards from NAEYC and Georgia QCC objectives.

EDUC 4457. Humanities Block. (Social Studies in the Middle Grades). (3) Spring.
The interdisciplinary nature of social studies will be the focus for the study of
curriculum, methods, technology, and professional sources. An emphasis will be on the
planning for and developing resources for instruction, including the development of a
unit with emphasis on the Georgia QCC objectives on a chosen grade level.

EDUC 4458. Social Studies Block for Middle Grades.(3) Fall.
A study of middle grades social studies curriculum and methods emphasizing
interdisciplinary connections, geography, economics, anthropology, history, and
character education based upon QCC, national standards for social studies instruction,
and INTASC standards. This course includes a field experience component.

EDUC 4459. Diversity and Special Needs in the Middle Grades. (3) Interim
A study of identification and diagnostic techniques for teachers related to areas of
exceptionality among diverse populations. Major components or elements of culture will
be identified and explored. The socialization of microcultural groups will be studied.
Teachers will be placed in a diverse school system outside Troup County for field
experience. Participants will role play a Student Support Team (SST); study and apply
eligibility criteria for exceptional children's programs and write an Individual Education
Plan (IEP) as it relates to diversity and the middle grade student.

EDUC 4460. Diversity in the Elementary Classroom. (3) Interim.
This course looks at the ways schools support the issues of equality and equal
opportunity in the elementary classroom. This course includes a field experience in a
diverse school setting.

EDUC 4490M. Student Teaching in the Middle Grades. (12) Fall, Spring.
Middle grades pre-service teachers are placed on a team in a middle school for a
minimum of twelve weeks, gradually assuming total responsibility for the class. They
will teach in both areas of concentration and are evaluated through a rigorous
performance based assessment process based on national standards. They will participate
in classroom teaching and observation, planning and evaluation conferences, and other
school-related experiences with guidance provided by the cooperating teachers and
college supervisor. Several seminars will be held in conjunction with these experiences
and will address a variety of topics.

136

EDUC4490E. Early Childhood Student Teaching. (12) Fall, Spring.
This course provides a full-day teaching experience for certificate candidates who submit
an application by the published deadline. Candidates will be assigned to diverse public
schools and will gradually assume responsibility for working with groups and
individuals. Student Teachers will participate in classroom teaching and observation,
planning and evaluation conferences, and other school-related experiences with guidance
provided by the Cooperating Teacher(s) and college supervisor. Each Student Teacher
will teach for a designated period of time. Several seminars will be held in conjunction
with these experiences and will address a variety of topics.

137

ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE

Introduction

The Department of English Language and Literature offers a wide range of courses to
meet a variety of needs and demands: composition at basic, freshman, and advanced
levels; the literature of England and America; continental literature (in translation);
business and technical writing; journalism; and English for international students.

Objectives

The primary goal of courses in composition and literature is to help students become
competent readers and writers by providing them with challenging texts and ample
opportunities to practice their skills of critical thinking and expression. Toward this end,
the English faculty have set the following five objectives. All students completing the
core curriculum will:

demonstrate proficiency in expository writing with Standard American grammar,
English punctuation, and usage

demonstrate proficiency in critical reading

demonstrate ability to assimilate, organize, an develop ideas logically and
effectively

demonstrate an understanding of the rudiments of research-based writing

Objectives of English Major Courses

All students completing the baccalaureate program in English will be prepared to pursue
careers in which a broad knowledge of literature and a proficiency in critical reading,
critical thinking, and expository writing are important. They also will be prepared to
pursue graduate studies in English and in other professional areas such as law, medicine,
or journalism. In addition, students who wish to prepare for a career in teaching may do
so by completing a major in English. For each of these endeavors, English majors will
demonstrate the following:

an extensive knowledge of the development of British literature and American
literature from their origins to the present

a capacity for interpreting literature, reading critically, and expressing literary
ideas, both in oral discussion and in written work

an ability to bring informed critical and analytical judgement to bear on the study
of literary issues, both in oral discussion and in written work

a mastery of the techniques of literary research and the use of ML A style

a knowledge of Standard American English grammar, punctuation, and syntax

a knowledge of Standard American English usage

138

British Literature I. II

(6)

American Literature I, II

(6)

History of the English Language (required)

(3)

Advanced Grammar OR

Advanced Comp.

(3)

Chaucer OR

Shakespeare OR

Milton

(3)

00-level or above)

(15)

uired)

Senior Seminar

(3)

Senior Thesis

(2)

Requirements for English Majors

Before declaring English as a major, students must complete the CORE composition
classes (ENGL 1101 and 1 102) with no grade lower than a C. English majors are
required to take forty-three semester hours in English language and literature.

A. Introductory Course (required)

ENGL 2200 Introduction to English Studies (2)

B. Survey Courses (all required)

ENGL 2204, 2205
ENGL 2206, 2207

C. Language Courses

ENGL 3300
ENGL 3302
ENGL 3304

D. Single Author Courses

ENGL 4410
ENGL 4420
ENGL 4430

E. Five English Electives (

F. Senior Level Courses (required)

ENGL 4490
ENGL 4495

Foreign Language Requirement for English Majors: English majors must take a sequence
of four courses in a foreign language OR demonstrate a proficiency at the intermediate
level in that language.

Requirements for English Minors

A minor in English consists of 18 hours of courses above the 1000 level, three of which
must be at the 3000 level or above. CORE composition courses and literature courses
used to complete CORE requirements may not be counted for the English Minor.

Assessment

Success in achieving the objectives of the English major will be demonstrated on the
following ways:

completion of each major course with a grade of C or better

completion of an entrance and an exit examination

satisfactory performance on the senior thesis and its presentation

139

Students are required to take the ETS Major Field Achievement Test in Literature while
registered for ENGL 2200 and again while registered for ENGL 4490. Scores will be
compared to measure progress. Students preparing for graduate study in English or law
are encouraged to take the GRE or the LSAT.

Awards

The English Department gives two awards to outstanding senior English majors during
Honor's Day Convocation: the Walter D. Jones Award for Excellence in Composition and
Scholarship and the Murial B. Williams Award for Excellence in Literary Studies. The
first award is given to the student whose paper written for a major course is judged as
outstanding by an impartial panel of reviewers. The second award is given to the student
who is deemed by the English faculty to demonstrate the highest standards of scholarship
and contributes the most to the advancement of literary studies among English majors at
LaGrange College.

Writing Center

The Department of English Language and Literature maintains a Writing Center which is
located in Banks Library. This center serves the college community by providing advice
and support for student writers. The center is directed by a qualified professional who
trains upper-class students serving as peer writing consultants. The hours of the center
are posted each semester.

Course Descriptions (ENGL)

0100. Basic Composition. (3) Fall, Spring.

Instruction and practice in the fundamentals of expository writing, including paragraph

development, organization, logic, grammar, and mechanics.

1101. Composition I. (3) Fall, Spring.

Introduction to expository writing, emphasizing the essay form, the writing process, and
rhetorical modes of thesis development.

Prerequisite to all higher-numbered English courses.

1102. Composition II. (3) Fall, Spring.

Introduction to critical thinking and writing about literature, emphasizing reading
strategies, analytic writing, research techniques, and modes of documentation.
Prerequisite to all higher-numbered English courses.

140

1103. Composition III. (3) Fall.

Introduction to interdisciplinary writing, emphasizing research techniques and methods of

documentation. Students use conference days for library research, peer editing and

consultation.

Prerequisite to all higher-numbered English courses.

2200. Introduction to English Studies. (2) On demand.

A course required of all students majoring or minoring in English. Introduces students to
the academic discipline of English and focuses on the critical issues (past and present)
involved in English Studies. The course is open to all other students who are curious as
to the variety of career possibilities that await English majors and minors.
Prerequisites: ENGL 1101, 1102

2204. British Literature I. (3) Fall, Spring.

A survey of British Literature from the Anglo-Saxon Period through the Eighteenth
Century. Short critical essays required, with at least one entailing documentation.
Required of all English majors.

2205. British Literature II. (3) Fall, Spring.

A survey of British literature from the Romantics through the Modern/Postmodern
Period. Short critical essays required, with at least one entailing documentation.
Required of all English majors.

2206. American Literature I. (3) Fall, Spring.

A survey of American Literature from the Colonial period through American
Romanticism. Short critical essays required, with at lease one entailing documentation.
Required of all English majors.

2207. American Literature II. (3) Fall, Spring.

A survey of American literature from Realism and Naturalism through the
Modern/Postmodern Period. Short critical essays required, with at least one entailing
documentation. Required of all English majors.

2250. Introduction to Creative Writing. (3) Spring.

An introduction to fundamentals of imaginative writing. Analysis of professional

models; emphasis upon student work, especially poetry and fiction.

2260. Journalistic Writing I. (3) Fall, Spring.

An introduction to basic types of writing for newspapers: news, feature, interview,
review, and editorial.

2261. Journalistic Writing II. (3) Spring.

Advanced instruction and practice in writing news, features, and editorials. Course also
involves copy editing and layout and design of news pages.

Prerequisite: ENG 2260 or permission of the instructor.

141

Prerequisite to 3000-level or 4000-level courses: ENGL J 101, 1102, 2200

3300. History of the English Language. (3) On demand.

The historical development of the language; a study of its structure and its relation to

other tongues.

3302. Advanced Grammar. (3) On demand.

Studies of the main tenets of structural linguistics and transformational grammar with
some attention to the relation between linguistic theories and older theories about
language. Correlation of traditional grammar skills with modern linguistic theory.

3303. Advanced Composition. (3) On demand.

A course focusing upon writing nonfiction prose, exemplary for its clarity and finesse.
Open to all students, regardless of major, interested in strengthening written expression
beyond the level of "functional."

3306, 3308. Advanced Creative Writing Workshop. (3) On demand.
An advanced course in imaginative writing. Professional models studied, but student
writing emphasized. Workshop may concentrate on fiction or poetry exclusively, or a
combination of the two. May be repeated for credit if different genres are represented.

3312. Business Writing. (3) Fall.

A study of the basic communication skills needed to prepare business publications in

today's world. Special attention given to format and correct usage.

3314. Classical Backgrounds. (3) On demand.

An examination of major classics, in modern translation, of Greek, Roman, and Medieval

literature.

3316. Masterpieces of Continental Literature. (3) On demand.

Major European classics in translation from the Renaissance through the twentieth

century.

3320. Medieval Literature. (3) On demand.

A survey, mostly in Middle English, of English literature to about 1500, excluding works

of Chaucer.

3330. English Literature of the Renaissance. (3) On demand.
Renaissance English literature to about 1675, excluding Shakespeare..

3335. Development of English Drama. (3) On demand.

An examination of the development of English drama, excluding Shakespeare, from its

beginnings up to the Restoration.

142

3340. Restoration and Eighteenth-Century English Literature. (3) On demand.
Selected Restoration, Neoclassical, and Pre-Romantic English literature, excluding the
novel.

3345. The Rise of the English Novel. (3) On demand.

A study of the rise of the English novel with an emphasis upon selected works of the late

seventeenth century and eighteenth century novelists.

3350. Romanticism in English Poetry and Selected Prose. (3) On demand.

A study of selected major nineteenth century British prose and poetry, with emphasis

upon lyric verse.

3355. The English Novel in the Nineteenth Century. (3) On demand.
A study of the selected works of Romantic and Victorian novelists.

3360. Victorian Poetry and Selected Prose. (3) On demand.

A study of selected major Victorian prose and poetry, with emphasis on Tennyson,

Browning, and the Pre-Raphaelites.

3375. American Romanticism. (3) On demand.

Major Romantic writers of the United States through Whitman and Dickinson.

3380. Post Civil War American Literature. (3) On demand.

Major writers of the Realistic and Naturalistic movements in the United States.

3385. Southern American Literature. (3) On demand.

A study of major Southern writers from about 1815 to the present.

4400. Literary Theory and Modern Criticism. (3) On demand.

An introduction to literary theory integrated with a study of modern and postmodern

literary criticism.

4410. Chaucer. (3) On demand.

A survey of Chaucer's work including selections from periods of Italian and French
influence as well as The Canterbury Tales in medieval English. Consideration will also
be given to the progress of Chaucerian influence and criticism.

4420. Shakespeare. (3) On demand.

The development of Shakespeare's art, as reflected in selected individual plays or groups

of plays. May be repeated for credit if different plays are taught.

4430. Milton. (3) On demand.
Selected poetry and prose of Milton.

143

4440. Twentieth Century Fiction. (3) On demand.

A study of selected novels and short stories of Modern, Postmodern, and Contemporary

American and British fiction writers.

4450. Twentieth Century Poetry. (3) On demand.

A study of the chief American and British poets of the 20 th century, their verse

techniques, and their contributions to poetic art.

4460. Twentieth Century Drama. (3) On demand.

A study of chief American and British playwrights of the 20 th century, their dramatic

techniques, and their contributions to the dramatic arts.

4480. Special Topics in English. (3) On demand.

A course offered at the junior/senior level focusing upon a specialized topic in literature,

linguistics, or literary theory. May be repeated for credit if topic and materials change.

4490. Senior Seminar. (3) Interim Term

A course designed as the initial segment of the pair of capstone courses intended to guide
students through choosing and researching a major research project in English.
Immediately precedes ENGL 4495.
Prerequisite: Senior Standing

4495. Senior Thesis and Presentation. (2) Spring

Using the topic selected and the research materials identified in the Senior Seminar,
English majors will write and present orally an original research project.
Prerequisite: ENGL 4490

4499. Independent Study/Research. (3)

English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL)

LaGrange College has always been interested in the world community, seeking to foster
goodwill and understanding by interpreting the global village at home and cultures here
and abroad. One of the means to further this objective is through international students
who pursue a degree at LaGrange College. American students have an opportunity to
learn from them, and the international students in turn not only gain a liberal arts degree
but also the language and customs of Americans.

To assist the international student in acquiring the English language skills necessary for
academic study and promote their understanding of American ways, the college offers
intensive language study. Normally such students have two full semesters, intermediate
level and advanced with an interim short travel course. The intermediate semester in the
beginning, normally in the fall, emphasizes hearing and speaking skills with fundamental
grammar familiarization. The study is learner centered. Basic reading and writing skills
are practiced with increasing concentration and difficulty toward the goal of academic

144

fluency in comprehension and performance. American customs and culture are studied at
a survival level initially graduating to a deeper level considering the complexities of our
society. Formal listening and note-taking skills are initiated as the course moves toward
completion. The advanced level emphasizes reading, listening, and formal speaking skills
practiced in the academic setting. Materials reflect the basic academic level of language
usage. The students are concurrently enrolled in English 0100, a composition course
which has an exit exam required for admission to English 1101.

LaGrange College has a profound commitment to the language arts, and students who
successfully complete the ESOL program should be able to handle the rigors of academic
study in English and feel confident of themselves in the American classroom and campus.

Course Descriptions (ESOL)

ESOL 0010. English Workshop for International Students. (6) Summer
An intensive summer course to develop a basic ability in English for beginners that will
enable them to pursue intermediate study in the fall program. Students learn features of
American culture and become acquainted with academic life.
Prerequisite : None

ESOL 0011. English for International Students I. (12) Fall
A course to develop college level competence and fluency in English for Speakers of
Other Languages. Students develop competence and performance in the English
language, specifically to promote listening and reading comprehension, and speaking and
basic writing skills.

Prerequisite: ESOL 0010 or sufficient English competence to follow the course
measured by either a TOEFL or PRE-TOEFL TEST

ESOL 0012. English for International Students II. (9) Spring

A course to develop college level competence and fluency in English for Speakers of

Other Languages. Students advance in their competence and performance in Standard

American English as well as becoming familiar with American academic practices and

expectations.

Prerequisite: ESOL 001 1 or sufficient English competence to follow the course
measured by either a TOEFL or PRE-TOEFL TEST

ESOL 0014. Advanced English Skills and TOEFL Preparation. (3) Interim

A course to achieve superior ability in the use of Standard American English verified by

high scores on the TOEFL.

Prerequisite: ESOL 0011

145

GENERAL SCIENCE

Introduction

The purpose of the general science course at LaGrange College is twofold:

1) An elective science course that is oriented toward developing critical thinking,
problem solving and reasoning skills

2) A support course for the education program for preparation for elementary and
middle school teachers.

Course Description (GSCI)

1102. Earth and the Environment (3 hrs. lee, 2 hrs. lab per week) (4) Fall
A study of a number of important geologic processes and the hazards and/or resources
they present to individuals, society and the earth's environment. The course also
considers the consequences of humanity's interaction with these processes and the
physical environment

146

HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION

Introduction

The curriculum in the Department of Health and Physical Education is composed of two
programs. The physical education activities program offers a selection of physical skills
classes. These classes are designed to promote physical skill development as well as
knowledge in a variety of activity areas including physical fitness and conditioning,
aquatics, lifetime leisure pursuits, and traditional team sports.

Objectives

Two minor programs in physical education/athletics are available. An 18-hour
coursework minor in coaching is available to any student. Students completing the minor
in coaching will:

demonstrate knowledge of the profession of athletics.

understand professional practices, issues, trends, and literature essential for
effective coaching.

demonstrate appropriate professional behaviors for athletic coaching.

Criteria for completion of this minor are stipulated below.

Required Core for the Physical Education/Coaching Minor

HPED 3305 Sports Psychology 3 hours

HPED 3310 Coaching Theory and Methods 3

HPED 3312 Principles of Strength, Conditioning, and Nutrition for Athletes 3

9 hours

Select two (2) courses from the following

HPED 2202 Sports Statistics 3 hours

HPED 3302 Organization and Administration of P. E. and Athletics 3

HPED 3332 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries/Illnesses 3

HPED 3390 Seminar and Lab Practice in Physical Education 6 hours

A 15-hour coursework minor also is available in physical education. Students
completing the minor in physical education will 1) demonstrate knowledge of the
profession of physical education; 2) understand professional practices, issues, trends, and
literature essential for effective teaching; 3) demonstrate appropriate professional
behaviors for classroom management. This minor is designed in consultation with the
department chair in Health and Physical Education.

147

Criteria for Completion of the Physical Education/ Coaching Minors

satisfactorily complete all course work requirements.

maintain a minimum 2.5 cumulative G. P. A.

current certification in Community First Aid/CPR.

Course Descriptions (HPED)

1153. Camp Leadership and Program. (3) On demand.

A study of camping in an organized setting and of the leadership skills necessary for the
implementation of the camp program.

1154. Community First/Aid/CPR. (3) On demand.

Identification of emergency situations and selection of correct response. Certification in
American Red Cross standard first aid and adult, child and infant rescue breathing and
cardiopulmonary resuscitation.

1155. Lifeguard Training. (3) Spring..

Development of competencies in swimming and lifeguarding techniques, swimming
speed and endurance. American Red Cross lifeguard training and cardiopulmonary
resuscitation for the professional rescuer certification.

Prerequisites: Current Standard First Aid Certification; Passing of the following
practical exams on the first day of class; 500 yd. continuous swim
(crawl, breast stroke and sidestroke); treading water for two
minutes with legs only and retrieving a brick from the deep end of
the pool.

1156. Water Safety Instructor. (3) Spring.

Develop competencies in swimming stroke and instructional techniques. Certification in
Red Cross WSI which enables one to teach all levels of the Learn to Swim Program,
Basic and Emergency Water Safety courses.

2202. Sports Statistics. (3) On demand.

Techniques of recording sports statistics and maintaining scorebooks are the focus of this

class.

2251. Introduction to Physical Education. (3) Spring.
Introduction to the career possibilities in physical education.

3302. Organization and Administration of Recreational

and Physical Education Programs. (3) Fall.
A study of the organization and administration of instructional, intramural, and
interscholastic activity programs. Special emphasis on the selection, purchase, and care
of safe equipment and facilities as well as on the legal requirements for providing and
maintaining safe programs and facilities.

148

3305. Sports Psychology. (3) Fall.

A study of human behavior in the context of the sporting experience and how
performance is affected by the interactions of the coach, athletes and the environment.
Emphasis will be on motivation, personality, attributions, disengagement from sport,
aggression, leadership, and communication patterns.

3306. Techniques of Sports Officiating. (3) On demand.

Techniques of officiating athletic events; knowledge of the rules of selected sports.

3310. Coaching Theory and Methods. (3) Fall.

Analysis of teaching skills and techniques of the different interscholastic sports in high

schools.

3312. Principles of Strength Conditioning and Nutrition for Athletes. (3) Fall.
Examination of proper techniques, concepts, and applications of exercise science.
Nutritional principles as these relate to athletic performance also are included.

3313. Leadership in Physical Education and Athletics. (3) On demand.

A study of the leadership skills necessary to implement and conduct physical activity
programs and functions.

3320. Methods in Health and Physical Education
in the Elementary School. (3) On demand.
A study of the objectives, materials, activities, and curricula appropriate for elementary
school physical education and health. Supervised observation and practical experiences
in the elementary schools.

3331. Personal Health Issues. (3) Spring.

A study of basic issues and principles in health. Topics include fitness, diet and weight
control, nutrition, human sexuality, stress management, death education, aging, and drug
and alcohol education.

3332. Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries/Illnesses. (3) Spring.

A study of the injuries and illnesses occurring in athletics. Topics include but are not
limited to: heat exhaustion, heat stroke, abdominal injuries, injury management,
emergency triage, anatomical instability, blood borne pathogens, and mechanics of
injury.

Prerequisites'. HPED 33 1 2 or permission of instructor.

3352. Physiology of Exercise. (3) On demand.

A study of the effects of exercise on the major systems of the human body, including
cardiorespiratory, neuromuscular, glandular, and digestive. Effects of heat, altitude, and
ergogenic aids on the human body during exercise arealso included.
Prerequisites: BIOL 1 148- BIOL 1 149

149

3390. Seminar and Lab Practice in Physical Education. (3) Fall, Spring.
Leadership experience under staff supervision; problems seminar.

4400. Field Placement in Recreational Management. (3) On demand.
Directed observation and participation in recreational management and supervisory
situations.

Prerequisites: Senior standing, recommendation by the department chair in
health and physical education

Physical Education Activities (PEDU)

The physical education activity program is designed to provide opportunities for learning
or enhancing those skills necessary to participate in leisure time activities throughout the
life cycle. Special emphasis also is given to activities which improve one's physical
fitness and condition. All courses carry one semester hour of credit and count toward the
hours needed for graduation.

1102. Beginning Archery. (1) Fall, Spring.

Basic competencies in archery techniques and safety with experiences in target shooting.

1103. Badminton. (1) Spring.

Introduction to the skills, strategies, and rules of badminton

1104. Basketball. (1) Fall.

Basic competencies in the techniques, strategies, and rules of basketball.

1105. Jogging. (1) Fall, Spring.

Participation in progressive running programs designed to increase cardiovascular
endurance.

1107. Bowling. (1) On demand.

Introduction to the basic skills and rules of bowling. Course conducted at local bowling
lanes.

1108. Physical Conditioning. (1) Fall, Spring.

Basic assessment, maintenance, and improvement of over-all physical fitness.

1109. Beginning Golf. (1) Fall, Spring.

Introduction to the basic skills, strategies, and rules of golf. Field trips to city golf
courses.

1111. Softball. (1) Spring.

Basic competencies and knowledge of rules and strategies of softball.

150

1112. Beginning Tennis. (1) Fall, Spring.

Introduction to the basic skills, strategies, and rules of tennis.

1114. Volleyball. (1) Fall, Spring.

Basic competencies in the techniques, strategies, and rules of volleyball.

1116. Personal Fitness. (1) Spring.

Introduction to diet and weight control techniques as well as assessment and maintenance

of personal fitness.

1120. Karate. (1) On demand.

Basic competencies and skills in karate techniques.

1121. Bicycling. (1) On demand.

Introduction to the basic equipment, safety, and techniques of cycling including training
and racing strategies. Weekend field trips.

1122. Weightlifting/plyometrics. (1) Fall, Spring.

Introduction to exercises that are geared toward increasing speed, power, and jumping
ability. A basic overview of the physiological factors involved in the exercises will be
included.

1123. Beginning Swimming. (1) Spring.

Introduction to the aquatic environment with emphasis on competence in primary
swimming and safety skills and stroke readiness.

1124. Intermediate/Advanced Swimming. (1) Fall.

Development and refinement of key swimming strokes. Introduction to turns, surface
dives, and springboard diving.

Prerequisite: HPED 1 123 or equivalent skills.

1130. SCUBA. (1) Fall.

Develop competencies in safe diving techniques and practices as well as safe use of
SCUBA diving equipment. PADI open Water Diver Certification available upon
completion of course and optional trip for checkout dives.

Prerequisite: HPED 1 124 or equivalent intermediate swimming skills.

1156. Canoeing. (1) Fall, Spring.

Fundamental canoeing skills emphasized. Field trips to lake facilities and overnight

camping experience are provided to give extensive opportunities for recreational

canoeing.

1158. Backpacking. (1) Fall, Spring.

Introduction to basic equipment, safety, and techniques of trail camping. Extensive field

trips to state and national trails.

151

1159. Sailing. (1) Spring.

Basic sailing competencies and understanding with experiences in fundamental racing
strategy. Field trips to lake facilities.

1160. Snow Skiing. (1) Spring.

Introduction to basic techniques, safety, and equipment of snow skiing. Field trip to area
ski facilities.

1161. Rhythmic Aerobics. (1) Fall, Spring.

A conditioning course in which exercise is done to musical accompaniment for the
purpose of developing cardiovascular efficiency, strength and flexibility.

1162. Hiking, Orienteering, and Camping. (1) Fall, Spring.

Introduction to basic techniques of tent camping, map, and compass work. Field trips to
nearby campgrounds and forest lands.

1164. Water Aerobics. (1) Spring.

Development of cardiorespiratory endurance, flexibility, body composition, and muscle
endurance/tone through vigorous water exercise. The resistance of the water makes this
course an excellent choice for the beginner as well as the well-conditioned athletes, and
for the swimmer as well as the non-swimmer.

1165. Aqua Fitness. (1) Fall.

Development and/or maintenance of cardiovascular fitness through various aquatic
activities including water jogging, circuit training, and water resistance training. Students
will learn to use various aquatic equipment to implement their personal training.
Prerequisite: HPED 1 123 or equivalent beginning swimming skills.

152

HISTORY

Introduction

The faculty of the Department of History believe that all persons, whatever their selected
role in life, require an understanding of their past in order to prepare for their future. The
faculty firmly believes that the liberal ails preparation, which encompasses courses from
the discipline of history, provides the student with the most appropriate educational
background for life by integrating knowledge from the broadest range of disciplines. The
objective of the Department of History is to provide each student at LaGrange College
with knowledge of the historical forces which have shaped civilization as we know it.

Objectives

; To achieve the objective set forth above the faculty seeks to:

provide every student with a basic understanding of the historical forces which
have contributed to the development of civilization.

develop in every student an understanding and appreciation of his/her civilization
which is a part of the world community.

The faculty of the department believes that students who select to complete a major
course of study in history should have the foundation knowledge and understanding of
the discipline, developed by classroom instruction and individual study, necessary to
provide them with the opportunity to:

pursue graduate study within the discipline.

pursue a professional degree in a selected field of study.

pursue employment as a teacher in pre-collegiate education.

seek employment in a field such as government, entry level historic
documentation and preservation, social or historic entry level research, or a field
where their liberal arts preparation can be beneficially utilized.

Graduates of the Department of History may be found pursuing careers in business, law,
education, politics and government, broadcasting, journalism, the ministry and other
fields of endeavor. In all of these endeavors our graduates have found that their
education has provided a foundation for their careers and for their growth in life.

The Department of History offers the following major in history:
A) Introductory Courses:

HIST 1 101 and 1 102 World Civilization
HIST 1 1 1 1 and 1 1 12 United States History
These are required courses for the major.

153

We strongly encourage the history major to pursue the widest possible liberal arts
preparation by the careful selection of courses from the core program structure.

B) Two courses from:

HIST 3307 Social and Intellectual History of the United States

HIST 3308 American Diplomatic History

HIST 3310 -331 1 Constitutional History of the United States

Two courses from:

HIST 3301 Greco-Roman world

HIST 3310 Middle Ages

HIST 3320 Renaissance and Reformation

Two courses from:

HIST 3372 Europe 1 660- 1 870

HIST 3374 Europe 1 870 - the Present

HIST 4490 Senior History Seminar is required of all majors

Total - 33 hours

C) An additional nine semester hours of 3000 and 4000 level history courses are
required. The total major course requirements are 33 semester hours credit
beyond 1000 level courses.

Success in achieving the objectives established for the major will be demonstrated as
follows:

successful completion of each major course with a grade of C or better.

successful completion of the senior history seminar and defense of the senior
thesis before the students and faculty of the department.

successful completion of a major field examination during their senior year.

Those wishing to major in history are encouraged to declare their major during the
beginning of the spring semester of their sophomore year. Successful completion of
History 1101-1 102 and History 1111-1112 before entering the major is highly desirable.

Upper level courses in history, those numbered 3000 or above (with the exception of
HIST 4490), are available to all students who have successfully completed ten hours from
the history offerings in the core program

Course Descriptions (HIST)

1101. World Civilization I. (3) Fall, Spring.

Survey course on the development of world civilization up to 1660.

154

1102. World Civilization II. (3) Spring.

Survey course on the development of world civilization from 1660 to the present.

1111. History of the United States to 1865. (3) Fall, Spring.

Emphasis on the Colonial, Revolutionary, early national, and Civil War periods.

1112. History of the United States, 1865 to the Present. (3) Fall, Spring.
Emphasis on Reconstruction, liberal nationalism, New Deal, and postwar periods.

3301. Greco-Roman World. (3) Fall 2001.

A study of Greco-Roman civilization from its birth in ancient Greece through the
collapse of the western Roman empire in the fifth century A.D.

3302. The Middle Ages, 350-1350. (3) Spring 2002.

This course offers a comprehensive study of the development of medieval civilization
from the late fifth century to the late fourteenth century.

3306. History of the South. (3) Fall 2000.

Emphasis on the antebellum, Civil War, Reconstruction, and New South periods.

3307. Social and Intellectual History of the United States. (3) Spring 2001.

A review of ideas and patterns of thought, the role of social, ethnic, and racial groups,
and the major institutions of American society.

3308. American Diplomatic History. (3) Fall 2001.

Emphasis on the procedure for developing foreign policy as well as diplomatic history.

3310. Constitutional History of the United States to 1900. (3) Fall 2001.
An analysis of fundamental constitutional development from 1776 to present.

Prerequisites: HIST 1111 and HIST 1112

3311. Constitutional History of the United States
1901 to the Present. (3) On demand.

An analysis of fundamental constitutional development from 1901 to the present

3312. Economic History of the United States. (3) On demand.
American economic development from colonial times to the present.

3315. Georgia History. (3) On demand.

A study of Georgia History from the pre-colonial period to the present with emphasis on

the historical, social, economic and political development of the State.

3320. The Renaissance and the Reformation, 1350 - 1600. (3) Spring 2002.
This course offers a detailed study of the civilization of Renaissance and Reformation
Europe. Primary focus will be placed on the artistic and religious achievements of the
period 1350 to 1600.

155

3330. The Medieval Church and Papacy. (3) On demand.

This course will examine the institutional and cultural history of the medieval church,

with special emphasis on the role of the papacy, and its impact on medieval civilization.

3340. Medieval Kings and Queens. (3) On demand.

A survey of medieval kings and queens and their influence on the development of
medieval civilization.

3341. Russia to 1856. (3) Fall 2001.

A comprehensive survey of the Russian historical development from the appearance of
the Kievan State in the 9 th century through the Crimean War.

3342. Russia 1856 to the Present. (3) Spring 2002.
An examination of the Imperial Russian state.

3350. Renaissance and Renascences. (3) On demand.

An examination of the great cultural revivals from the age of Charlemagne to the age of

Michaelangelo.

3360. Social Science Methods. (3) On demand.

A general survey course in methodology for the prospective secondary teacher.

3361. History of England to 1689. (3) Fall.

A political, economic, social, and cultural history of England from 1689 to the present.

3362. History of England from 1689 to Present. (3) Spring 2001.

A political, economic, social and cultural history of England from 1689 to present.

3372. Europe 1660-1870. (3) Fall 2000.

A comprehensive survey of European history from the reign of Louis XIV through the

rise of the modern German state in 1870.

3374. Europe 1870 to the Present. (3) Spring 200 1 .

A comprehensive survey of European history from the Bismarckian Era to the present.

3378. European Diplomatic History: 1890 to the Present. (3) On demand.

A detailed examination of European international relations from 1890, then end of the

Bismarkian system to the present.

4416. Twentieth Century America. (3) On demand.

An intensive study of the United States during the twentieth century.

4478. Contemporary Europe. (3) On demand.

An examination of European history focusing on major issues since 1945.

156

4490. Senior History Seminar. (3) Spring.

A study of historiography and research methods and materials.

Prerequisites: Senior History Major or permission of the professor and the Chair
of the Department. This course may only be attempted twice.

157

HUMAN SERVICES

Introduction

A student majoring in Human Services will pursue a concentration in Social Work. A
concentration in Criminal Justice is available only to students accepted into the program
prior to Summer 2000.

The goals of the Human Services major are to prepare graduates for beginning generalist
social work practice with individuals, families, groups, organizations, and communities
from the perspective of an understanding of humanity, society, and the world and to
provide graduates with the educational background necessary to pursue graduate study in
social work.

Objectives

Social Work Concentration

A student who graduates from LaGrange College with a Human Services major will:

understand the history of the social welfare institution and the social work
profession, including their current structures, issues, and interrelationship, as the
context for their practice.

practice within the values, ethics, and metatheories of the social work profession.

function within the structure of organizations and service delivery systems, and
under supervision, utilize strategies for seeking necessary organizational and
systemic change.

utilize cognitive, empathic and analytic skills to understand their clients,
individually and collectively, as well as the social systems that affect them.

utilize knowledge of bio-psycho-social-spiritual variables that affect individual
development and action, and utilize theoretical frameworks to understand the
interactions among individuals and between individuals and social systems (e.g.,
families, groups, organizations, and communities), and to intervene in
dysfunctional interactions.

practice with an understanding of and respect for the positive value of human
diversity.

understand policy (federal, state, local, and agency) and its effect on clients,
workers, and agencies, and intervene in policy in the interest of their clients.

understand the forms and mechanisms of human discrimination and oppression,
and utilize strategies that advance social and economic justice.

utilize generalist human service values, knowledge, and skills differentially with
human systems of all sizes and types, professional colleagues, agency support
staff, and community members.

158

understand and utilize their "self professionally in relationship with clients,

colleagues, and others related to their practice.

evaluate empirical and theoretical findings and apply them to practice; participate

in research processes; and, under supervision, evaluate their own practice

interventions and those of other relevant systems.

utilize supervision, consultation, literature, conferences, and other personal and

professional support systems to further their own development and renewal.

Course Requirements
Social Work Concentration

(1) Core program requirements

(2) HUSV 1 146, 2247, 2253, 2299, 3306 or 3307, 33 1 1

4490, and 4491
PSYC 1 101, 3302, 3321, and 3350
MATH 1 1 14, or MATH 33 1 6 or PSYC 2298
Three additional hours in Human Services or
Psychology to be chosen in consultation
with his/her advisor

Total

Assessment

The accomplishment of the Human Services major objectives will be demonstrated by the
I following:

1. Satisfaction of all course requirements including Supervised practicum.

2. (A) A score of 80% or better on the State of Georgia Merit System Exam in one of
the following areas:

1. Senior Caseworker

2. Behavior Technician

3. Court Service Worker

4. Probation/Parole Office
OR

An interview with an examination by a panel of social work/criminal justice
administrators.
OR
(B) An acceptable score on a test administered by the department. Normally, this test
will be given during the student's final quarter at LaGrange College.

27 hours

12 hours

3 hours

45 hours

159

Career Options

Students who complete the social work concentration have career options that include the
following:

1. Social Service

2. Mental Health Services

3. Youth Services

4. Correction Services

Course Descriptions

Social Work Concentration (HUSV)

1146. Introduction to Sociology. (3) Fall and Spring.

Using a service-learning approach, this course covers the nature of society. Special
emphasis will be placed on social processes, social institutions and social change.
A prerequisite to all 3000 & 4000 level courses.

1148. Introduction to Anthropology. (3) Fall and Spring.
A general introduction to physical and cultural anthropology.

2247. The Family. (3) Fall.

Using a service-learning approach, this course provides basic information on how
marriage and the family affect both individuals and society.
No prerequisites.

2253. Social Problems. (3) Spring.

Using a service-learning approach, selected social problems such as poverty, ethnic
relations, the population explosion and pollution are examined from a macrosociological
point of view. How sociological insights can inform value judgments concerning social
structural conditions will be emphasized.
No prerequisites.

2299. Introduction to Social Work & Social Welfare. (3) Fall.
An introduction to the knowledge base of social work practice. Basic practice principles
will be formulated through the use of assigned reading, volunteer experiences in social
agencies, and class discussion. Particular attention will be given to students' self-
awareness as they establish helping relationships within agency settings. Attention will
also be given to understanding how social workers define human need and mediate the
problems of people in the context of the social environment. Open to all students with
sophomore standing or above.

3302. Social Change. (3) On demand.

An examination of the process determining social change.

160

3306. Juvenile Delinquency. (3) Fall.

An analysis of the nature and causes of juvenile delinquency and an evaluation of
treatment or preventive programs.

3307. Criminology. (3) Spring.

A study of criminal behavior and its treatment. An overview of treatment of the offender
by means of imprisonment, probation and parole.

3308. Cultural and Social Anthropology. (3) Spring.

A study of comparative cultures and social structures with special emphasis upon the
ethnography of primitive people.

3311. Social Work Methods. (3) Fall.

An introduction to social work practice with individuals, families, groups, organizations,
and communities. Assigned readings and social work process records provided by the
instructor or contributed from the students' own field practicum experiences will be used
to begin to acquire knowledge and skills required by social work practitioners.
Prerequisites: HUSV 1 146 and HUSV 2299

3312. Groups & Adventure-Based Therapy. (3) Spring.

An introduction to the basic issues and key concepts of therapeutic group process. Also
with a special emphasis on experiential outdoor therapy, such as teambuilding, ropes
courses and wilderness-based therapeutic programs. Requires off-campus trips lasting
from one-day to a full weekend.

Prerequisites: HUSV 1 146 and HUSV 2299

4490. Supervision in Human Services. (3) Fall, Spring.

: Processing and supplementary supervision for students engaged in practicum.
Prerequisites: HUSV 1 146, HUSV 2299 and HUSV 3311.
Co-requisite: HUSV 4491.

4491. Human Services Field Practicum. (6) Fall, Spring.

Supervised human services practice and observation in a human services agency.
Students carry beginning, direct-service responsibilities.

Prerequisites: HUSV 1 146, HUSV 2299 and HUSV 33 1 1.

Co-requisite: HUSV 4490.

Criminal Justice Concentration (CJUS)

1100. Firearms Familiarization. (1)

This course provides the criminal justice student with the basic knowledge of proper use
and safe handling of a handgun for the purpose of self-defense within the boundaries of
the law.

161

1101. Introduction and Law Enforcement. (3)

A very broad orientation and introduction to the field of law enforcement

1102. Introduction to Corrections. (3)

A course designed to provide an overview of the United States correctional system.

1103. Police Administration. (3)

A study of police organizations and their related managerial functions.

1104. Introduction to Police Operations. (1)

A course designed to provide students with the basic knowledge of how a police
department functions within the realm of city ordinances, state and federal laws.

3301. Criminal Law I. (3)

An overview of criminal procedure from arrest and trial through appeal.

3302. Criminal Law II. (3)

A review and analysis of the elements of American criminal statutes.

3303. Criminal Investigation. (3)

A study of the scientific, procedural and intuitive aspects of the investigation of crimes
against persons and property.

3306. Juvenile Delinquency. (3)

An analysis of the nature and causes of juvenile delinquency and an evaluation of
treatment or preventative programs in this area of behavior.

3307. Criminology. (3)

A study of criminal behavior and its treatment. An overview of treatment of the offender
by means of imprisonment, probation, and parole.

162

LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES AND MODERN
LANGUAGES

Introduction

Latin American Studies is a new and growing program at LaGrange College. It is an
interdisciplinary program that introduces the student to the cultural diversity and richness
of Latin America and its people. Due to the increasing presence and importance of
Latinos in the United States, a minor in Latin American Studies enhances one's career
opportunities and effectiveness in such fields as business, government, health care,
journalism, law, and social work.

Objectives

While the minor in Latin American Studies currently requires 6 hours of Spanish
language study, students are encouraged to take more Spanish courses in order to develop
basic conversational fluency. In addition, study abroad is strongly encouraged because it
provides the student with total cultural immersion. At present the College offers only a
minor in Latin American Studies; yet, the hope is to expand and to be able to provide a
major in the near future.

A minor in Latin American Studies consists of the following 18 hours of course work:
Spanish courses - 6 hrs.

LAST 1 104 Latin American Culture 3 hrs.

LAST 2000 Introduction to Latin American Studies 3 hrs.

LAST 3110 Special Topics 3 hrs.

3000 level elective 3 hrs.

Course Descriptions (LAST)

1104. Introduction to Latin American Culture. (3) Fall 2000.

A study of the art, literature, history, and anthropology of Latin America (fulfills LANG

2000 requirement)

1199. Latin American Travel Seminar. (1-9)

A travel-study seminar which provides valuable educational experience through close
contact with the contemporary life and civilization of a selected Latin American country.
Basic academic preparation in the history and customs of the target culture is undertaken
before departure.

Prerequisites: SPAN 101, SPAN 102 and SPAN 103 or permission of instructor
and chair of Latin American Studies.

163

2000. Introduction to Latin American Studies. (3) Spring 2001.
An interdisciplinary approach to the people, culture, development and identity of Latin
America. Attention will be given to such topics as art, class, economics, gender, history,
literature, music, politics, race and religion.

3001. Survey of Latin American Literature I. (3)

A general survey of contemporary Latin American literature.

3002. Survey of Latin American Literature II. (3)

Focuses on the works of a current major Latin American writer or writers.

3110. Special Topics. (3) Spring 2001

A study of selected topics from a specific discipline. Since the focus of this course

changes frequently, this course may be repeated for credit.

3210. Latin American Politics. (3)

This course examines the dynamics of Latin American politics. The class will be divided
into three overlapping themes: political development, economic growth, and political
violence.

3930. Intercultural Communications. (3) Fall

A study of the cultural risks confronting the business manager in an international

environment. This course will survey the differences in values and codes of behavior

among a number of cultures with the primary focus being on Latin America. This course

will give the student the opportunity to learn how to read and respond to the

organizational culture of regulators, business associates and customers across cultural

borders.

Spanish

As the Latino population increases in the United States, the ability to speak Spanish is
becoming an asset if not a necessity in the market place. This need is already occurring
in such diverse fields as business, education, health care, law, and social work. In order
to better prepare our students to meet this growing need in their future fields, we offer a
major and minor in Spanish. While not required, study abroad is strongly encouraged for
both our majors and minors to improve language fluency and cultural awareness.

A major in Spanish consists of a total of 36 hours. Thirty of these hours are in Spanish
courses above 1 102. Required courses are as follows:

SPAN 2 1 03 Intermediate Spanish I 3 hrs.

SPAN 2 1 05 Intermediate Spanish II 3 hrs.

SPAN 2106 Introduction to Hispanic Literature 3 hrs

SPAN 3000 Spanish Conversation and Composition I 3 hrs.

SPAN 3001 Spanish Conversation and Composition II 3 hrs.

164

SPAN 3002 Hispanic Culture and Civilization 3 hrs.

SPAN 4000 Latin American Literature 3 hrs.

SPAN 4001 Peninsular Spanish Literature 3 hrs.

SPAN electives in 3000 level Spanish course or above 6 hrs

The remaining six hours of the major consists of two Latin American Studies electives.

A minor in Spanish consists of 18 hours. Fifteen of these hours are in Spanish courses
above Spanish 1 102. Required courses are as follows:

SPAN 2103 Intermediate Spanish I 3 hrs.

SPAN 2105 Intermediate Spanish II 3 hrs.

SPAN 2106 Introduction to Hispanic Literature 3 hrs.

SPAN 3000 Spanish Conversation and Composition 3 hrs

SPAN 3001 Spanish Conversation and Composition 3 hrs.

Plus:

SPAN Spanish elective 3 hrs.

(3000 level Spanish course or above)

Course Descriptions (SPAN)

1101. Elementary Spanish I. (3) Fall 2000 and 2001.

A course for beginners with intensive practice in pronunciation, essentials of grammar,
and reading of simple prose.

1102. Elementary Spanish II. (3) Spring 2001 and 2002.
A continuation of Spanish 1101.

2103. Intermediate Spanish I. (3) Fall 2000 and 2001.

A review of grammar and syntax with practice in reading selected texts.

2105. Intermediate Spanish II. (3) Spring 2000 and 2001.
A continuation of Spanish 2103.

Prerequisite: SPAN 2103 or permission of instructor.

2106. Introduction to Hispanic Literature. (3) Spring.

An introductory course designed to introduce the intermediate level language student to
reading and analyzing short literary works in Spanish.

Prerequisite: SPAN 2103 or permission of the instructor.

165

2199. Latin American Seminar. (1-9)

A travel-study seminar which provides valuable educational experience through close
contact with the contemporary life and civilization of a selected Spanish-speaking
country. Basic academic preparation in the history and customs of the target culture is
undertaken before departure.

Prerequisites: SPAN 1101, SPAN 1 102, and SPAN 1 103 or permission of
instructor and chair of Latin American Studies.

3000. Spanish Conversation and Composition I. (3) Fall 2001

A course stressing practice in speaking and writing Spanish. Not open to students fluent
in Spanish.

Prerequisite: SPAN 1 105 or permission of instructor.

3001. Spanish Conversation and Composition II. (3) Summer 2002
A continuation of Spanish 3000.

Prerequisite: SPAN 3000 or permission of instructor.

3002. Hispanic Culture and Civilization. (3) Fall 2001.

This course provides an overview of Spain's and Latin America's cultures and
civilizations.

Prerequisite: SPAN 2106 or permission of instructor.

3110. Special Topics. (3) Fall, Summer 2001, 2002.

The further development of Spanish language skills by focusing on a variety of
professions or fields of study. Since the focus of this course changes frequently, this
course may be repeated for credit.

Prerequisite: SPAN 1 103 or permission of instructor.

4000. Latin American Literature. (3) Spring 2002.

An advanced course designed to introduce the student to Latin America's major literary
movements and writers.

Prerequisite: SPAN 2106 or permission of instructor.

4001. Peninsular Spanish Literature. (3) Summer 2001.

An advanced course designed to introduce the students to Spain's major literary
movements and writers.

Prerequisite: SPAN 2106 or permission of instructor.

4002. Latin American Women Writers. (3) On demand.

This course will introduce the student to major contemporary Latin American and Latina
women writers. Writers and works to be studied will change periodically.

Prerequisite: SPAN 4000 or SPAN 4001 or permission of instructor.

166

Modern Languages

The program in Modern Language is administered by the department of Latin American
Studies. Courses are taught in Spanish, French, German and other modern languages
(under the LANG label).

French (FREN)

1101. Beginning French I. (3) Fall 2000 and 2001.

A course for beginners with intensive practice in pronunciation, essentials of grammar,
and reading of simple prose.

1102. Beginning French II. (3) Spring 2001 and 2002.
A continuation of French 1101.

Prerequisite: FREN 1101 or permission of instructor.

2103. Beginning French III. (3) Fall 2000 and 2001.
A continuation of French 1 102 with additional readings.

Prerequisite: FREN 1 102 or permission of instructor.

2104. Intermediate French. (3) Spring 2001 and 2002.

A systematic and thorough review of French grammar with emphasis on the production
of speech. Not open to students fluent in French.

Prerequisite: FREN 2103 or permission of instructor

2199. Francophone Travel Seminar. (1-9)

A travel-study seminar composed of preliminary academic preparation followed by
contact with the target culture through travel in the selected French-speaking country.
Prerequisite: FREN 1101, FREN 1 102,and FREN 1 103 or permission of
instructor and chair of Latin American Studies.

German (GERM)

1101. Beginning German 1. (3) Fall 2000 and 2001.

A course for beginners with intensive practice in pronunciation, essentials of grammar,
and reading of simple prose.

1102. Beginning German II. (3) Spring 2001 and 2002.
A continuation of German 1101.

Prerequisite: GERM 1101 or permission of instructor.

167

Other Languages and Culture (LANG)

1101. Beginning Language I. (3) On demand.
A course for beginners with intensive practice in oral communications, pronunciation,
essentials of grammar, and where possible, reading of simple prose.

1102. Beginning Language II. (3) Fall 2000.
A continuation of Language 1101.

Prerequisite: LANG 1101 or equivalent.

1103. Beginning Language III. (3) On demand.
A continuation of Language 1 102

Prerequisite: LANG 1 102 or equivalent.

1199. Language Travel Seminar (1-9) On demand

A travel-study seminar which provides further preparation in the target language and
culture through travel in a country which speaks the language. Academic work is
determined by the course instructor.

Prerequisites: LANG 1101, LANG 1 102, and LANG 1 103 or consent of
instructor and chair of Latin American Studies.

2000. Culture and Civilization of a Selected Country. (3)

A survey of the civilization and culture of one of the major societies of the world. The
course examines the culture's social and political development, its customs and traditions,
and its contributions to the global community in terms of art, music and literature. (LAST
1 104 can fill this requirement.)

2104. Intermediate Language. (3) On demand.

An intensive review of the language grammar with emphasis on the production of speech.

Not open to students fluent in the language.

* Note: These courses are available so that a language other than French, German, or
Spanish may be available from time-to-time.

168

LIBRARY SCIENCE

4400. Advanced Library Research: Humanities and Social Sciences. (2) Spring
A course designed to prepare students for library research in the humanities and social
sciences at the graduate level. Attention is given to developing research strategies,
identifying discipline-appropriate sources, retrieving information efficiently, and
applying sound ethical practices to the research process.

4500. Advanced Library Research: Science, Mathematics, and Nursing. (2) Fall
A course designed to prepare students for library research in the sciences, mathematics,
or nursing at the graduate level. Attention is given to developing research strategies,
identifying discipline-appropriate sources, retrieving information efficiently, and
applying sound ethical practices to the research process.

169

MATHEMATICS

Introduction

The Mathematics curriculum at LaGrange College provides a solid undergraduate
mathematics foundation. Along with the broad-based general education curriculum, the
Mathematics department seeks to prepare mathematics majors for careers in industry or
teaching, or for graduate study in mathematics.

Objectives

To be accepted as a major in the Mathematics Department, a student must have
completed Mathematics 2221, have an overall GPA of 2.25 or better, and a GPA of 2.5 or
better in all mathematics courses numbered 2221 or higher. Students can pursue the
Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in mathematics or a Bachelor of Science degree
with a major in mathematics. Students who pursue the Bachelor of Arts degree have
more options in selecting their courses. This is the liberal studies degree in mathematics.
Students who complete the Bachelor of Arts degree usually seek careers in areas such as
banking, general business, and secondary education.

A more in-depth degree is earned by students in the Bachelor of Science program.
Students who complete the Bachelor of Science degree usually enter graduate schools or
pursue industrial positions.

The Bachelor of Arts Degree

This degree requires a minimum of 42 semester hours in mathematics courses, as follows:

Math 2221 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I (4)

Math 2222 Analytic Geometry and Calculus II (4)

Math 2223 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III (4)

Math 2224 Differential Equations (3)

Math 3306 College Geometry (3)

Math 3316 Probability Theory (3)

Math 3335 Linear Algebra (3)

Math 3380 Discrete Mathematics (3)*

OR Math 3382 Combinatorial Design Theory(3)*

Math 4333 Modern Algebra I (3)**

OR Math 4343 Analysis I (3)**

Math 4350 Problem Solving (3)

170

* One of these courses must be taken. The other may be used to satisfy one of
the additional courses, listed below.

** One of these courses must be taken. The other may be used to satisfy one of
the additional courses, listed below.

plus 3 additional courses, selected from

Math 2261 Calculus Applications (3)

Math 3305 Number Theory (3)

Math 3317 Mathematical Statistics (3)

Math 3340 History of Mathematics (3)

Math 3342 Complex Variables (3)

Math 3380 Discrete Mathematics (3)

Math 3382 Combinatorial Design Theory (3)

Math 4333 Modern Algebra I (3)

Math 4334 Modern Algebra II (3)

Math 4343 Analysis I (3)

Math 4344 Analysis II (3)

Math 4410 Numerical Analysis (3)

OR CSC 4100 Numerical Analysis (3)

Math 4495 Independent Study (3)

Math 4496 Independent Study (3)

Math 4499 Special Topics in Mathematics (3)

A programming course in Computer Science is required, as approved by advisor.

Bachelor of Science Degree

This degree requires a minimum of 48 semester hours in mathematics courses, as follows:

Math 222 1 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I (4)

Math 2222 Analytic Geometry and Calculus II (4)

Math 2223 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III (4)

Math 2224 Differential Equations (3)

Math 3316 Probability Theory (3)

Math 3317 Mathematical Statistics (3)

Math 3335 Linear Algebra (3)

Math 3342 Complex Variables (3)

Math 3380 Discrete Mathematics (3)*
OR Math 3382 Combinatorial Design Theory(3)*

Math 4333 Modern Algebra I (3)

Math 4343 Analysis I (3)

Math 4350 Problem Solving (3)

171

* One of these courses must be taken. The other may be used to satisfy one of the
additional courses, listed below.

plus 3 additional courses, selected from

Math 2261 Calculus Applications (3)

Math 3305 Number Theory (3)

Math 3306 College Geometry (3)

Math 3340 History of Mathematics (3)

Math 4334 Modern Algebra II (3)

Math 4344 Analysis II (3)

Math 4410 Numerical Analysis (3)

OR CSC 4100 Numerical Analysis (3)

Math 4495 Independent Study (3)

Math 4496 Independent Study (3)

Math 4499 Special Topics in Mathematics (3)

A programming course in Computer Science is required, as approved by advisor. Physics
1121 and 1 122 are recommended.

Assessment

Assessment of the objectives of the mathematics program is based on the following:

Mathematics majors will complete each major course with a grade of C or better.

Students will earn a satisfactory score on the Praxis II exam, the GRE Subject
Test in Mathematics, or an Actuarial Science Examination administered by either
the Society of Actuaries (SOA) or the Casualty Actuarial Society (CAS).

A survey will be sent to recent graduates of the program during the fall term of
each year. The results of these surveys will be considered and may result in
changes to improve the program.

Minor

A minor in mathematics consists of the following courses: MATH 2221, plus five
additional courses selected from MATH 2222, 2223, 2224, 2261, 3305, 3306, 3316,
3317, 3335, 3342, 3380, 4333, 3382, 4333, 4334, 4343, 4344, 4350, 4410, 4495, 4496,
and 4499. At least two of the six courses must be at the 3000 or 4000 level.

172

Course Descriptions (MATH)

0100. Basic Mathematics. (3) Fall, Spring

An overview of basic skills in mathematics, including ratio and proportion, percent, use

of fractions and decimals, systems of measurement and linear equations.

1101. College Algebra. (3) Fall, Spring

A study of sets, real numbers, operations, order, inequalities, polynomial factoring,

functions, graphs, exponents, first- and second-degree equations, and systems of

equations.

Prerequisite: MATH 1 00 or satisfactory score on mathematics placement test.

1114. Introduction to Statistics. (3) Fall, Spring

An introduction to probability and statistics. Topics include descriptive statistics,
probability, the Normal probability distribution, and hypothesis testing.
Prerequisite: MATH 1 101 or 2105 or 2221.

1117. Quantitative Methods. (3) Spring

A study of finite mathematical models with an emphasis on the quantitative skills
required to solve applications related to business.
Prerequisite: MATH 1 101 or 2105 or 2221.

1121. A Survey of Calculus. (3) Spring

An intuitive introduction, using technology, to the concepts and applications of calculus.
Topics include functions and graphing, tangents to a curve, differentiation and
integration, maxima, minima, and area under a curve.

Prerequisite: MATH 1 101 or 2105 or satisfactory score on mathematics
placement test.

Note: Not open to students who have credit for MATH 2221.

2105. Precalculus. (4) Fall, Spring.

A study of calculus-oriented algebra and trigonometry. Topics include simplifying
algebraic expressions, solving equations, exponential and logarithmic functions,
applications of functions, graphs, and the trigonometric functions.

Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or satisfactory score on mathematics placement test.

2221. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I. (4) Fall, Spring.
An introduction to differential and integral calculus. Topics include limits,
differentiation and applications, integration and applications, and exponential and
logarithmic functions.

Prerequisite: MATH 2105 or 1 121 (and permission of instructor) or satisfactory
score on mathematics placement test.

173

2222. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II. (4) Fall, Spring.

A continuation of Math 2221. Topics include the calculus of the trigonometric and
inverse trigonometric functions, improper integrals, indeterminate forms, the conic
sections, and techniques of integration.
Prerequisite: MATH 2221.

2223. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III. (4) Fall, Spring.

A continuation of the study of the calculus. Topics include sequences and series,
parametric equations, polar coordinates, functions of two or more variables, partial
derivatives, multiple integrals, and vector analysis.
Prerequisite'. MATH 2222.

2224. Differential Equations. (3) Spring.

A study of first and second order differential equations with applications, numerical
methods, and solution in series.

Prerequisite or Co-requisite: MATH 2223.

2261. Calculus Applications. (3) On demand

A study of applications which can be solved using calculus. The course will utilize
technology, in the form of graphing calculators, a software package (such as Mathematica
or Maple), or both.

Prerequisite: MATH 2222.

3001. Mathematical Applications for Teachers. (3) Fall

A study of topics in graph theory, linear programming, scatter plots, least squares
regression, topics in coding theory, exponential growth and decay, number patterns,
symmetry and tilings.

Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or higher.

Note: Open only to Elementary and Middle Grades Education Majors.

3002. Geometry for Teachers. (3) Spring

A study of conditional statements, angles, congruent figures, parallel lines, similar
figures, transformations, trigonometric ratios, and two- and three-dimensional figures.

Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or higher.

Note: Open only to Middle Grades Education Majors.

3003. History of Mathematics for Teachers. (3) Spring
An historical development of mathematical concepts.

Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or higher.

Note: Open only to Elementary and Middle Grades Education Majors.

3305. Number Theory. (3) On demand
An introduction to number theory.
Prerequisite: MATH 2221.

174

3306. College Geometry. (3) Spring, 2001.

A study of the concepts of plane Euclidean geometry, with an introduction to coordinate
geometry and non-Euclidean geometries.
Prerequisite: MATH 2221.

3316. Probability Theory. (3) Spring.

An introduction to probability. Topics include random variables, discrete and continuous
distributions, the Poisson process, expectation and conditional expectation, and problem
solving.

Prerequisite: MATH 2222.

3317. Mathematical Statistics. (3) Fall, 2001.

An introduction to the mathematical theory of statistics. Topics include estimation and
maximum likelihood estimates, sampling distributions, confidence intervals, and
hypothesis testing.

Prerequisite: MATH 3316.

3335. Linear Algebra. (3) Spring.
An introduction to linear algebra and matrix theory.
Prerequisite: MATH 1 121 or 2221.

3340. History of Mathematics. (3) Spring.

An historical development of mathematical concepts.

Prerequisite: MATH 2221 or permission of instructor.

3342. Complex Variables. (3) Spring, even years.
An introduction to complex variables.
Prerequisite: MATH 2222.

3380. Discrete Mathematics. (3) Fall, even years.

An introduction to discrete mathematics. Topics include set theory, combinatorics,
recurrence relations, linear programming, and graph theory.
Prerequisite: MATH 2221.

3382. Combinatorial Design Theory. (3) Fall, odd years.

A study of techniques used for constructing combinatorial designs. Basic designs include
triple systems, Latin squares, and affine and projective planes.
Prerequisite: MATH 2221.

4333. Modern Algebra I. (3) Fall, odd years.
An introduction to modern abstract algebra.

Prerequisite: MATH 2222.

4334. Modern Algebra II. (3) On demand
A continuation of Modern Algebra I.

Prerequisite: MATH 4333.

175

4343. Analysis I. (3) Fall, 2000
An introduction to Analysis.

Prerequisite: MATH 2223.

4344. Analysis II. (3) On demand
A continuation of Analysis I.

Prerequisite: MATH 4343.

4350. Problem Solving. (3) Fall.

A study of problem solving techniques selected from the spectrum of Mathematics course
work required to complete a mathematics major at LaGrange College. Topics come from
a variety of areas, including algebra, trigonometry, geometry, calculus, discrete
mathematics, probability and statistics, and mathematical reasoning and modeling.
Prerequisite: Senior standing and permission of instructor.

4410. Numerical Methods. (3) On demand

An introduction to numerical analysis with computer solutions. Topics include Taylor
series, finite difference, calculus, roots of equations, solutions of linear systems of
equations, and least-squares.

Prerequisite: MATH 2222 and CSCI 1990.

4495. Independent Study in Mathematics I. (Variable) On demand
This course allows students to pursue a special problem or topic beyond those
encountered in any formal course.

Prerequisites: Minimum prerequisites are outlined in the LaGrange College
Bulletin. Additional prerequisites will be determined by the
instructor, based on the material to be studied.

4496. Independent Study in Mathematics II. (Variable) On demand

This course allows students to pursue a second special problem or topic beyond those

encountered in any formal course.

Prerequisites: Minimum prerequisites are outlined in the LaGrange College
Bulletin. Additional prerequisites will be determined by the
instructor, based on the material to be studied.

4499. Special Topics in Mathematics. (Variable) On demand

A course offered at the junior/senior level focusing on a specialized topic from the field

of mathematics. A prerequisite may be required.

176

MUSIC

Introduction

The Department of Music is committed to developing skilled and technologically astute
musicians within a challenging learning environment that encourages creativity,
scholarship, and musical excellence. We offer three programs of study leading to the
Bachelor of Music degree: Creative Music Technologies, Performance (Voice, Piano,
Organ, Guitar, Percussion), and Church Music.

Objectives

To equip music majors with the necessary musical knowledge and skills required
to obtain successful careers in music.

To equip music majors with the necessary musical knowledge and skills required
for admission into graduate study in music.

To provide classes, ensembles, and private music instruction for non-music
majors.

To provide culturally enriching experiences for the college and community that
heighten aesthetic awareness and appreciation of the musical arts.

Facilities and Resources

The Department of Music is located on the Callaway Campus and is housed in the
Callaway Educational Building. Our facilities include music faculty studios/offices,
Callaway Hall, instructional and rehearsal space, student practice rooms, an electronic
keyboard laboratory, and two recording studios. Studio A has a Tascam TMD 4000
digital console, Genelec monitors, Akia S6000 sampler, synths, and outboard gear. The
Robert Moog Studio - open for students 24 hours a day during each term - has a TAC
Scorpion console, Tascam DA-38, Panasonic 3700 DAT machine, Isolation Booth,
several synths, and outboard gear. Both studios are Mac based and use MOTU Digital
Performer and associated plug-ins.

General Information for Music Majors

Acceptance into the Department of Music is granted by a music faculty committee to
those students who have submitted an application and completed an audition/interview.
Please inquire about audition dates, usually held in early February. Incoming students
who have not auditioned or interviewed before the committee prior to the beginning of
the fall semester should contact the Chair of the Department before enrolling in music
courses. Admission of all new music students to the Department of Music, freshmen and

177

transfers, is provisional in nature and will be evaluated at the end of the first year of study
(see Entry Requirements for Music Majors below).

The Bachelor of Music degree is designed for students who are preparing for professional
careers in music. The curricula leading to this degree are based on a philosophy that
recognizes the need for rigorous study in all aspects of music, complemented by
supporting studies in the liberal arts. Each program of study requires a heavy
concentration of music courses/experiences, and many courses are sequential.
Therefore, potential music majors are strongly encouraged to begin taking music courses
in their freshman year. The Chair of the Department of Music can provide you with
advisement and a four-year suggested course guideline.

The Music Department provides incoming students with a Music Majors Handbook
containing departmental policies and further details about requirements for music majors.

Music Scholarships

A limited number of talent based scholarships are available for incoming freshmen as
well as transfer students. Audition dates for scholarship are held annually in the spring.
Applicants to the Performance and Church Music degree tracks should be prepared to
present two selections of contrasting styles. Applicants to the Creative Music
Technologies degree track must present two or three samples of original compositions
and/or arrangements on manuscript or any recorded format.

In addition to departmental awards, several special scholarships have been designated by
friends of LaGrange College, including the Felicia Maddox Scholarship, the Pauline
Witherspoon Hutchinson Scholarship, and the Greenville United Methodist Church
Scholarship.

Ensembles

The LaGrange College Singers is a select group of singers chosen by audition. This
ensemble often represents the college and Department of Music in public performances
throughout the academic year, both locally and abroad.

Entry Requirements for Music Majors

In addition to fulfilling the general requirements for admission to LaGrange College,
students desiring to major in music must complete the following:

Audition/interview before the music faculty prior to enrolling in music courses.

Take the Music Theory Placement Exam. The results of this exam will be used to
determine the appropriate level of music theory instruction.

178

At the end of the first year of study, a music faculty committee will evaluate each
student's progress in the department and determine whether or not to accept the student
into full standing as a music major.

Exit Requirements for Music Majors

Students must receive a grade of "C" or better in all music courses.

All music majors must take the Theory Competency Exam upon completion of
MUSI 2202 and correctly answer at least 80% of the questions. A detailed
description of this exam is included in the Music Majors Handbook.

All music majors must take the Piano Proficiency Exam demonstrating keyboard
skill, receiving a "Pass" on at least 80% of the criteria. A detailed description of
this exam is included in the Music Majors Handbook.

All music majors must present a public recital featuring their talent. Recital
requirements vary between the different programs of study. Consult the Music
Majors Handbook for specific guidelines.

All music majors must attend at least 80% of departmentally sponsored concerts
and events each semester of study.

All music majors must participate in the premier of at least one new work.

Performance majors must perform at least one chamber work.

Bachelor of Music in Creative Music Technologies

This program of study prepares the student for an entry-level position in the music
industry or continued study at the graduate level. Students of this program typically
come from backgrounds that include performance, song writing, composition, electronic
and/or computer music. The course work prepares students for a wide variety of
activities, such as film/video scoring, multimedia, electroacoustic concert and studio
applications, music printing, editing and postproduction projects, SMPTE
synchronization, and MIDI applications of every sort.

Internships allow students to tailor their academic work to their specific career goals and
gain valuable experience with industry professionals. Students are expected to provide
their own transportation to and from the internship site. Credit hours vary according to
the level of internship experience (please consult the Internship Handbook for specific
details). Students desiring to pursue careers in the music industry are strongly
encouraged to enroll for as many internship hours and experiences as possible.

While CMT majors are only required to take three semesters of applied lessons, students
are strongly encouraged to enroll for applied lessons each semester of study.

179

In addition to the Common Core Program requirements, students complete the following:

MUSI 1101, 1102,

2201,2202

Theory I - IV

12 hours

MUSI 1103, 1104,

2203

Piano Class 1, 2, 3

3 hours

MUSI 1105, 1106,

2205

Applied Lessons

3 hours

MUSI 1107, 1108,

2207

or
Ensemble

3 hours

MUSI 2209

Business of Music Industry

3 hours

MUSI 2210

Arranging

2 hours

MUSI 2211

Art & Popular Song

2 hours

MUSI 3301, 3302

Music History I & II

6 hours

MUSI 3310

Orchestration

2 hours

MUSI 3352

Jazz Theory & Popular Practice

1 hour

MUSI 3366

Conducting

2 hours

MUSI 3369, 3370

Music Technology I & II

6 hours

MUSI 4484

Senior Recital

1 hour

MUSI 3390

Audio Engineering

3 hours

MUSI 4409, 4410

Composition I & II

4 hours

MUSI 4412

Film Music

2 hours

*MUSI 4470

Internship

4-6 hours

Common Core Program

Requirements: 48

Music Hours:

56-58

Electives:

Total:

110-112 hours

*Internships may be taken for a maximum credit of 6 hours and may be repeated for
credit.

Bachelor of Music in Performance (Voice, Piano, Organ, Guitar,
Percussion)

This program of study is designed for students seeking careers as professional classical
performers and/or studio teachers. Students admitted to this program of study must
possess exceptional talent in their principal applied area, and instrumental and keyboard
majors must demonstrate previous training. The curriculum couples rigorous scholarship
with numerous performance opportunities, thus adequately preparing students for
graduate study in performance.

In addition to the Common Core Program requirements, students complete the following:

MUSI 1101, 1102,2201,2202
MUSI 1103, 1104,2203
MUSI 1105, 1106,2205,2206,
3305, 3306, 4405, 4406
MUSI 1107, 1108,2207,2208,

Theory I-IV
Piano Class 1, 2, 3

Applied Lessons

12 hours
3 hours

8 hours

180

3307, 3308,4407,4408

Ensemble

8 hours

MUSI 3301, 3302

Music History I & II

6 hours

MUSI 3339 (or music elective)

Diction for Singers

2 hours

MUSI 3366

Conducting

2 hours

MUSI 3384, 4484

Junior & Senior Recital

2 hours

MUSI 4480 or

Opera Workshop

MUSI 4460

Production Project

3 hours

MUSI

Music Elective

2 hours

Common Core Program Requirements: 48

Music Hours:

General Electives:

Total:

109 hours

Voice, Piano and Organ majors are required to take MUSI 3339; Guitar and Percussion
majors may choose to replace this course with another two-hour music course.

Bachelor of Music in Church Music

Through a broad interdenominational curriculum, the degree in Church Music prepares
future leaders for music ministry in the church. The course of study affirms both the rich
heritage of the sacred musical tradition and contemporary worship styles practiced in
many churches today. This degree is also appropriate for those students pursuing
graduate study in church music at the seminary/graduate school level.

The required internships provide an opportunity for students to practice their craft in a
real-world environment. Students are expected to provide their own transportation to and
from the internship site. Because the internship experience offers valuable interaction
with professionals and spiritual mentoring, students are encouraged to enroll for as many
internship credit hours as their schedule permits. An internship may be taken for a
maximum credit of 6 hours and may be repeated. Also note that RLGN 1 102, Jewish
Origins in Context, may be taken to fulfill both the Common Core religion elective
requirement and a Department of Music requirement.

In addition to the Common Core Program requirements, students complete the following:

MUSI 1101, 1102,2201,2202
MUSI 1105, 1106,2205,2206,
3305, 3306, 4405, 4406
MUSI 1107, 1108,2207,2208,
3307,3308, 4407, 4408
MUSI 1103, 1104,2203
MUSI 3366
MUSI 3301, 3302
MUSI 3331
MUSI 4470

Theory I - IV

12 hours

Applied Lessons

8 hours

Ensemble

8 hours

Piano Class 1, 2, 3

3 hours

Conducting

2 hours

Music History I & II

6 hours

Christian Hymnody

3 hours

Internship

*4+ hours

181

MUSI 4484 Senior Recital 1 hour

RLGN 3510 Christian Educ. in the Local Church 3 hours

RLGN 3520 Christian Worship 3 hours

RLGN 1 102 Jewish Origins in Context 3 hours

RLGN 1 103 New Testament Writings in Context 3 hours

Common Core Program Requirements: 48

Music Hours: 47

Religion Hours: 9 (excluding RLGN 1 102)

General Electives: 6

Total: 110 hours

Note: Internship may be taken for a maximum credit of 6 hours and may be repeated for
credit.

Course Descriptions (MUSI)

1100. Music Fundamentals (3) * Fall and Spring

Designed to provide basic skills in elementary music theory, such as scale patterns, key
signatures, the staff, the seven clefs, rhythm, meter, intervals, music terminology, etc.

1101. Theory I (3)* Fall

Basics of music theory, including scales, key signatures, intervals, triads, beginning
harmony and voice leading, harmonizing melodies, realizing figured bass, analysis, ear-
training and sight-singing.

Prerequisite: MUSI 1 100 or passing score on Theory Placement Exam.

1102. Theory II (3) Spring

Continuation of Theory I, including all diatonic triads and the dominant fifth chord.
Prerequisite: MUSI 1101.

1103. Piano 1 (1) Fall

Beginning instruction in piano for students with no previous keyboard training.
Development of basic readings skills.

1104. Piano 2 (1) Spring

Continuation of Piano 1 with additional emphasis on sight-reading.
Prerequisite: MUSI 1 103 or permission of Chair.

182

1105-4405; 1106-4406. Applied Lessons (1) Fall, Spring

Individual instruction in the student's choice of instrument or voice to develop technical

proficiency, repertoire knowledge, and performance skills.

Prerequisite: Audition.

Section A - Voice

Section B - Piano

Section C - Organ

Section D - Guitar

Section E - Percussion

1107-4407; 1108-4408. Ensemble (1) Fall, Spring
Performance organization(s) providing ensemble experience.
Prerequisite: Audition.

1112. Music Survey. (3)* Fall, Spring

A broad survey of music from the Western classical tradition aimed at developing
aesthetic awareness and critical analysis of music from diverse styles and genres.

2201. Theory III. (3) Fall

Seventh chords, chromatic harmony, modulation, ninth chords, analysis, part-writing, and
score reading skills.

Prerequisite: MUSI 1102.

2202. Theory IV. (4) Spring

Two-part counterpoint, including 18 th century style and species counterpoint;
compositional forms and devices of 20 th century music.
Prerequisite: MUSI 2201.

2203. Piano Class 3. (1) Fall

Continuation of MUSI 1 104 with emphasis on transposition and chord accompaniment.
Upon completion of this course, the student should be prepared for the Piano Proficiency
Exam. May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: MUSI 1104.

2209. Business of Music Industry. (3)*

The study of basic issues pertaining to the music industry: music copyrights, music
synchronization, musical mechanical licensing, standard music contracts, royalties,
artists' advances and contracts, buyouts. Introduction to the major licensing
organizations, i.e., ASCAP, BMI, SESAC, and the National Academy of Recording Arts
& Sciences, the professional society of musicians.

2210. Arranging. (2) Fall

The introduction to the technique of arranging existing music for different or unique
ensembles. Arrangements will be done within given styles and will emphasize specific
performance skill levels and accessibility.
Prerequisite: MUSI 1102.

183

2211. Art & Popular Song. (2) Spring

This course focuses on writing for the voice. Projects will include contemporary
practices as well as art song techniques.
Prerequisite: MUSI 1102.

3301. Music History I. (3) Fall

The study of the western classical tradition, from earliest antiquity through Bach.
Emphasis on musical analysis and criticism.
Prerequisite: MUSI 2202.

3302. Music History II. (3) Spring

Music of the Classical, Romantic, and Modern eras, including the music of African
Americans. Course will emphasize historical analysis and criticism, aural identification,
and research.

Prerequisite: MUSI 2202.

3310. Orchestration. (2) Fall

Techniques of scoring for string, brass, woodwind, percussion instruments and MIDI

instruments.

Prerequisite: MUSI 2202.

3331. Christian Hymnody. (3) January Term

A survey of Christian hymnody in the English-speaking world from its roots in the early
Christian Church to present day practices in worship. The study of selected hymns and
hymn writers associated with a number of different Christian traditions will be included.

3339. Diction for Singers. (2) Fall

Trains students in the use of the International Phonetic Alphabet to phoneticize English
and foreign language art songs. Practice in transcribing English, Italian, French, and
German art songs and applying the rules of correct pronunciation.

3352. Jazz Theory and Popular Practice. (1). Fall

Theoretical foundations of the Jazz tradition, and consideration of related contemporary

style; blues, fusion, rock, gospel, and current popular idioms. Aural skills emphasized,

with keyboard harmony studies oriented to realizing technical comprehension of the

material.

Prerequisite: MUSI 2202.

3366. Conducting. (2) Fall

Conducting techniques, score reading, rehearsal techniques for choral and/or instrumental
ensembles.

Prerequisite: MUSI 2202.

184

3369. Music Technology I. (3) Fall

Basic studio techniques, music sequencing, music printing, synthesizers, studio operation.

3370. Music Technology II. (3) Spring

Creative work in the electronic music domain with an emphasis on music to picture,
interdisciplinary music techniques, and current and experimental styles.
Prerequisite: MUSI 3369.

3384. Junior Recital. (1) Fall and Spring

A 30-minute public performance of the student's creative work and/or talent to be given

during the junior year.

Prerequisite: Successful completion of the Pre-Recital Hearing.

3390. Audio Engineering. (3) January Term

Complete training in digital and analog audio engineering. Recording console operation,
microphone placement and usage, mixing, tape based and hard disc recording, mastering,
CD burning and troubleshooting. Students should reach an appropriate level of audio
engineering skills that would be considered entry level professional.

4409. Composition I. (2) Fall

Upper-level composition for CMT majors. A projects course.
Prerequisite: MUSI 2202.

4410. Composition II. (2) Spring
Continuation of MUSI 4409. A projects course.

Prerequisite: MUSI 4409.

4412. Film Music. (2) Spring

A research course designed to deal with the musical esthetic and compositional concerns

of the film music world.

4460. Production Project. (3) January Term

A special projects course with hands-on participation and teamwork required. Each

project is unique; specific content will be publicized in the semester preceding the course

offering.

4470. Internship. (1-6) Fall, January, Spring

A supervised, practical "real world" experience in a professional off-campus environment
in one of the following areas: Recording Studio, Broadcast Facility, Post-Production
House, Publishing Company, Independent Commercial Composer, Film Studio,
Advertising Agency, Church Music Program, Performing Arts Company, Interactive
Technologies, Video Production Facility, or other approved internship opportunity.

185

4480. Opera Workshop. (3) January Term

Staged and directed performances of complete compositions and/or excerpts from
operatic literature of several styles and periods.
Prerequisite: Audition.

4484. Senior Recital. (1) Fall, Spring

A one-hour public performance of the student's creative work and/or talent to be given

during the senior year.

Prerequisite: Successful completion of the Pre-Recital Hearing.

4486. Special Topics. (3) Fall or Spring, alternate years

Class instruction for musical topics of a highly specialized nature. The content of this

course will change based upon the expertise of the instructor and the needs of the

students.

* Denotes courses in Music that may satisfy Fine Arts requirement in Core
Curriculum.

186

NURSING

Introduction

The Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) curriculum consists of two plans of study.
The basic program prepares graduates for entry into professional nursing practice and
confers eligibility for initial licensure as a registered professional nurse (RN). A degree-
completion option is designed for licensed RNs who wish to earn the BSN degree.

The curriculum provides professional nursing education within a heritage of Christian
faith and liberal arts learning. The nursing major, grounded in an ethic of caring,
encourages independent thought, appreciation for the discovery of excellence, and
commitment to supporting the health of individuals and society. BSN studies establish a
sound foundation for professional nursing practice, graduate study, and continuing
progress toward personal and professional goals. Faculty and students serve as resources
for the College and community in nursing education, service, and research. Opportunities
for collaborative study with students of other majors and clinical experience with varied
health care providers emphasize the interdisciplinary nature of nursing practice. As
professional nurses, graduates will be able to assist individuals, groups, and communities
in meeting health care goals.

The BSN program is fully approved by the Georgia Board of Nursing and is accredited
by the National League for Nursing Accrediting Commission.

Objectives

Graduates of the Bachelor of Science in Nursing program will be able to:

Practice nursing from a knowledge and research base utilizing skills of critical
thinking, and communication, with the ability to expand knowledge and skills
through lifelong learning.

Engage in nursing practice based in a value system consistent with professional
standards of nursing and the philosophy of the nursing program, characterized by
caring and valuing of self and others.

Participate in transitions of health recognizing the opportunities and limitations
imposed by historical, sociocultural, spiritual, legal, ethical, political, economic,
and environmental contexts.

Assume the role of professional nurse, accountable as provider of care, manager,
collaborator, educator, learner, and resource for individuals, families, groups, and
communities in promoting and restoring health and well-being.

187

Admission to the BSN Program

Students may declare the intent to pursue a nursing major at any time. However,
application for admission to the upper-division program is made during the sophomore
year. Nursing studies begin at the junior level with the exception of Nutrition (NURS
3305) which may be completed prior to admission to the nursing program. Admission
requirements are as follows:

A completed Application for Admission to Nursing. An application form is
available from the College Admissions office and in the office of the Division of
Nursing.

Completion of a sufficient number of credits in Common Core and other required
courses to permit an uninterrupted progression in the nursing major.

A grade of C or higher is required in anatomy, physiology, microbiology, and
English composition courses. Should a student earn less than a C more than once
in these courses, the students will be ineligible to enter the nursing program. A
limit of five years applies to completion of anatomy, physiology, and
microbiology courses.

A cumulative overall GPA of 2.5 or higher at the time of entry into the nursing
program, including all courses completed or attempted at any institution. A
student whose GPA does not meet this requirement will be considered on an
individual basis.

An interview with a member of the nursing faculty may be required. An applicant
may request an interview if desired.

An applicant who has completed any program of study leading to licensed employment in
the health care area (such as registered or practical nursing, emergency medical
technician) must present the license in person.

Admission to the BSN Completion Option

BSN Completion Option is open to Registered Nurses who have graduated from an
Associate Degree or Diploma program in Nursing and who hold a valid license to
practice as a Registered Nurse. Current Georgia RN licensure is required prior to entering
a clinical nursing course.

In addition to RN licensure, the general admission requirements above apply to RN
applicants, with the following exceptions:

RN students who enter the nursing sequence on a full-time basis must have
completed all Common Core requirements and all required non-nursing courses
through the junior level.

No time limit applies to the completion of anatomy, physiology, or microbiology
courses.

Twenty-four (24) previously earned Associate or Diploma nursing semester
credits may be accepted toward the BSN degree, subject to the terms of the
Georgia RN-BSN Articulation Agreement (the complete Agreement is available

188

in the office of the Division of Nursing). These 24 semester credit hours
represent previously completed nursing courses in Adult Health, Child Health,
Maternal Health, and Mental Health and are not intended to equal the actual
number of previously earned nursing credits. Normally, no more than 24 hours of
Associate Degree or Diploma nursing course credits may be applied toward
fulfilling any requirement(s) of the BSN degree.

Twenty-two (22) additional nursing course credits must be earned at the upper
division level (3000 and 4000 courses). Up to 6 of these credits may be earned
through challenge examinations on a one-attempt basis. A minimum of one year
of nursing practice experience within the past three years is required for eligibility
for challenge examinations.

Matriculation Requirements

An accepted student must possess a level of physical and emotional health
sufficient to enable him/her to meet nursing program requirements and the
standards of professional nursing practice.

Prior to beginning the first clinical nursing course, a medical examination is
required which documents the student's level of health and immunization or
immune status.

Professional liability insurance (purchased on a group basis through the College)
and basic cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) certification is required prior to
beginning the first nursing course and must be continued throughout all clinical
nursing courses.

Curriculum

Nursing courses are offered in a 4-1-4-semester sequence during the junior and senior
years of study. The total BSN curriculum can be completed in four academic years (8
semesters) and includes 48 credit hours in the Common Core, 25 credit hours in other
required and elective courses, and 46 credit hours in nursing courses. Included in these
hours are one nursing interim course and two elective interim courses all of which
compose 9 hours of required interim hours. Selected courses required for the BSN
degree may fulfill certain Common Core Requirements; these and other required non-
nursing courses are:

BIOL 1 148 and BIOL 1 149 Human Anatomy and Physiology*

MATH 1101 College Algebra*

CORE 1110 Quantitative Reasoning

PSYC 1101 Introduction to Psychology*

PSYC 3302 Human Growth and Development*

ENGL 1 1 1 , 1 1 02 Rhetoric and Composition*

BIOL 3320 Microbiology *

MGMT3371 One directed course

189

RLGN2310 Bioethics

ELECTIVE At least one three-credit course

These courses are prerequisite to entering the nursing courses.

Nursing courses completed by beginning (non-RN) students are:

Junior Year

Fall: NURS 3305 Nutrition and Health* (may be completed in advance)
NURS 3310 Health Promotion I, Aging
NURS 33 1 1 Health Assessment
NURS 3312 Seminar: Transitions
NURS 333 1 Pharmacology*

Spring:NURS 3330 Health Promotion II, Mother, Child, Family
NURS 3350 Health Restoration I, Life Span

Senior Year

Fall: NURS 4400 Health Restoration II, Psych/Mental Health
NURS 4430 Health Restoration III, Complex Problems
NURS 443 1 Research in Nursing *

Interim:

NURS 4432 Nursing Senior Capstone*

Spring:NURS 4440 Concepts in Health Promotion III: A Community Focus*
NURS 4450 Role Transition: A Clinical Praticum
NURS 445 1 Leadership in Nursing*

Nursing courses designated above by an asterisk are required of RN students enrolled in
the BSN-completion option. RN students also complete two RN-only courses.

Junior Level NURS 3313 RN Seminar, Transitions (Fall)
Senior Level NURS 4460 RN Practicum (Spring)

Information regarding the program length and costs is provided to the National League
for Nursing Accrediting Commission and is available from that organization at 61
Broadway - 33 rd Floor, NY 10006, 800-669-1656 Ext. 153.

Progression

1. A grade of C (75%) of higher is required for successful completion of all nursing
courses. A grade of D, F, or WF is a failing grade.

2. A minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0 must be maintained throughout the period of
enrollment in nursing courses. A nursing major whose GPA falls below 2.0 will

190

be placed on departmental probation and has one semester in which to raise the
GPA to 2.0 or higher. Failure to achieve a 2.0 in one semester will result in
withdrawal from the nursing program. A 2.0 GPA is required for entrance into
senior level courses.

3. A student may repeat a failed clinical nursing course only once. If a second
failing grade is earned in any clinical nursing course, the student will not be
eligible to continue in the nursing program. A 2.0 GPA is required for entrance
into senior level courses.

4. All Common Core and other required non-nursing courses, with the exception of
the Biostatistics and the elective must be completed prior to beginning the senior
level nursing courses.

5. A student who for any reason is not enrolled in a clinical nursing course for a
period of more than twelve (12) months must apply for readmission and meet all
standards for continuation in the nursing program. Readmission is subject to
available clinical space.

Progression in BSN Completion Option

In addition to the guidelines above, the following policies apply to progression in the
BSN Completion Option:

1. A valid Georgia RN license must be maintained throughout enrollment in clinical
nursing courses.

2. All previously earned ADN or Diploma nursing credits will be placed in escrow
when the RN student enters the nursing program. Upon satisfactory completion
of 6 credit hours of BSN nursing courses, the escrowed credits will be transferred
to the student's permanent academic record. Should the RN student not be
successful in the initial 6 hours of nursing course(s), the previously earned
nursing credits will not be applied toward the BSN degree.

Assessment in the Major

NLN (National League for Nursing) achievement tests are administered at intervals
throughout the nursing program. These tests are included within specific nursing courses.

During the final semester of nursing studies, all students will complete a comprehensive
assessment of learning in the major: Non-RN students will complete a standardized
comprehensive examination in nursing. RN students will complete an essay-type
examination. A description of these assessment processes will be provided to students
during the first semester nursing studies.

191

Course Descriptions (NURS)

Course credit hours and corresponding clock hours are shown in parentheses. One class
clock hour/week equals one credit hour; three laboratory or practice clock hours/week
equal one credit hour.

3305. Nutrition and Health (1) Fall

An introduction to nutrition concepts and current dietary trends, focusing on health
promotion. Nutrients are explored with regard to sources, dietary requirements, and
health implications. Student interests are incorporated.
Prerequisite: None. Open to non-majors

3310. Concepts in Health Promotion I: Focus on Aging.
(2 hrs. class 6 hrs. lab/clinical per week) (4) Fall

A foundation course to introduce and develop concepts, practices and processes of health
promotion in professional nursing, emphasizing the needs of the elderly. The skills of
communication, problem solving, and critical analysis in nursing are included.

Prerequisite: Admission to BSN program.

Co-requisite: NURS 331 1, NURS 3312

3311. Health Assessment Across the Life-span.
(1 hr. class, 3 hrs. lab per week) (2) Fall

A study of the health assessment process applied to persons of all ages, with emphasis on
building knowledge and skill in data acquisition, organization, and interpretation.
Prerequisite: RN status or Co-requisite: NURS 3310.

3312. Transitions: A beginning Nursing Seminar. (2) Fall

An introduction to professional nursing practice and the varied roles of the nurse in
multiple practice settings. The significance of research in nursing practice and inquiry as
a means of defining the nursing role are included.
Prerequisite: Admission to BSN program.

3313. Transitions: A Seminar for Registered Nurses. (2) Fall
A study of varied perspectives and conceptual bases of the professional nursing role. The
research process and research significance in nursing practice is introduced.

Prerequisite: Admission to BSN program, RN status.

3330. Concepts in Health Promotion II, Mother, Child, Family.

(5 hrs. class, 9 hrs. lab/clinical per week (5) Spring
A study of nursing care of mother, child, and family, including selected women's health
care issues. The nursing role in health promotion is emphasized, with examination of
physical, developmental, and psychosocial challenges to health.

Prerequisites: NURS 3305, NURS 3310, NURS 331 1, NURS 33312

192

3331. Pharmacology in Nursing. (2 hrs. class, 3 hrs. lab per week) (3) Fall
Pharmacologic concepts and skill essential for nursing practice, including the basic
science of drugs, determination of dosage, and medication administration techniques.
Prerequisite: Admission to BSN program or RN status.

3350. Concepts in Health Restoration I: A Life-span Focus.
(3 hrs. class, 6 hrs. lab/clinical per week) (5) Spring
The foundation course in nursing care of individuals and families who are experiencing
challenges to health, emphasizing understanding and skill in health restoration.
Prerequisites: NURS 33 1 0, NURS 3311, NURS 3312

4400. Concepts in Health Restoration II: A Psych/Mental Health Focus.

(2 hrs. class, 3 hrs. lab/clinical per week) (3) Fall
A course directed toward the knowledge and skills necessary to the practice of
community health nursing. Emphasis is placed on the promotion and protection of the
health of individuals and groups within the context of community.

Prerequisites: NURS 3330, NURS 3350

4430. Concepts in Health Restoration III: Complex Problems Across the Life-span.
(3 hrs. class, 6 hrs. lab/clinical per week) (5) Fall

A study of advanced nursing care relevant to acutely ill patients with complex health
problems. Learning experiences emphasize collaboration and critical analysis necessary
in providing and coordination care.

Prerequisites: NURS 3330, NURS 3350

4431. Research in Nursing. (3) Fall

A course designed to assist students in developing a sense of inquiry, including research
designs, sampling strategies, data analysis methods, and the use of research in clinical
nursing practice.

Prerequisites: NURS 3312 or NURS 3313

4432. Nursing Senior Capstone. (3) Interim

A seminar to assist students in synthesizing learning related to the roles and practices of
professional nurses, exploring the health care system and the legal-ethical, sociopolitical,
cultural, and professional issues influencing contemporary nursing.

Prerequisites: NURS 4400, NURS 4430, NURS 443 1

4440. Concepts in Health Promotion III: A Community Focus.

(2 hrs. class, 3 hrs. lab/clinical per week) (3) Spring
A course directed toward the knowledge and skills necessary to the practice of
community health nursing. Emphasis is placed on the promotion and protection of the
health of individuals and groups within the context of community.

Prerequisites: NURS 4400, NURS 4430

193

4450. Role Transition: A Clinical Praticum.

(2 hrs. class, 12 hrs. lab/clinical per week) (6) Spring
A course to facilitate the transition to professional practice. Leadership and management
roles assumed in clinical practice and increasing autonomy in patient care is guided
through preceptorial experiences.

Prerequisites: NURS 4440, NURS 4430, NURS 4431, NURS 4432

4451. Leadership in Nursing. (1) Spring

A study of the principles of leadership applicable in professional nursing practice,
building upon prior courses in nursing, management, and the liberal arts and emphasizing
the student's personal goals.

Prerequisites: MGMT 3371, NURS 4430, NURS 4400, NURS 4431, NURS 4432

4460. Practicum for Registered Nurses.

(2 hrs. class per week, 104 total hours clinical practice) (4) Spring
A clinical practicum to facilitate RN transition to professional practice.

Prerequisites: All nursing courses except Co-requisite NURS 4440, NURS 4451

4495. Independent Study in Nursing (Variable) On demand

For students meeting requirements, the opportunity to pursue special interests beyond

those in the formal course of study.

Prerequisite: Completion of 2/3 nursing major, 3.0 GPA, and permission.

194

PHYSICS

Introduction

The physics curriculum at LaGrange College serves two basic purposes:

1) An introduction to the physical sciences, oriented towards developing problem
solving and reasoning skills suitable for the core requirements of the college.

2) Support courses for programs in mathematics, chemistry, biology, computer science,
dual-degree in engineering, pre-medicine, pre-pharmacy, and education.

Course Descriptions (PHYS)

1101. Introductory Physics I. (3 hrs. lee, 2 hrs. lab per week) (4) Fall
A noncalculus-based introduction to elementary kinematics, dynamics, energy,
momentum, fluids, mechanical waves, and thermodynamics.
Prerequisite: MATH 1105

1102 . Introductory Physics II. (3 hrs. lee, 2 hrs. lab per week) (4) Spring
A continuation of Physics 1101 and an introduction to electric charge, Coulomb's Law,
electric and magnetic fields, optics, special relativity and quantum mechanics.
Prerequisite: PHYS 1101

1121 . General Physics I. (3 hrs. lee, 2 hrs. lab per week) (4) Fall

A calculus-based introduction to particle dynamics, energy and momentum conservation,
rotational dynamics, hydrostatics, and thermodynamics.
Prerequisite: MATH 2222

1122. General Physics II. (3 hrs. lee, 2 hrs. lab per week) (4) Spring

A continuation of Physics 1121 covering electricity and magnetism, simple circuits,
optics, special relativity and quantum physics. Lab introduces students to electronics.
Prerequisites: PHYS 1121, MATH 2223 or permission of instructor

195

POLITICAL SCIENCE

Introduction

The political science program is designed to provide students with the knowledge and
skills they will need to become active, useful citizens in modern democratic polities. For
students who concentrate in political science or those who take only occasional courses,
this means that the political science program will develop their capacity to understand
political organizations and political processes, to analyze the forces affecting political
decisions, and to form judgments about their obligations and rights as citizens. It also
means that the political science program will provide students with the skills necessary to
begin a career in business, public service, consulting, or journalism or to continue their
training in graduate studies or law school.

Objectives

Students majoring in political science at LaGrange College will acquire basic knowledge
of these areas:

The values, processes, and institutions that affect collective decision-making and
contemporary politics in the United States.

The comparative analysis of the values, processes, and institutions that affect
collective decision-making and contemporary politics in other countries.

The relations between and among states, especially those affecting international
conflict and international cooperation.

The ethical dimensions of public policy issues, political practices, and
constitutional and legal questions.

Students majoring in political science at LaGrange College will also acquire the basic
skills necessary to comprehend and perform modern political analysis. These include:

Ability to analyze the foundations of and differences between normative and
empirical inquiry.

Knowledge of the basic elements of research design and methods in normative,
empirical, and historical studies of politics.

Knowledge of basic data management and analysis and of the use of computers in
political research.

Ability to convey findings in both written and oral presentations.

196

Course of Study

The program in political science offers both a major and minor course of study in
political science.

For a Major in Political Science

Demand Sequence for the Program in Political Science (POLS)

POLS 1101 U.S. Government

POLS 1 102 Introduction to Political Science

POLS 2220 International Relations

POLS 2210 Comparative Politics

POLS 3300 Research Methods in Political Science

POLS 4430 Senior Seminar in Political Science

Students majoring in political science must also complete an additional 18 semester hours
of elective courses chosen from among the three and four thousand level courses listed
for the program in this catalog. At lease one of these courses must be in the field of
American politics and public policy (POLS 33 1 0, 33 1 1 , 33 1 2, 33 1 3) and one in the fields
of international relations (POLS 3320, 3321, 3322) or comparative politics (POLS 3350,
3351). Political science internships (POLS 4400) can earn a full semester (12 hours) of
credit toward graduation, but only six (6) hours can be credited toward completion of the
major course.

For a Minor in Political Science

Demand Sequence for the Program in Political Science (POLS)

POLS 1 101 U.S. Government

POLS 1 102 Introduction to Political Science

POLS 2220 International Relations

POLS 22 1 Comparative Politics

Students minoring in political science must also complete an additional 6 semester hours
of elective courses chosen from among the three and four thousand level courses listed
for the program in this catalog. In the minor course of study, political science internships
cannot substitute for elective course credit.

Assessment of Objectives

Assessment of the objectives of the program in political science is based on successful
completion of each major course with a grade of C or better and successful completion of

197

POLS 4430: Senior Seminar in Political Science. To enroll in POLS 4430 students must
have completed POLS 1101, 1 102, 2210, 2220, and an additional nine (9) semester hours
of elective courses in the political science program. In special circumstances, these
requirements may be waived by permission of the faculty of the program.

Special Opportunities

The program in political science supervises a variety of internships in local, state, and
national government and in the local legal community. Students interested in pursing one
of these opportunities should consult with the program faculty. The program also
includes service learning opportunities in several of its courses. Again, students should
consult with program faculty concerning these courses prior to registration.

Course Descriptions (POLS)

1101. United States Government. (3)

An introduction to political science through an analysis of the political system of the
United States. Topics considered include: basic concepts of political science, federalism,
civil liberties and civil rights, basic governmental institutions, elections and public
opinion, political parties and groups, and domestic and foreign public policy.

1102. Introduction to Political Science. (3)

An introductory course which focuses on the nature of the discipline of political science
and which deals with the way political scientists study politics through an overview of the
major topics of the discipline.

2210. Comparative Politics. (3)

An introduction to comparative analysis of political systems. Topics considered include:
basic concepts of comparative theory, modern political history in developed and
developing areas, the interaction of political and economic factors in developed and
developing areas, politics and state institutions in selected countries, and comparative
aspects of domestic and foreign public policy.

2220. International Politics. (3)

An introduction to the interaction of nation-states in the global system. Topics
considered include: war and power, economic and social interdependence, and problems
specifically associated with developing nations.

3300. Research Methods in Political Science. (3)

A study of basic social science research methods as applied in political science. Topics
considered include: research design and data collection, measurement and causality,
fitting models to data with various methods, graphic analysis, and the use of statistical
software.

198

3311. Congress and the Presidency (3)

A study of the institutional interactions of the executive and legislative branches of the
United States government. Topics considered include: the President and policymaking,
Congress and policymaking, institutional constraints on executive and legislative
policymaking; foreign policy, civil rights policy, economic policy and budgeting, and
social welfare policy.

3312. Public Administration and Public Policy. (3)

An introduction to the study of public administration and public policy. Topics
considered include: theoretical approaches to the study of public administration, the
historical and constitutional basis for public administration in the United States, the
organization and management of public institutions, the social, political, and legal
environments of public institutions, the role of political processes in public
administration, the analysis and evaluation of public policy, and the ethical basis of
public administration.

3313. American Judicial Institutions. (3)

A study of judicial institutions in the United States. Topics considered include: the
functions of legal and judicial institutions, the structure and powers of national and state
court systems, the legal profession, judicial selection, judicial procedure, court
administration, and policy formation by judicial institutions.

3314. American Constitutional Law. (3)

An introduction to the study of constitutional law. Topics considered include: basic
concepts of constitutional analysis, historical development of present legal institutions
and regimes, judicial policy decisions in different areas of law, and the social, political,
and economic factors affecting those decisions.

3320. Analysis of Foreign Policy. (3)

An introduction to how structures, institutions, outside actors, and political culture
produce American foreign policy. Topics covered include: recent history of U.S. foreign
relations, the roles played by both the President and the Congress, the roles, functions and
structures of U.S. State Department, the Defense Department, intelligence agencies and
the National Security Council, the policy making process and the measurement of
outcomes, roles played by the public, interest groups, and other actors. Current major
foreign policy issues will be discussed and examined as case studies.

3321. International Political Economy (3)

A study of international economics and trade through the analysis of the factors
influencing past and present changes. Topics covered include: current and past
international finance systems and mechanisms of exchange, the role of the state and other
actors, an examination of comparative advantage, various strategies states employ such as
import substitution or export promotion, the nature and impact of formal and informal
barriers to trade, the GATT and WTO, the problems, failures, successes and prospects of
the international economic system and its impact on domestic politics.

199

3322. International Organizations. (3)

A study of the current international system. Topics covered include: the nature of
"systems", the recent history of global affairs and the evolution of the international
system to its present state, selected theoretical analyses of international systems, the
nature, roles and functions of the various actors in the system, how advances in
technology have fundamentally changed the world, and the evolving roles of both states
and supranational institutions.

3340. Themes in Political Philosophy. (3)

An introduction to the basic ideas of political philosophy. Topics considered include: the
social and historical context of political theory; the development of major ideas in
political philosophy; critical analysis of theoretical arguments; and the relation of
political theory to contemporary politics.

3341. Modern Political Theory. (3)

An overview of liberalism, communism, and fascism, the three primary political
ideologies that have shaped the twentieth century.

3350. States and Politics in Developing Areas. (3)

A comparative study of the political systems of developing societies. Topics considered
include: basic comparative theory, modern history of developing societies, political
systems of selected states, and the interaction of political and economic factors in
developing societies.

3351. States and Politics in Developed Areas. (3)

A comparative study of the political systems of developed societies. Topics considered
include: basic comparative theory, modern history of developed societies, political
systems of selected states, and the interaction of political and economic factors in
developed societies.

4400. Political Science Internship, (credit may vary)

A supervised internship opportunity for students to work for approved public or private
organizations.

4410. Selected Topics in Political Science. (3)

This course examines particular issues related to topics in political science selected by
program faculty.

4420. Directed Study in Political Science. (3)

A supervised course of independent study available to selected students. The course
provides an opportunity for close cooperation between program faculty and students on
research projects and presentations.

4430. Senior Seminar in Political Science. (3)

A seminar course on a major subject of national or international concern based on
individual research and assigned readings.

200

PSYCHOLOGY

Introduction

The goal of this department is to acquaint the student with basic principles of behavior
and the research methods necessary to understand them.

Objectives

A student who graduates from LaGrange College with a major in psychology will:

recognize the importance of an EMPIRICAL approach in attempting to
understand behavior.

be familiar with the concepts, terms, and explanatory principles characteristic
of major psychological theorists and be able to evaluate them critically
through application of the principles of logico-empirical science.

be able to identify and discuss examples of the major "types" of learning, to wit:
classical, operant, observational, information processing.

be familiar with generalizations regarding physiological correlates of behavior.

be familiar with the major historical developments in psychology.

be familiar with the terminology of the current edition of the Diagnostic and
Statistical Manual of the American Psychiatric Association (DSM IV).

be familiar with the different theoretical approaches (including the
psychoanalytic, the humanistic, and social learning-behavioral) in the description,
etiology, and therapy of behavioral disorders listed in DSM IV.

be able to list and discuss the various objective and projective personality
assessment techniques and various rating scales including the Rorschach and
Holtzman inkblots, the Thematic Apperception Test, the MMP-II, and the 16-PF.

recognize the basic philosophical (e.g., What is personality?) and methodological
issues (e.g., how do we quantify and measure personality) in psychological
research.

be familiar with the sections of a APA style research report including the kinds of
information typically found in each.

be familiar with the standard procedures for summarizing data, including the
construction of frequency tables, the calculation of measures of central tendency
(means, medians, and modes), calculation of measures of dispersion (range,
variance, and standard deviation), and correlation coefficients.

be familiar with the logic of hypothesis testing including the statement of research
and statistical hypotheses, the notion of Type I and Type II errors, the power and
efficiency of a statistical test, and the major inferential techniques used in
psychology (especially t test, analysis of variance, and chi-square).

recognize the concepts and principles of psychology as exemplified in everyday
situations.

201

A major in psychology consists of 37 semester hours (12 courses) beyond the
introductory course (PSYC 1101). Twenty-four of these hours come from the categories
below.

Methods (Both Required - See Note 1 Below)
PSYC 2298, PSYC 2299

Experimental Content (Select Two)
PSYC 4455, PSYC 4465, PSYC 4470

Social/Personality/Development Content (Select Three See Note 2 Below)
PSYC 3321, (PSYC 3302 or PSYS 3358), PSYC 3350, PSYC 4460

Advanced Special Topics (Required - See Note 3 Below)
PSYC 4480

Notes:

1. Since this department views psychology as a research-based discipline, it is strongly
recommended that the student complete PSYC 2298 and PSYC 2299 as soon as
possible after the major is declared.

2. Students may take either PSYC 3302 or PSYC 3358 but not both to satisfy this
requirement. If a student takes both, one course counts toward the 20 hours of major
electives.

3. PSYC 4480 will be offered once per year during January term and will involve
advanced study of a specialized topic. Topics will vary from year to year.

4. PSYC 1101, Introduction to Psychology, is the prerequisite to all 2000 level and
above psychology courses except PSYC 2298 and PSYC 3341. Some courses have
other prerequisites.

Major Electives

An additional 12 hours of major courses will be selected by the student. A student may
select any 3000 or 4000 level psychology course beyond those counted in the required
areas. Up to three courses selected from HUSV 2247, HUSV 2299, HUSV 2308, and
BIO 1 148 may be applied toward the major with the approval of the advisor.

Assessment

The accomplishment of the psychology objectives will be demonstrated by obtaining an
acceptable score on the Area Concentration Achievement Test (ACAT) in psychology.
Normally, this test will be give during the student's final quarter at LaGrange College.

202

Career Options

Students who complete the major in psychology have a wide variety of career options.
Psychology is a very broad field which overlaps many different areas. Some of the jobs
taken by recent psychology graduates include management and supervisory positions in
business and industry and positions in community and state service agencies. A
psychology major also serves as good preparation for advanced study in law, social
science, counseling, and psychology.

Miscellaneous

No course with a grade below C may be applied toward a psychology major.

Course Descriptions (PSYC)

1101. Introduction to Psychology. (3) Fall, Spring.

A survey of major topics in psychology including basic neuroanatomy, motivation,
learning, perception, personality and abnormal behavior.
Prerequisite to all other psychology courses.

2298. Behavioral Statistics. (3) Fall.

Introduction to the measurement of behavior and quantitative methods of data analysis.
An emphasis on parametric statistics and their application to the behavioral sciences.

2299. Research Methods. (4) Spring.

A survey of various types of research design, including the strengths and weaknesses of
each. The laboratory includes practice in designing and conducting experiments, as well
as analysis and reporting or results.

3302. Human Growth and Development. (3) Fall, Spring.

A study of normal life beginning with conception. Important developmental phenomena

are considered in the light of major theories of development.

3304. Educational Psychology. (3) Fall.

Application of psychological principles and research to the teaching/learning process.
Major topics include behavioral and cognitive approaches to learning, classroom
management, and test construction and interpretation.

3321. Social Psychology. (3) Fall.

A course dealing with behavior as affected by social influences. Major topics include

social perception, social communication (verbal and nonverbal), altruism, attitudes,

aggression, and prejudice. Also, applied areas such as forensic psychology are

considered.

203

3330. History and Systems of Psychology. (3) On demand.

A study of the historical background of psychology, with emphasis upon the major

schools of thought.

3341. Human Sexuality. (3) Spring 2001.

This course involves a multidisciplinary examination of human sexual behavior and
intimate relationships. Typical topics considered include male and female sexual
response, gender roles, sexual disorders and dysfunctions, gender identity, legal and
cross-cultural aspects of human sexuality, sexual orientation, contraception, and
relationship issues related to sexuality.

3350. Abnormal Psychology. (3) Fall, Spring.

A survey of the causes, characteristics, current theories, and treatments of deviant
behavior.

3351. Introduction to Counseling. (3) Spring.

An introduction to counseling approaches, methods, and assessment techniques.
Emphasis is placed on individual counseling.

3356. Microcomputer Applications in the Behavioral Sciences. (3) Spring 2002.
A study of the use of microcomputers with special emphasis on specific software
programs including database management, spread-sheets, word-processing, and statistical
packages for the behavioral scientist.

3357. Psychology of Religion. (3) On demand.
Psychological interpretation of religious experience and growth.

3358. Psychology of Aging. (3) Fall.

Human aging is examined from physiological (e.g. sensory and cardiovascular changes),
psychological (e.g. memory and intellectual changes) and sociological (e.g. adjusting to
retirement) perspectives. Also, death and disorders associated with aging such as
Alzheimer's Disease are explored.

3380. Special Topics in Psychology. (3) Fall 2000.

A course offered at the sophomore/junior level focusing on a specialized topic from the

field of psychology.

4400. Individual Research. (3) On demand.

The student will conduct a research project on a topic which is psychological in nature.
The work will proceed from a literature review through research design, data collection
and analysis. The result will be a research report written in APA style.

4455. Cognitive Psychology. (3) Spring 2001.

An information processing analysis of topics in perception, thinking, learning, and

memory.

204

4460. Psychology of Personality. (3) Fall.

A critical study of major personality theories, principles and instruments of assessments,

and relevant empirical research.

Prerequisites: PSYC 2298 and PSYC 2299

4465. Physiological Psychology. (3) Spring 2002.

Neuroanatomy and neurophysiology will be explored and will provide a foundation for
examining biological aspects of various behaviors (e.g. sensory processes, sleep, sexual
behavior). Also, the psychopharmacology of selected drugs and genetic influences on
behavior will be considered.

4470. Psychology of Learning. (3) Spring.

A survey of principles, research findings, and applications of classical, operant, and

observational learning.

Prerequisites: PSYC 2298 and PSYC 2299 or consent of professor.

4480. Special Topics in Psychology. Interim.

A course offered at the junior/senior level focusing on a specialized topic from the field

of psychology. A prerequisite may be required.

205

RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY

Introduction

As a field of inquiry within the liberal arts, the study of religion affords all students an
opportunity to hone the critical thinking and communication skills that are an asset to any
profession. Students who are considering church-related vocations also may tailor their
courses either to prepare for such careers directly after completion of the degree or to
provide a foundation for graduate study in religion or theology.

The Religion and Philosophy Department offers two major plans of study: the religion
and philosophy major, and the religion major with a concentration in Christian education.
The department also offers three minor programs: religion, Christian education, and
philosophy.

The Religion and Philosophy Major

The major consists of 33 hours of course work with one of the exploratory core
requirements (RLGN 1 101-05) as the prerequisite: 36 hours in total. The Religion major
must include at least 6 hours each from the areas of Biblical Studies, Historical Studies,
and Ethics & Theological Studies. In addition, the major requires at least 3 hours in the
area of Philosophy. Thus, of the 36 hours required for a Religion major, at least 21 hours
must conform to the following guidelines:

I. Biblical Studies (6 hours). Minimum requirement is one course in Old
Testament and one course in New Testament at the 2000-level or above.
Courses: 21 10, 21 11, 2120, 2121, 31 10-3160.

II. Historical Studies (6 hours). Courses: 1 104 (if not taken for the core),
2210-2230,3210-3220.

III. Ethics and Theological Studies (6 hours). Courses: 1 105 (if not taken for
the core), 2310, 3310-3350.

IV. Philosophy (3 hours). Courses: any of the philosophy courses, which are
listed under Area IV in the course listing below.

Students are free to choose any other religion or philosophy department courses for the
remaining 15 hours. At least 18 total hours in the major must be numbered at the 2000-
level or above.

The Religion Major with a Concentration in Christian Education

A Christian Education concentration within the Religion Major is designed to prepare
graduates for educational and youth ministry in the church. The program meets all of the
educational requirements necessary for certification in Christian education by the United

206

Methodist Church. The major consists of 33 hours of course work, with one of the
exploratory core requirements (REL 1 101-05) as the prerequisite: 36 hours in total. The
Christian Education concentration requires the following course distributions:

I. Biblical Studies (3 hours). Courses: 1 102 or 1 103 (if not taken for the
core requirement), 21 10, 2111, 2120, 2121, 31 10-3160.

II. Historical Studies (3 hours). Courses: 1 104 (if not taken for the core),
2210-2230,3210-3220.

III. Ethics and Theological Studies (3 hours). Courses: 1 105 (if not taken for
the core), 2310,3310-3350.

IV. Philosophy (3 hours). Courses: any of the philosophy courses, which are
listed under Area IV in the course listing below.

V. Christian Education and Youth Ministry (18 hours). Courses: 3510-3550.
The internship (3550) normally is repeated for a total of 6 hours, with 3
hours taken in each of two consecutive semesters. Other arrangements,
such as intensive summer internships, are possible with the permission of
the department chair.

In addition, students seeking certification in Christian education by the United Methodist
Church must complete United Methodist Studies (3210). Students who do not seek
United Methodist certification may choose any religion department course for the
remaining 3 hours in the major. At least 18 total hours total in the major must be
numbered at the 2000-level or above.

The Religion Major with Honors

The honors program in religion requires the completion of an honors thesis or honors
project under the direction of one of the professors in the Religion Department. Students
who choose this option will enroll in RLGN 4620 in the fall of their senior year and
RLGN 4621 in the Spring of their senior year. Minimum requirements to enter the
program are a 3.5 grade point average in Religion Department courses and the permission
of the Religion Department chair. Students wishing to apply for honors work must apply
to the department chair during the spring term of their junior year.

The Religion Minor

A minor in religion consists of 9 hours in addition to the religion core requirement: 12
hours in total. At least 6 hours must be from courses at the 2000-level or above.

207

The Christian Education Minor

A minor in Christian Education consists of 12 hours in addition to the religion core
requirement: 15 hours in total. The minor includes one course taken at the 2000-level or
above in Area I, II, III, IV, or VI. In addition, minor students must take Christian
Education in the Local Church (3510) and should choose one (1) of the following: RLGN
3520, 3530, or 3540. The minor is completed with 3 hours of Internship (RLGN 3550).

The Philosophy Minor

No major program currently is offered in philosophy. A minor consists of 12 hours of
course work in Area IV, of which at least 6 hours must be taken at the 2000-level or
above.

The Church Music Program

The church music program is administered through the music department in cooperation
with the Religion and Philosophy department. See the Music Department section of the
catalogue for a program description.

Course Descriptions

Core Exploratory Courses: Explorations of the Christian Faith (RLGN)

1101. Symbols, Texts, and Practices (3) Spring 2001

An introduction to the Christian tradition of faith through a study of its central symbols,
sacred texts, and practices.

1102. Jewish Origins in Context (3) Fall 2000, Spring 2001

A study of the Hebrew bible, commonly called by Christians the Old Testament, in the
context of the ancient near eastern world. The course also will ask students to reflect on
the impact of the Hebrew bible on Western civilization and its implications for the
contemporary world.

1103. New Testament Writings in Context (3) Fall 2000

A study of the New Testament writings in the context of Greco-Roman civilization. The
course also will ask students to reflect on the impact of Christian scriptures on Western
civilization and consider their implications for the contemporary world.

1104. Dialogue with World Faith Traditions (3) Fall 2000

The course will place the insights of the Christian faith in dialogue with those of major
living world religions.

208

1105. Moral Traditions and Contemporary Social Problems (3) Spring 2001
A study of contemporary ethical issues in the light of the moral traditions central to the
Christian faith. The course will examine such issues as marriage and family, war and
peace, racism, abortion, and the environment.

Religion and Philosophy Departmental Courses

Area I: Biblical Studies (RLGN)

2110. Introduction to Biblical Hebrew I. (3)

A beginning course designed to teach the fundamentals of Biblical Hebrew.
Prerequisite: None

2111. Introduction to Biblical Hebrew II. (3)

A continuation of RLGN 2110.

Prerequisite: RLGN 2110

2120. Introduction to Hellenistic Greek I. (3)

A beginning course designed to teach the fundamentals of Hellenistic or Koine Greek,
which includes the language of the New Testament.
Prerequisite: None

2121. Introduction to Hellenistic Greek II. (3) Fall, 2000
A continuation of RLGN 2120.

Prerequisite: RLGN 2120

2130. Readings in New Testament Greek. (3)

Selected readings from New Testament texts with some attention to developing
intermediate Greek grammar.

Prerequisite: RLGN 2 1 20 and 2 1 2 1

3110. The Law. (3)

A detailed study of the first five books of the Old Testament.
Prerequisite: RLGN 1 102, or permission of professor

3120. The Prophets. (3)

A detailed study of prophetic movements in Israel and of the individual prophets, their
historical background, lives, messages, and contributions to the religious life of Israel.
Prerequisite: RLGN 1 102, or permission of professor

3130. The Writings. (3)

An examination of wisdom, apocalyptic and poetic literature of the Old Testament.
Prerequisite: RLGN 1 102, or permission of professor

209

3140. The Life and Teachings of Jesus. (3)

A study of the message of Jesus within the context of the synoptic gospels and its
application to contemporary society.

Prerequisite: RLGN 1 103, or permission of professor

3150. The Apostolic Age. (3)

An examination of the origin and expansion of the early Christian Church, with studies in
the Epistles and the Acts of the Apostles.

Prerequisite: RLGN 1 103, or permission of professor

3160. The Gospels. (3)

An examination of one of the four canonical gospels with emphasis on the historical
context, history of interpretation, and modern appropriations of the text.
Prerequisite: RLGN 1 103, or permission of professor

Area II: Historical Studies (RLGN)

2210. Church History I.

A survey of the history of the Christian Church from the close of the Apostolic age to the
end of the Middle Ages.

Prerequisite: None

2220. Church History II.

A history of the Christian Church from the reformation era to the modern period.
Prerequisite: None

2230. Race and Religion in America.

This course will examine the role that religion played and continues to play in American
race relations and racial identities. The course will emphasize the history and the theorists
of the civil rights contemporary era.
Prerequisite: None

3210. United Methodist Studies.

A survey of the history, theology, and polity of the United Methodist Church.
Prerequisite: A religion core course

3220. A History of Christian Political Thought.

A study of the impact of the Christian theorists and the institutions of the Church on the
development of political theory in the West.
Prerequisite: A religion core course

210

Area III: Theology, Ethics, and the Social Scientific Study of Religion (RLGN)

2310. Bioethics. (3)

A study of the ethical issues raised by the practice of nursing, medicine, and biomedical
research.

Prerequisite: None

3310. Contemporary Christian Thought. (3) Fall 2000

A survey of the development of Christian thought, with particular attention to the

nineteenth and twentieth centuries.

Prerequisite: A religion core course

3320. The Ethics of Sexuality, Marriage, and Gender. (3) Spring 2001
A study of the moral issues related to sexuality, gender roles, and family life. Topics will
vary per offering, but may include ethical reflection on such topics as the meaning and
purpose of sexuality, gender roles, pre-marital and extra-marital sexuality,
homosexuality, and family structure. The course also is cross-listed in the Women's
Studies Program as WMST 3320

Prerequisite: A religion core course

3340. Sociology of Religion. (3)

A sociological analysis of the interplay between religion and culture.
Prerequisite: A religion core course

3350. Psychology of Religion, (cross-listed as PSYC 3357) (3)

Psychological interpretation of religious experience and growth. . The course also is

cross-listed as PSYC 3357.

Prerequisite: A religion core course

Area IV: Philosophy (PHIL)

1410. Introduction to Philosophy. (3)

A survey of major philosophical themes and figures that were formative in Western
civilization.

Prerequisite: None

2410. Moral Philosophy. (3)

A study of the major philosophical understandings of morality and the good life.
Prerequisite: None

2420. History of Philosophy I. (3)

A historical survey of classical and medieval philosophy.
Prerequisite: None

211

2430. History of Philosophy II. (3)

A historical survey of the philosophies of the Renaissance, the Enlightenment, and
modern times.

Prerequisite: None

2440. Elementary Logic. (3)

An introduction to the logic of propositions with attention to the structure and evaluation
of informal arguments. The rhetoric of persuasion and its use of logic and emotions also
will be discussed.

Prerequisite: None

3410. Philosophy of Religion. (3)

An investigation of problems related to philosophical reflection on religious thought and
experience.

Prerequisite: At least one prior course in philosophy at the 1000-2000 level, or
permission of professor

4410. Selected Topics in Philosophy. (3)

A seminar course on a major subject of concern in philosophy based on individual
research and assigned readings.

Prerequisite: At least one prior course in philosophy at the 1000-2000 level, or
permission of professor

Area V: Christian Education Courses (RLGN)

3510. Christian Education in the Local Church. (3)

A study of issues confronting those participating in a local church setting. Required of all
students in the Internship.

Prerequisite: A religion core course

3520. Christian Worship. (3)

The study and practice of Christian worship in its historical and contemporary contexts.
Topics will include the theology of worship, sacraments, liturgy, and the place of music
in worship.

Prerequisite: A religion core course

3530. Christian Formation. (3)

The study of spiritual formation through the lifespan, in conversation with theories of
human maturation from the social sciences.
Prerequisite: A religion core course

3540. Youth Ministry. (3)

The study and practice of ministry to persons from adolescence through young adulthood.
Prerequisite: A religion core course

212

3550. Internship. (3)

Supervised participation in the local church setting. May be repeated for credit up to 6
hours.

Prerequisite: Two courses from Area V

Area VI: Capstone Courses (RLGN)

4610. Selected Topics in Religion. (3)

A seminar course on a major subject of concern based on individual research and
assigned readings.

Prerequisite: Permission of professor

4620. Honors Thesis. (3)

Prerequisite: Application to department chair

4621. Honors Thesis. (3)

Prerequisite: Application to department chair

213

THEATRE ARTS

Introduction

The Department of Theatre Arts offers a pre-professional training program emphasizing
the practical aspects of theatre and the importance of process. It is the belief of the
faculty that the training process must prepare students for the real world of theatre.
Faculty teaching in the Theatre Arts program are experienced, working professionals.
We offer professional summer theatre opportunities in both New York and New
Hampshire. With the belief that theatre is both an art form and a business the curriculum
provides a strong undergraduate foundation in theatre performance, design/production
and literature.

Offering a B.A. in Theatre Arts, majors are required to complete a 30-hour core
curriculum in theatre arts designed to foster an appreciation for, and an understanding of,
each area of theatre. In addition, 9 specific track courses and 6 practicum hours are
required to complete the theatre arts degree composed of 45 total major hours.

Objectives

The following objectives are established as a basis for the training program in Theatre
Arts. Upon application for graduation, the Theatre Arts major will be expected to:

understand the basic theoretical concepts behind each of the three major areas within
the discipline: performance, design/production and literature.

have an extensive artistic vocabulary in their specific area of concentration.

have the technical knowledge pertaining to the student's chosen area of concentration,
but not limited to it.

demonstrate an understanding of auditioning and/or portfolio presentation.

be knowledgeable of viable avenues of employment and sources noting such
information.

have an understanding of opportunities for graduate studies and employment in
theatre and the performing arts.

Graduation Requirements for the Theatre Arts Major

A student graduating with a major in Theatre Arts must meet all of the following criteria:

a. Satisfactory completion of all degree requirements as outlined in the catalogue.

b. Participation in all departmental productions and activities, including auditions,
production crews, work calls and production strikes as assigned by faculty.

c. Attendance at all scheduled departmental meetings and activities.

214

Admission to the Theatre Arts Major

In order to be admitted and to continue as a Theatre Arts major, a student must meet the
following criteria:

A. Overall grade point average of 2.25 or better. Scholarship recipients must maintain a

3.0 grade point average or better.

B. Writing proficiency a grade of C or better in English 1101, 1102

C. Theatrical Proficiency a grade of C or better in all Theatre Arts courses

D. Prognosis for Success evaluation during Theatre courses pertinent to:

1) attendance

2) attitude

3) cooperation

4) oral and written skills

5) enthusiasm and dedication to the Theatre Arts program

D. Transfer students wishing to continue as a Theatre Arts major must provide evidence
of all of the above plus the following:

1) past participation in departmental productions

2) recommendations of at least two theatre faculty from the transferring institution

3) acceptance as a major is subject to approval by a majority of the LaGrange
College Theatre Arts faculty

A student that does not meet all of the above criteria each semester may be placed on
probation. After the probationary period, the student will be re-evaluated by the Theatre
Arts faculty. If it is determined that the student has failed to meet the above criteria
satisfactorily, the student may be removed as major, and any theatre scholarships
revoked.

Requirements for the Theatre Arts Major

A total of 45 semester hours are required for the Theatre Arts major.

Core Requirements (30 hours):

THEA 1101 Drama Survey I 3 hrs.

THE A 1 102 Drama Survey II 3 hrs.

THEA 1184 Acting I 3 hrs.

THEA 2295 Movement for the Actor 3 hrs.

THEA 22 1 Voice & Diction 3 hrs.

THEA 11 80 Stagecraft 3 hrs.

THEA 2110 Introduction to Design 3 hrs.

THEA 2200 Stunts/Fights for Stage, TV & Film I 3 hrs.

THEA 2330 Script Analysis 3 hrs.

THEA 4484 Senior Thesis 3 hrs.

215

Track Courses 3 of the following (9 hours):
Performance Track

THE A 2201 Stunts/Fights for Stage, TV & Film II

THEA 3370 Directing

THEA 3345 Musical Theatre

THEA 4451 Auditioning

THEA 2286 Makeup

THEA 3305 Period Styles

THEA 33 10 Play writing

THEA 2351 Acting II

THEA 3420 Stage Management

Design/Technical Track

THEA 3360 Theatrical Design
THEA 3381 Lighting Design
THEA 3385 Costume Design
THEA 2283 Stage Management
THEA 2286 Makeup
THEA 3420 Theatre Management

Practicum

3hrs.

6 hrs.

45hrs

Requirements for the Theatre Arts Minor

THEA 1101 Drama Survey I
THEA 11 84 Acting I
THEA 1180 Stagecraft
THEA 21 10 Intro to Design
THEA 2330 Script Analysis

3 hrs.
3 hrs.
3 hrs.
3 hrs.
3 hrs.

Practicum

3hrs.
18 hrs.

Course Descriptions (THEA)

1101. Drama Survey I. (3)*

A survey of the discovery of theatre beginning in ancient Greece continuing through the

rise of Realism. Students will study theatre as a developed art form through the reading,

viewing & discussion of plays representing diverse eras of history.

Drama Survey II may be taken independently of Drama Survey I

216

1102. Drama Survey II. (3)*

A survey of the discovery of theatre from the rise of Realism through contemporary
drama. Students will study theatre as a developed art form through the reading, viewing
& discussion of plays representing diverse eras of history.
Drama Survey II may be taken independently of Drama Survey I.

1180. Stagecraft. (3)*

A course designed to provide the student with theoretical and working knowledge of
technical theatre. Course may include basic building components, tools and materials,
equipment and shop layouts supporting all areas of design. Students will participate in
the mounting of a departmental production.

1184. Acting I. (3)*

A course designed to introduce students to the fundamentals of acting for the stage.
Course will include achievement of a simple objective, self and sensory awareness,
relaxation, concentration and beginning scene and text analysis.

2110. Introduction to Design. (3)

A course designed to introduce students to the fundamental elements of all areas of
design and technical production and the importance of collaboration between each area.

2200. Stunts /Fights for Stage, TV & Film I. (3)*

Performance course covering basic stage movement, acrobatics, faints, falls, slapstick
comedy, hand-to-hand combat, and weapons when applicable.

2201. Stunts/Fights for Stage, TV & Film II. (3)*

A continuation of THEA 2200, adding period weaponry such as, but not limited to
quarterstaff, broadsword, rapier, dagger, food fights, etc. for the stage.

2205. Movement for the Actor. (3) *

A course designed to develop body awareness by exploring movement connected to
impulse and instinct, focusing on integration of the mind, body and spirit.

2210. Voice and Diction. (3) *

To introduce students to the process of voice production, methods of freeing the voice
with emphasis on relaxation and breathing, and applicable techniques for working with
text.

2283. Stage Management. (3)

A course designed to provide student with introduction to, and basic training in, the area
of stage management.

217

2285. Theatre Practicum. (1)

A course designed for participation in various aspects of dramatic production including
acting, scenery, costume construction, lighting, box office, promotion, house
management and run-crews.

Prerequisite: Roles/responsibilities for credit must be approved by faculty.
(May be repeated 6 times for credit.)

2286. Makeup for the Stage. (3) *

A study in the theories and application of stage makeup. Topics may include corrective,
old age and character makeup, as well as prosthetics.

2330. Script Analysis. (3)

A study of major genres of dramatic literature designed to provide the director, actor,
designer, dramaturg and/or technician with basic guidelines for text analysis. Student
will develop and utilize skills to thoroughly analyze text.
Prerequisite'. Consent of Instructor

2351. Acting II. (3)

A continuation of THEA 1 184 which explores further character development through
advanced scene work and improvisational exercises, to encourage students to take risks
and to broaden their vocabulary and knowledge of current trends and opportunities in the
theatre.

Prerequisite: THEA 1184

3272. Creative Dramatics. (3) On Demand

A course which introduces methods of creating, designing and utilizing drama to enhance

teaching skills and foster the educational development of students.

Highly recommended for early childhood and secondary education majors.

3305. Period Styles of Acting. (3)

A course designed to introduce students to period styles of acting and movement which
may include: Greek, Elizabethan, Comedy of Manners, Farce, Realism and the Theatre
of the Absurd. Course also may include mask work.
Prerequisites: THEA 1 184, THEA 2351

3310. Playwriting/Screenwriting. (3)

A course designed to stimulate critical and creative thinking through the creation of
original material. Students will be guided in the completion of writing a play/screenplay.
Prerequisite: THEA 2330 or consent of instructor.

3345. Musical Theatre. (3)

A practical study of techniques and styles of musical theatre which may include:
beginning audition, acting and staging, performing musical theatre selections.
Prerequisite: THEA 1184

218

3360. Scene Design. (3)

A course that introduces the student to drawing and drafting skills in preparation for the
task of design. These skills include perspective drawing with highlight and shadow, use
of color and selected rendering materials and techniques.
Prerequisite: THEA2110

3370. Directing. (3)

A course designed to introduce students to the director's role in interpreting, choosing,
rehearsing and staging a play. Course includes direction for performance of a short play.
Prerequisites'. THEA 1 184, THEA 2110, THEA 2330

3381. Lighting Design. (3)

A course that introduces the student to stage lighting with a series of practical design
projects.

Prerequisite: THEA 21 10

3385. Costume Design. (3)

A course that acquaints the student with the basic skills needed to design theatrical
costumes, which includes patterning and cutting/draping.
Prerequisite: THEA 21 10

3420. Theatre Management. (3)

A course which introduces the fundamentals of management as they apply to Theatre
Arts. Course will investigate and navigate through the conflicting issues, strategies and
opportunities in management in the Arts.

4451. Auditioning. (3)

A course designed for developing audition techniques and examining guidelines for
audition procedures with emphasis on practical auditions, resume, headshots, audition
selection material and compilation of an audition portfolio.
Prerequisite: THEA 1 184

4470-2. Special Topics. (1-3)

A series of courses designed to provide students with advanced material/study in either

performance or design tracks.

Prerequisite: Consent of Instructor

4484. Senior Thesis. (3)

A course in which senior Theatre Arts majors bring their training and emphasis into
focus. Senior thesis projects may be track-specific special projects in acting, design,
directing, stage-managing or playwrighting.

All proposals must be approved by the Department Chair and are subject to
scheduling and faculty supervisory commitments.

* Denotes courses in Theatre Arts that may satisfy Fine Arts requirement in Core
Curriculum.

219

SPEECH

Course Description (SPCH)

1105. Speech Fundamentals. (3)

A course emphasizing development of organizational and delivery skills through

individual speaking exercises in a variety of formats including informative and

persuasive.

Only offered to students who have not completed basic requirements prior to Fall of

2000.

220

WOMEIVS STUDIES

Introduction

Women's Studies is an interdisciplinary field of study which complements a liberal arts
education by drawing upon a variety of disciplines to gain a critical awareness of the
female experience. In developing this awareness and in presenting its diversity, courses
explore gender as well as race, ethnicity, culture, age and social class as categories of
analysis. While exploring these issues, the courses also promote the development of
skills in critical thinking, speaking, and writing. Courses focus on women's past and
present roles in culture, politics, the family, the arts and sciences, health care business,
and religion.

Objectives

A minor in Women's Studies consists of twelve semester hours: Three of which must be
WMST 1101: Introduction to Women's Studies. Of the remaining nine hours, six must be
taken at the 3000 level. This flexibility coupled with the interdisciplinary nature of the
field, permits students to design a minor which best reflects their academic and future
career interests. (Only cross-listed courses taken during or after the fall of 2000 may be
applied to the minor in Women's Studies.)

Course Descriptions (WMST)

1101: Introduction to Women's Studies (3) Fall 2000

This course will provide a better understanding of the female experience and the
evolution of women's roles within one's own culture and that of others. In developing
this understanding emphasis will be placed on the great diversity of women's individual
lives by considering such factors as race, age, marital, and class status.

Cross-listed Courses

WMST 3312/ENG 3345:The rise of the English Novel (3)

WMST/3320/RLGN 3320: The Ethics of Sexuality, Marriage, and Gender (3) Spring
2001

WMST 3340/ENG 3340:Restoration and Eighteenth Century English Literature (3)

WMST 4500/LIBR 4500: Advanced Library Research in the Sciences (2)

221

WMST 4400/LIBR 4400: Advanced Library Research in the Social Sciences and
Humanities (2)

(Under current study and development is the possibility of cross listing: HUSV 2247:The
Family and HUSV 2243: Social Problems. Also, interim term courses are currently being
designed.)

222

223

FACULTY, TRUSTEES
AND ADMINISTRATION

Faculty

David Oki Ahearn( 1995)

Assistant Professor of Religion and Philosophy; Chair, Division of Humanities

B. A. Austin College; M.Div., Southern Methodist University; Ph.D., Emory University

Nancy Thomas Alford (1969)

Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S. Georgia College; M.S., University of Tennessee

Toni P. Anderson (1999)

Associate Professor of Music

B.M., Lamar University; M.M., New England Conservatory of Music; Ph.D., Georgia

State University

Kim Barber (1995)

Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts

B.S., University of Tennessee; M.F.A., University of California at Los Angeles

Charlene Baxter (1976)

Assistant Professor; Librarian for Public and Technical Services

A.B., West Georgia College; M.L.S., George Peabody College for Teachers

Jon Birkeli (1987)

Ely R. Callaway, Sr. Professor in International Business; Chair, Division of Business
A.B., Lenoir-Rhyne College; Ph.D., University of South Carolina

Marcia Langham Brown (1996)

Assistant Professor of Art and Design

B.F.A., Guilford College; M.F.A., University of Georgia

Joseph J. Cafaro( 1984)

Professor of History

A.A., Manatee Junior College; B.A., Florida Atlantic University; M.A., Ph.D., Florida

State University

John Granger Cook (1994)

Associate Professor of Religion

B.A., Davidson College; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Emory

University

224

Roland B. Cousins (1990)

Professor of Management

B.S., M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute; D.B.A., Indiana University

Mary Lou Dabbs (1999)

Assistant Professor; Electronic Resources Librarian

B.A., Florida Presbyterian College; M. Ln., Emory University

Nina Dulin-Mallory (1989)

Associate Professor of English

B.A., Clemson University; M.Ed., LaGrange College; Ph.D., Auburn University

Sue M.Duttera( 1990)

Professor of Chemistry/Physics; Chair, Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics
B.S., Ph.D., Duke University

Steven Earl Edwards (1992)

Associate Professor of Theatre Arts

B.A., Texas Wesleyan University; M.A., University of Arkansas; Ph.D., Texas Tech

University

Charles H.Evans (1981)

Professor of Psychology

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia

Anton Flores (1999)

Assistant Professor of Human Services

B.S.W., Georgia State University; M.S.W., University of Georgia

Carlie Frederick (1999)

Assistant Professor of Nursing

B.S.N., M.S.N., Wayne State University

Gordon Jeffrey Geeter ( 1 990)

Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education

A.S., Andrew College; B.S., Tennessee Wesleyan College; M.S.S., United

States Sports Academy

LukeK. Gill, Jr. (1971)

Professor of Human Services

B.B.A., University of Georgia; J.D., John Marshall Law School; M.S.W., University of

Georgia

F. Stuart Gulley ( 1996)

Assistant Professor of Religion; President

B. A., Vanderbilt University; M.Div., Emory University; Ph.D., Georgia State

University

225

Annette Harrilson (1999)

Assistant Professor of Nursing

A. A., B.S.N., LaGrange College; M.S.N., Georgia State University

Jennifer S. Harrison (1995)

Associate Professor of Education, Chair, Division of Education
Baccalaureate, University of Warwick; M.Ed., University of Colorado; Ph.D.,
University of Florida

CeliaG. Hay (1996)

Assistant Professor of Nursing

Diploma, Piedmont Hospital School of Nursing; M.S., Georgia State University

B. Joyce Hillyer (1995)

Associate Professor of Education

A.S.. Southern Union State Junior College; B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D. Auburn University

S. G. Hornsby (1966)

Professor of English

B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Georgia; Ph.D., Auburn University

John C.Hurd (1974)

Professor of Biology

B.S., Alabama College; M.S., Ph.D., Auburn University

Frank A. James (1982)

Professor of Chemistry,

Vice President for Continuing Education; Director, LaGrange College at Albany

B.S., M.Ed., Ph.D., University of Georgia

Lee E.Johnson (1990)

Fuller E. Callaway Associate Professor of Music
B.A., Auburn University; M. M., Indiana University

Marvin D. Johnson (1996)

Assistant Professor of English for Speakers of Other Languages
B.A., Concordia College; M. A., American University in Cairo

Sandra K.Johnson (1983)

Professor of Health and Physical Education

B.A., Concordia College; M.Ed., University of Arizona; Ed.D., University of North

Carolina-Greensboro

Evelyn B.Jordan (1977)

Professor of Education

A. A. Middle Georgia College; B.S., University of Georgia; M.Ed., Ed.D., Auburn

University

226

Charles P. Kraemer( 1978)

Professor of Psychology; Chair, Division of Social and Behavioral Sciences
B.A., LaGrange College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia

John D.Lawrence (1970)

Fuller E. Callaway Professor of Art and Design Chair, Fine Arts Division; Director,

Lamar Dodd Art Center

B.F.A., Millsaps College; M.F.A., Tulane University

Tracy L. R. Lightcap (1991)

Associate Professor of History and Political Science

A.B., University of the South; M.A., University of South Carolina; Ph.D., Emory

University

Sarah Beth Mallory (1993)

Assistant Professor of Biology
B.S., M.S., University of Georgia

Greg A. McClanahan (1988)

Candler Professor of Mathematics

B.S., M.S., Auburn University; Ph.D., Clemson University

William J. McCoy, IV (1991)

Associate Professor of Chemistry/Physics; Director of Institutional Research and

Planning

B.S., Yale University; Ph.D., University of North Carolina

Frederick V.Mills (1967)
Professor of History

A.B., Houghton College; S.T.B., Temple University; M.Th., Princeton University;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania

Francis A. O'Connor (1997)

Assistant Professor of Latin American Studies

B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Idaho State University; Ph.D., University

of Iowa

William G.Pascal (1994)

Associate Professor of Biology

B.S., Saint Joseph's College; Ph.D., Indiana University School of Medicine

LorenL. Pinkerman (1998)

Assistant Professor; Director of the William and Evelyn Banks Library
B.A., Westmar College; M.A.T., Colorado State University; M.L.S., Indiana
University

227

Amanda R. Plumlee ( 1996)

Associate Professor of Latin American Studies and Modern Languages
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Tennessee

Kevin C. Reidy( 1990)

Assistant Professor of Business

B.A., Gettysburg College; J.D., State University of New York at Buffalo; M.S., State

University of New York at Binghamton

Margaret Reneke (1999)

Assistant Professor of Art and Design

B.F.A., University of Georgia; M.F.A., Virginia Commonwealth University

Faye A. Riddle (1980)

Professor of Computer Science

B.S., H. Sophie Newcomb College of Tulane University; M.S., Ph.D., University of

Florida

Arthur Robinson (1998)

Assistant Professor; Public Services Librarian

B.A., Trinity College; M.L.S., Ph.D., Indiana University-Bloomington

Lydia W. Rosencrants (1999)

Assistant Professor of Accounting

B. S., University of Richmond; Ph.D., Michigan State University

MaranahA. Sauter(1983)

Professor of Nursing; Chair, Division of Nursing

A.A., B.S., Georgia Southwestern College; M.S., Georgia State University; Ph.D.,

Medical College of Georgia

Laine Allison Scott (1998)

Assistant Professor of English

B.A., The College of William & Mary; M.A., Middlebury College; M.A., Salisbury

State University; Ph.D., The University of Alabama

George Michael Searcy (1966)

Associate Professor of Mathematics

A.B., LaGrange College; M.S., Auburn University

Bailey Brooks Shelhorse, Jr. (1968)

Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science

A.B., LaGrange College; M.A., Louisiana State University; M.Ed., Washington State

University; M.S., University of Evansville; Ph.D. Georgia State University

228

Kevin L.Shirley (1998)

Assistant Professor of History

B.A., M.A. (history), M.A. (religion), Ph.D., Florida State University

Jay K.Simmons (1997)

Associate Professor of Political Science; Vice President for Academic Affairs and

Dean

B.A., Birmingham-Southern College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Alabama

JackC. Slay, Jr. (1992)

Associate Professor of English

B.A., M.A., Mississippi State University; Ph.D., University of Tennessee

Julie Z.Sneath( 1999)

Assistant Professor of Marketing

B.S., The University of Arkansas; M.S., Ph.D., Georgia State University

Timothy N. Taunton (1984)

Associate Professor of Art and Design

B.A., University of Arkansas-Little Rock; M.F.A., Louisiana State University

Brenda W.Thomas (1989)

Associate Professor of English

A.B., Samford University; M.A., Auburn University; Ph.D., Georgia State University

DaraV. Wakefield (1996)

Assistant Professor of Education

B.A., Southwest Baptist College; M.R.E., Southwestern Baptist Theological

Seminary; Ed.D., Baylor University

John M.Williams (1989)

Associate Professor of English

B.A., M.A., Auburn University; Ph.D., Georgia State University

Phillip R.Williamson (1969)

Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education; Director of Athletics
B.S., M.S., Troy State University

Carol M. Yin (1991-1994, 1996)

Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.S., M.A.M., Ph.D., Auburn University

Kuo-chuan Yin (1994)

Associate Professor of Mathematics

B.S., National Chung Hsing University; M.S., Ph.D., Auburn University

229

Adjunct Faculty

Ethyl L. Ault

Instructor of Education

M.Ed., Georgia State University

James Anthony Criswell
Instructor of Music
B. Med., Columbus State University; M.M., Samford University

Wayne K. Maynard

Instructor of Political Science

B.S., Auburn University; M.S., Campbell University; Ph.D., The University of

Alabama

Allison Orr

Instructor of English

B.A., M.Ed., Auburn University

Christiane B. Price

Assistant Professor of Modern Foreign Language
M.A., Freie Universitat; Ph.D., Emory University

Tracy Clahan Riggs

Instructor of Theatre Arts

B.F.A., Catholic University; M.F.A., Florida Atlantic University

Writer in Residence

Michael Bishop

M.A., University of Georgia

President Emeritus

Walter Y. Murphy

A.B., Emory University; M.Div., Emory University; LL.D., Bethune-Cookman
College; D.D., LaGrange College (1980-1996)

230

Retired Faculty Members

Professors Emeritus

Sybil L. Allen, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D. (1976-1994)

Santiago A. Garcia, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (1977-1995)

Marcus N. Gewinner, B.A., B.M., M.Ed., Ed.D.(l 971- 1981)

Arthur M. Hicks, A.B., M.S., Ph.D. (1950-1986)

Richard Donald Jolly, B.A., M.S., Ed.D. (1961-1995)

Walter Dickinson Jones, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. (1962-1982)

Frank R. Lewis, A.B., M.L.S. (1973-1996)

Charles Franklin McCook, A.B., S.T.B., S.T.M., Ph.D. (1961-1994)

Maynard L. Reid, B.S.E., M.S.E., Ed.D (1973-1995)

John L. Shibley, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. (1950-1986)

Associate Professors Emeritus

Julia B. Burdett, A.A., B.A., M.P.E., M.S.W.
Mildred Wright Harwell, A.B., M.B.A. (1947-1985)
Patrick M. Hicks, B.S., M.S.

Assistant Professors Emeritus

Martha M. Estes, B.A., M.A. (1982-1991)
Edward A. George, B.A., M.B.A. (1977-1981)

Board of Trustees
Officers

Chairman E. Malone Dodson

Vice Chairman Ray C. Anderson

Second Vice Chairman F. Stuart Gulley

Secretary and Treasurer Robert S. Morton

Members

Ray C. Anderson, Atlanta, Georgia 2003

*George W. Baker, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia 2002

Mrs. Carolyn M. Bernard, Greensboro, Georgia 2004

*J. Kennedy Boatwright, LaGrange, Georgia 2002

David E. Boyd, Atlanta, Georgia 2004

Mark C. Callaway, LaGrange, Georgia 2003

*Robert Carmichael, LaGrange, Georgia 2004

231

*Mrs. Toni Cauble, LaGrange, Georgia 2001

* Robert B. Copeland, LaGrange, Georgia 2001

George "Buddy" Darden, Marietta, Georgia 2001

G. Lindsey Davis (Bishop), Atlanta, Georgia Ex Officio

*E. Malone Dodson, Roswell, Georgia 2003

*Mrs. Nancy N. Durand, LaGrange, Georgia 2002

*Charles L. Foster, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia 2001

*Edmund C. Glover, LaGrange, Georgia 2002

William Grady Griffin, Jr., Rome, Georgia Ex Officio

G. Sanders Griffith III, Columbus, Georgia 2002

Mrs. Elizabeth Harris, Cartersville, Georgia 2003

William M. Hodges, Atlanta, Georgia 2002

*Pat H. Holder, LaGrange, Georgia 2003

*John S. Holle, LaGrange, Georgia 2003

*Charles D. Hudson, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia 2003

Wayne Hunter, LaGrange, Georgia 2002

L. Bevel Jones III, Decatur, Georgia 2004

J. Smith Lanier II, West Point, Georgia 2001

*Frank R. Lewis, LaGrange, Georgia 2004

C. Stephen Lynn, Nashville, Tennessee 2001

Mrs. Kathy R. McCollum, Augusta, Georgia Alumni Trustee

Charles M. Miller, Cornelia, Georgia 2004

*Mrs. Polly C. Miller, Columbus, Georgia 2003

*Robert S. Morton, LaGrange, Georgia 2001

*Gregory T. Porterfield, LaGrange, Georgia Ex Officio

President, Student Government Association Ex Officio

*S. Cliff Rainey, LaGrange, Georgia 2003

*Charles W. Smith, LaGrange, Georgia 2001

*John W. Stewart, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia 2002

J. Madison Sullivan, Americus, Georgia 2001

*Gerald S. Thurman, LaGrange, Georgia Ex Officio

James L. Waits, Atlanta, Georgia 2004

*Mrs. Almonese Brown Clifton Williams, Atlanta, Georgia 2002

D. Randall Williamson, Avondale Estates, Georgia 2004

*Member Executive Committee

Alumni Representatives

Mrs. Carolyn D. Burgess, LaGrange, Georgia
F. Bradford Clifton, Atlanta, Georgia

232

Consultants

Jon Birkeli, Faculty Representative

Linda R. Buchanan, Vice President for Student Life and Retention

Walter Y. Murphy, President Emeritus

B. David Rowe, Vice President for Advancement

Jay K. Simmons, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean

Phyllis D. Whitney, Executive Vice President for Administration

Legal Counsel

Daniel W. Lee

President's Advisory Council

J. Philip Cleaveland, LaGrange, Georgia
Lovick P. Corn, Columbus, Georgia
John J. Flynt, Jr., Griffin, Georgia
Clifford C. Glover, West Point, Georgia
Edwin M. Gore, LaGrange, Georgia
Charles D. Hudson, LaGrange, Georgia
Lewis R. Morgan, LaGrange, Georgia
J. Gardner Newman, LaGrange, Georgia
L. Henderson Traylor, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia

Administrative Officers and Staff

President's Cabinet

Frank Stuart Gulley (1996) - President

B.A., Vanderbilt University; M.Div., Emory University; Ph.D., Georgia State
University

Quincy D. Brown (1997) - The Elizabeth Walker Lanier Campus Minister
B.S., DeVry Institute of Technology; M.Div., Emory University

Linda R. Buchanan (1997) - Vice President and Dean for Student Life and Retention
B.S. George Williams College; M.S., Eastern Kentucky University; Ph.D.,
Georgia State University

Frank A. James (1982) - Vice President for Continuing Education; Director, LaGrange
College at Albany
B.S., M.Ed., Ph.D., University of Georgia

233

B. David Rowe (2000) - Vice President for Advancement

B. S., Southwestern University; M.Div., Emory University

Jay K. Simmons (1997) -Vice-President for Academic Affairs and Dean

B.A. Birmingham-Southern College; M.A., Ph.D., The University of Alabama

Phyllis D. Whitney (1998) -Executive Vice President for Administration
B.S., M.A., Murray State University

Administrative Staff

Teresa

Allen (

1994)

Charlene

Baxter i

1976)

Jackie

Belcher (

7000)

James

Blackwood 1

[1997)

Stacy

Boyd (

;i999)

Dee

Bradley 1

[1992)

Kelly

Britsky 1

;i997)

Michael

Broughton 1

[1999)

Quincy D.

Brown 1

[1997)

Susan

Brown I

[1999)

Linda R.

Buchanan 1

;i997)

Bryan

Burgess 1

[1999)

Joe

Cambron 1

[1998)

Becky

Carter 1

J 999)

Austin P.

Cook, III I

1981)

Diane

Cooper (

[1998)

Mary Lou

Dabbs {

1999)

Ronald

Davis {

J 998)

Jennifer

DeMooney i

J 999)

Sandra

Dennis {

1972)

Peter

Doig {

;i999)

Valerie D.

Enenbach 1

;i996)

Vicky

Ellis 1

[1995)

Lisa K.

Farrow I

[1991)

Brandon

Fetner I

[1999)

Michael

Fouts 1

;2000)

Andy

Geeter I

[1997)

G. Jeffrey

Geeter I

;i990)

F. Stuart

Gulley 1

[1996)

Jan

Hall |

[1995)

Amy

Hall {

^2000)

Susan A.

Hancock {

;i975)

Shirley

Harrington i

J997)

Office Manager, Financial Aid

Librarian for Public and Technical Services

Financial Aid Counselor

Director of Information Systems

Public Relations Assistant

Secretary, Education Division

Women's Basketball Coach

Technical Support Specialist Information Systems

The Elizabeth Walker Lanier Campus Minister

Swimming Coach

Vice President and Dean for Student Life and Retention

Women's Basketball Assistant Coach

Men's Basketball Coach

Accounts Receivable Specialist, Business Office

Postmaster

Telecommunications Specialist

Electronic Resources Librarian

Special Projects Manager

Sports Information Assistant

Human Resources Specialist

Swimming Coach

Director, Charles D. Hudson Natatorium

Resident Director

Circulation Manager and Assistant to the Director of the

Library

Database Administrator, Information Systems

Network Manager

Director of Admission

Men's Soccer and Tennis Coach

President of LaGrange College

Office Manager, Admission Office

Administrative Assistant, Art and Design

Administrative Assistant, Alumni Office

Administrative Associate, Continuing Education

234

Warren

Haynes

[1998)

Wylene

Herndon

[1979)

Jimmy G.

Herring

[1974)

Kevin

Howard

[1999)

Dusty

Hubbard

[1999)

Jennifer

Hull

[1999)

Robin

Hurst

[1999)

Frank A.

James

[1982)

Lori

Knopp

[1998)

Susan A.

Laforet

[1994)

Anita

Laney

[1974)

Susanna

Liveakos

[1999)

Jennifer J.

McCartney

[1992)

Kirby H.

McCartney

[1983)

Catherine D.

McConkey

[1993)

William

McCoy 1

[1991)

Melissa

McDonald 1

[1983)

Patricia A.

McKay 1

[1998)

Linda H.

McMullen i

[1999)

Cynthia L.

Miles {

.1996)

Tiffany

Miller {

.1999)

Yvonne

Mills (

1986)

Daphne

Mobley (

1999)

Jackie L.

Morman, Sr. (

[1992)

Anise

Morrison i

[1997)

Emmett H.

Mullins i

[1992)

Debbie

Ogle j

[1997)

Laura

Owen (

.1998)

Loren

Pinkerman i

[1998)

Martha W.

Pirkle {

[1994)

Kathy

Pirrman i

[2000)

Marty

Pirrman i

[1999)

Michelle

Reeves i

[1998)

Betty

Reisinger i

.1998)

Lee

Richter i

1993)

Brenda T.

Riley (

1989)

Chuck

Robinson i

1999)

Arthur

Robinson i

1998)

Sara

Rockwell (

1999)

Tammy

Rogers (

1992)

David

Rowe i

2000)

Edward W.

Scharre, Jr. i

1989)

Laine A.

Scott (

1998)

Pamela

Scotto (

1998)

JayK.

Simmons i

1997)

Men's Basketball Assistant Coach

Campus Traffic Control Officer

Registrar

Baseball Coach

Baseball Assistant Coach

Admission Counselor

Secretary, Division of Humanities

Vice President for Continuing Education

Secretary, Division of Nursing

Secretary, Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics

Manager, Bookstore

Secretary, Theatre Arts

Counselor, Admission Office

Administrative Assistant, Student Development Office,

Resident Director

Director for Community Studies

Director of Institutional Research and Planning

Administrative Assistant, Registrar's Office

Director, Evening Studies Program

Counselor, Admission Office

Trainer, Information Systems

Acquisitions Assistant, Library

Volleyball Assistant Coach

Pool Operations Manager

Secretary, Department of Music

Manager, Callaway Campus

Choral Director

Director, Career Planning and Placement

Director, William and Evelyn Banks Library

Director of Alumni Activities

Administrative Assistant, Advancement

Controller

Financial Aid Assistant

Administrative Assistant, Evening Studies

Golf Coach

Secretary, Division of Business and Economics

Baseball Assistant Coach

Public Services Librarian

Women's Soccer Assistant Coach

Coordinator for Advancement Services

Vice President for Advancement

Dean of Students

Director of Writing Center

Director of Counseling

Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean

235

Lori

Slay

(1997)

Nancy

Spradlin

(2000)

Barbara

Storie

(1992)

Robert N.

Thomas

(1998)

Emma S.

Trammell

(1992)

Glenda

Turner

(1993)

Darlene R.

Weathers

(1988)

Lydia E.

Wheitsel

(1996)

Shelly

Whitaker

(1999)

Phyllis D.

Whitney

(1998)

Phillip R.

Williamson

(1969)

Sandra

Williamson

(1999)

Mary

Wilson

(1994)

Paul

Wolkoff

(1997)

Nat

Woodrow

(1997)

Cataloging and General Assistant Library

Accounts Payable Specialist, Business Office

Secretary, Health and Physical Education

Director, Servant Leadership Initiative

Secretary, Admission Office

Resident Director

Assistant Manager of Bookstore

Executive Secretary to the President

Softball Coach

Executive Vice President for Administration

Athletic Director

Staff Accountant, Business Office

Resident Director

Athletic Trainer

Women's Soccer Coach

236

INDEX

Associate Degree Requirements

Abbreviations

Academic Calendar

Academic Divisions

Academic Forgiveness

Academic Honors

Academic Load

Academic Programs

Academic Petition

Academic Regulations and Procedures

Academic Standing

28,67

Acceleration

Accreditation

ACT

Administration

234

Admission

Advanced Placement Tests

Advisers

Albany Campus

Appeals

31,51,
74

Assessment

60,64

Athletics

44,45

Attendance Regulations:

Class Attendance

Auditing Courses

Awards & Recognition

Baccalaureate Degree Requirements

Buildings

Cabinet, President's

234

Calendar, Academic

Career Planning

Change of Regulation

Communications Directory

Inside
front
cover

Conduct

Continuing Education

Cooperative Programs

Core Program in the Liberal Arts

62,128

Counseling

50,61,66

Courses of Instruction

Accounting

88, 103

Art and Design

Biology

Business and Economics

Chemistry

111

Computer Science

120

Core Courses

128

Criminal Justice

161

Education

130

English

138

French

167

General Science

146

German

167

Health and Physical
Education

147

History

153

Human Services

158

Latin American Studies

163

Library Science

169

Mathematics

170

Modern Language

163,168

Music

177

Nursing

187

Philosophy

206

Physics

195

Political Science

196

Psychology

201

Religion

206

Spanish

164

Speech

220

Theatre Arts

214

Women's Studies

221

Course Repetition

Credit-by-Examination and
Exemption

Advanced Placement

College Level Examination
Program (CLEP)

Credit through USAF1 and
Service Schools

Curriculum (See Courses of
Instruction)

Day Clinic

15,49

Dean's List

Declaration of Major

Degree Requirements

Degree Offered

Discipline

Divisions, Academic

Early Admission

Endowed Lectureships

English for Speakers of Other
Language (ESOL)

145

Evening Studies

Faculty

224

Federal Tax Credits

Fees

Financial Aid

237

Financial Information

21,26

Financial Planning

Foreign Language (See Latin
American Studies)

163

Fraternities:

Honorary

Social

Grade Points

Grades and Credits

Graduation Petitions

72,75

Graduation Requirements

Grants-in-Aid

Health Care

15,49

History of the College

Holidays (See Academic Calendar)

Home Schooled Students

Honor Societies

Honors, Prizes, and Awards

HOPE Scholarship

Housing Requirements

Incomplete Grade

Independent Study

Infirmary (See Day Clinic)

15,49

Information Systems

Information Technology and
Academic Support Services

Intercollegiate Athletics

Intramural Sports

International Students and Studies

20,69,
70

Internship (Consult Individual Depts.)

Joint Enrollment

Lectures

46,75

Library

11,52

Loans

Location of College

Majors

Medical Care

15,49

Minors

Mission

Non-degree student

Non-traditional student (see Evening
Studies Bulletin)

Officers:

234

Administration

234

Board of Trustees

232

Organizations:

Honorary

Religious

Service

Special Interests

Students

Orientation

Overload

Petition, Academic

Placement (Course)

Placement Services

Philosophy of College

Pre-professional Programs

Probation, Academic

Provisional Admission

Publications

Quality Points

Readmission

Refund Policy

Registration and Academic Advisers

Religion-in-Life Lectures:

Thompson Lectureship

Religious Life

Requirements:

Admission

Degree

Graduation

Residence Requirements

Retired Faculty Members

232

Room and Board

SAT

Scholarships

Semester Hours

Session, Other

Sexual Harassment

Social Life

Sororities, Social

Special Institutes

Staff

235

Student Life

Student Conduct

Student Government

Student:

Aid

Classification

42,67

Housing

12,13,
14,42

Organizations

Publications

Review of Decisions

43,51,
74

Traditional Activities

Summer School

Summer Theatre Laboratory

214

Suspension

Teacher Education and Certification

130

Testing

17,64

ACT

CEEB (SAT)

CLEP

Testing Fee

238

Time Restrictions

Major

Core Program

Financial Aid

Transcript

Transfer, Admission of

Transfer Credit

16,72

Transient Student to and from

LaGrange College

Trustees, Board of

232

Tuition and Fees: General Summary

Tutoring Center

Vehicle Registration

Withdrawal

Work Opportunities

38,40

Writing Center

239